Home

ubuntu for non-geeks ubuntu for non-geeks

1.
2. File Edit View Help gt we gt eg a a T Storyboard g 1737 1810 1957 2031 amp i il i E Trim E 2473 2547 2620 2694 2767 yy FX Export Start 1737 a End 2767 2 4 ox Time Frames lt Te Proverties Figure 17 7 Kino s Timeline view If you feel like getting a bit arty you can also try out the effects available in Kino some examples of which are shown in Figure 17 8 by clicking the FX tab and then playing around with the various effects in the drop down menu below the words Video Filter Make your choice specify the segment you d like to convert or at least experiment with by typing the beginning and ending frame numbers in the boxes below the word Overwrite and then click the Preview button to see the results without saving the changes to disk If you do want to convert the segment so as to keep the effect click the Render button and Kino will create a new file of just that segment Those files as well as the original captures can all be viewed in Totem which is a better application to use for video viewing by simply double clicking the files Figure 17 8 Examples of Kino s video effects before and after Couch Penguins 289 Other Video Apps I ve covered the main video applications in Ubuntu but there are still others available that you might want to consider A very popular alternative video DVD player for example is MPlayer which you can downloa
3. rg File Browser afo Figure 3 4 The bottom GNOME Panel Show Desktop A button that minimizes all open windows and allows you to see your desktop when it is obscured from view Window List A list of windows or applications you have open which is very similar to what happens in the Windows taskbar Workspace Switcher An application that allows you to switch between vir tual desktops I ll talk about this more in Virtual Desktops on page 44 Trash There is nothing mysterious about Trash other than its rather Mac OS X ish location on the panel Project 3A Customizing the GNOME Panel The GNOME Panel is not a static thing You can add launchers respectively known as program shortcuts or aliases to Windows and Mac users utilities and even amusements to make it do almost anything you want it to within limits of course In the various stages of this project you will customize your panel to get some hands on experience working with it and to make things more convenient for you as you make your way through the rest of this book You are of course free to change any of the customizations I ask you to make though you won t have a say in the matter if you re working in live session from the desktop CD as you won t be able to save your settings Each of the following subprojects is very simple Most are only three step point and click procedures that you should be able to handle without any d
4. 0 115 Project 7C Placing Home and Trash Icons on the Desktop sssssssssssscsesseceesseseeseeeers 117 Project 7D Changing Your Login Screen ssssssssssssssesssssssscsscssssccsesscescsscsesseesecseesers 118 7D 1 Downloading a Login Manager Theme n serere 118 7D 2 Installing Your New Login Manager Theme n 118 Project 7E Changing Your Splash Screen ssssssssssssssssscssscssssssssscesssscsecsscsecssssssseseoes 120 7E 1 Enabling Automatic Login ccceeseeesseeseeeesesseesneesneestseseneesnreeneeeses 120 7E 2 Installing New Splash Screens ccecceeseeeseeeseeesseeeseeeeeseseessenaeensees 120 7E 3 Selecting and Activating Splash Screens erene 121 Ghoosingsa Scr ensaver sacesscstcheaseceach sich aces bata Pasheethadanaaadead ana ean baceuleg ditwedee anes 121 Project 7F Wrapping Things Up Installing and Applying Firefox Themes s00 122 8 SIMPLE KITTEN WAYS Getting to Know the Linux Terminal and Command Line 125 Meetithe Terminal menai aa e n aa a a cede aioe Rate ee 127 Shells keanan aa viet og Be deed es e a A AE 128 Some Goofy Yet Useful Fun with the Command Terminal c ccccceeeeseeesseeeeeees 128 Nontoxic Commands iscan a e e Ea TAA TEA E A ETNIES 129 AANA aTe TIAA ac AE N EEE AE EAE A AEA E 129 Gi fing ete e Mech wai sn a a E A 129 DOV VAIE EE ara cee teen EAEE AEE 130 SE ache e a a cde gee aah det ce acts kei cerca aah pay aa 131 n AEREI A EESE
5. Figure 14 9 Adding a new emblem to your collection After you have done that it is time to work on adding your new emblem to your system s emblem collection To do this just click the big button next to the word Image This will open a window from which you can select the image In the text box at the top of that window type gnome tigert_emblem png and click OK Your new Kitten Stuff emblem should now appear in the Create a New Emblem window If so click OK That window should now disappear and your new Kitten Stuff emblem or whatever you called it will appear in the Emblems window see Fig ure 14 10 Now you can use your new emblem as you would any other Hise Patterns vw cvs added Colors d Kitten Stuff Q a Emblems ey draft Emblems Drag an emblem to an object to add it to the object oO pictures ae wy cvs removed an o distinguished a M Hep dp Add a New Emblem Ed close Figure 14 10 A new emblem Kitten Stuff in the Emblems window Getting Arty with the GIMP The Windows and Mac worlds may have Photoshop but the Linux world has the GIMP While arguably not as powerful as Photoshop the GIMP is a capable contender which may explain why it has been ported over to both Chapter 14 Mac and Windows The GIMP allows you to create bitmap graphics and quite importantly retouch or completely doctor image files
6. Y spot Bees File Edit View Find Tags Help oo a lt a aa lest Bi Browse Edit Photo Fullscreen Slideshow e Favorites a Hidden amp People T Places 12 28 2006 12 28 2006 12 28 2006 Events Name r Version a via 12 28 2006 12 28 2006 12 28 2006 Date Size A iar 4 kii dp 39 Photos Figure 14 17 F Spot Photo Manager When it comes down to it the features of F Spot are quite similar to gThumb so it really boils down to your personal preferences Have a go at both and Picasa too for that matter and see which you like You can run F Spot from Applications gt Graphics gt F Spot Photo Manager Brush Wielding Penguins 241 242 Chapter 14 Blender Perhaps one of the most impressive open source applications available today is Blender Blender Figure 14 18 is a professional level 3D modeling animation and rendering program It is rather complex but that is the source of its power and popularity it comes in versions for just about every operating system out there If you would like to find out a bit more about Blender before taking the time and disk space to install it go to www blender3d org Find it via Synaptic by searching for blender once the program is installed you can run it from Applications gt Graphics gt Blender 3D modeller i File Add Timeline Game Render Help WPl scRiscreeno01 x Scewp x neges Ve 1701 Fa 1624 0
7. M Top streams Genre Description Now playing Listeners B Search Ambient Loung 1 FM The Chill Bliss Sleep Wi 496 Alternative World Asian Jap Japan A Radio Ayumi Hamas 495 Americana Various EYE97 Comm Fleetwood Mac 478 Classical 80s Pop Rock 977 The 80s C 474 Country Dance n Mix Cl Welcome To Sh DJ 443 70s Hits Oldies S K Y F M All Crystal Gayle 442 eclectic rock Radio Paradise The White Strip 426 70s 80s 90s Ro Atlantic Sound Green Day W 417 G Hip Hop Rap Djazz Pop Rock Classical Symp InfiniteClassica Dvorak Seren 413 E O R amp B Soul tul n categories 500 streams b b b b gt O Electronic b b b b 2 Figure 15 17 Browsing Internet radio streams with Streamtuner Tux Rocks 263 264 Chapter 15 EasyTAG and Audio Tag Tool For the true audio geek these two applications allow you to alter the tags of your MP3 and Ogg Vorbis music files Easy AG is the more full featured of the two but Audio Tag Tool Figure 15 18 has a friendlier user interface Give em both a try and see what you think Search Synaptic for easytag or tagtool install one or both and then locate either under Applications Sound amp Video a File Settings ID3 Help Working Directory a B ay kr E shome rg Music qe p gt Include subdirectories Edit Tag Files
8. Noteta z B File Edt Search View Modify Document Favorites Tools Help Cea S6 peaeal gt 4 wu Bag gt Reade ot 11 WhatsNew tat Readme txt About this library Clipbook Manager Switch Library Install Libraries t Remove Libraries Text Processing Paste Intemet acronym Underline title t Compare two files t Enable AutoCorrect mode Without Clipboard Copy paste t Cut paste t Duplicate line Intemet Images to HTML Tidy HTML code Convert HTML to text Convert Text to HTML t Convert Maito form Outline document to HTML Outline topics to HTML Select between tags f FormatEmail FTP elcome to NoteTab Light he ultimate free Notepad replacement and a capable HTML editor If you are reading this file from your new NoteTab program open the file Readme otl to quickly discover some of its most original features If you are not familiar with technical terms you will find help by viewing the IGlossary otl file that can be accessed from the Help menu See the WhatsNew tt ile for information on the most recent changes made to the program Tip put the cursor on any of these file names and hit the F7 function key to open it 1 Introduction 2 Installation 3 Ordering Information 4 Upgrade Policy 5 Help Files 6 Technical Support 7 Distribution License Ot anal HTML HTML ar f PasteClips RemindMe fSampleCode f Smilies f TopStyle f Utilities
9. cccecceecseesseeereeeneeesseeeteeeneeeseeeaes 230 14B 3 Copying Images and Page Layout Options cesceseeereeereeereenees 230 14B 4 Adding Headers and Footers ccceeceeseecseeereeenseenteseeeeneesneeeaes 231 T4B 5 Choosing a Themen eerie eiaa te age e eE EE 231 14B 6 Creating and Viewing a Web Album senecceneeerersrnren 231 Project 14C Emblems Again Creating Your Own sesesesesesssessesesesesessesesesesesesseessesese 233 14C 1 Using an Existing Icon as an Emblem 233 14C 2 Adding the Newly Sized Image to the Emblem Collection 0 233 Getting Arty with the GIMP ssccseceseeceseeeeeeeeeesereeereesneeseeeeseeseeeteeseeesteeeneeeaas 234 Using the GIMP to Resize Images and Convert File Formats cscceseeereees 235 Dialogs aa o aee cantata tat eoebetsts Set E E EA E sen WOE 236 leaming MOre onee enaere ENEE T AT A nate ti ainegll 237 XPGIN E E E E A E E AEE E S 237 Sodipodi lt lt iraina taea N e AEE aA EAE T ai ANAE Aann ea EA Aaa dup tied ces aches the 238 Project 14D Installing Picasa via Automatix sssscsscssssssccscssssessecsesseesesseseeseeseeseesess 239 14D 1 Downloading and Installing the Picasa Package eeceeseesreeees 239 14D 2 Running and Setting Up Picasa eeeseeseeseeesseeeseeeeeeereeeseeeseeaes 240 A Few Other Graphics Apps to Consider csccceeseseseeeteenteesnseseseeneeeneeneeneenaees 241 F Spot Phofo Manager sssvcensceeh
10. eecceeceeeceeeeceseeeeeeeeeeesteesteeeneeeereens 38 3A 5 Adding a Drawer to the Pamel ccccessceeseeeseceteceneeeeeeeeneeeneeenreeereees 39 3A 6 Adding Program Launchers to the Drawer cscceeseeereeeteeeteeeereeereees AO 3A 7 Adding the Entire Contents of a Menu to the Panel ccceseeeeeeeeeees Al 3A 8 Moving Things Around on the Panel csecceeeseeeteesteeeeeeetseeneeereees Al More Panel Funen nni ee a o a a AN 42 Project 3B Manipulating Menus sesesesessesssesesesesescesscesesesesoecsoesssesesesesssesseseseseseseesesese 42 3B 1 Changing Icons Within Menus c cceeceesseeeeeceteeeneeeeeeeeneeeneeeneeeereees A2 3B 2 Changing the Order of Icons Within Menus aseeseen 44 Virtual D skiopsrn eisean ai r a tet eee la R 44 Moving Running Applications Between Virtual Desktops cseseeeeeeeteeenees 45 Wanda Revisited GNOME Easter Eggs ceccessseeeseeeeeensecereeeseeseesneeeeseeenteeneeeeas 46 Shutting DOWN ceritera e ene eE EE EAEE EE dibs beeen AE E 47 4 MORE THAN WEBBED FEET The Internet Linux Style 49 Setting Up a High Speed Connection cccceecceeseeseeceneeeeseeeeeeeteeeneesereeseeeneeeneeeereees 50 Setting Up a Cable or Ethernet Connection for Providers Not Utilizing DHCP 50 Setting Up a Wireless Connection ccecceseccesecesseesneceneeeneeeeeeeeeeeneesereeeeesneeeneeeeteees 52 Hardware dasscna sevahsanavedsqeateete ae E E a EE ES aE O Na 52 Activ
11. 3 HAUR Summer Roma 0 ce 128 kbits 1987 10 10 3 3 10 songs 1 78 GB free Figure 16 6 An iPod management alternative to gtkpod Floola Downloading Installing and Running YamiPod To get YamiPod go to www yamipod com and download its Linux version As with Floola when Firefox asks you what to do with the file accept the default Open with Archive Manager by clicking OK Once the Archive Manager opens extract YamiPod to your home folder Unlike Floola you are not yet ready to use YamiPod Before you can run YamiPod you will need to copy the file that begins with libfmodex within the yam linux folder to the usr lib folder Since usr lib is in protected territory you will have to use the sudo command to perform the copy procedure Here are the steps Open a Terminal window type cd yam linux and press ENTER 2 In the same Terminal window type the following command and press ENTER making sure to leave a space on either side of cp and between so and usr like so sudo cp libfmodex so usr lib 3 When prompted for your password type it and press ENTER When your user prompt reappears you can close the Terminal window Because YamiPod itself is an executable binary file you don t have to install it to put it to work and you are now ready to step into action To get things under way plug your iPod into one of your USB ports and then double click the YamiPod file within the yam linux folder Ya
12. y Rating 6 E X Latin Search Vol p vV amp Julieta Venegas ls v Lim n y sal Playlist amp Information amp 2 E aP Me Voy Statistics Artist Album Lyrics Tablature a o See http en wikipedia org wiki Ranarim v Ranarim v 6 Till Ljusan Dag a Spelemann Ra na ri m eP Stolt ingrid a Fager Som From Wikipedia the free encyclopedia Det Stod Er Jump to navigation search aP Tack Och Tat gt Soundtrack Ranarim are a folk band from Sweden Their current line up consists of Sofia v World Sand n and Ulrika Bod n on vocals Niklas Roswall on nyckelharp Jens J Engelbrecht on guitar and mandola Anders Johnsson on double bass and Olle D amp Anouk Linder on percussion They play a mixture of traditional and original folk compositions v O Shuffle Q Repeat Q Dynamic Playlist z K1 00 col 0 29 Clear Playlist 2 showing 22 in collection Figure 15 10 Artist information from Wikipedia in Exaile Creating Audio CDs All this talk about encoding and listening to MP3 and Ogg Vorbis files on your computer is fine and dandy but there are no doubt times when you would like to have your songs on a plain audio CD that you can play while you slog your way to work on the New Jersey Turnpike or the Ventura Freeway Luckily this is easy enough to do and there a couple of ways to go about it Burning Audio CDs with Rhythmbox For Rhythmbox users the easiest way of going about thi
13. 3 English Keyboard Figure 12 9 A list of the languages that can be handled by SCIM Polyglot Penguins 209 210 NOTE Chapter 12 From that list select the language you want to use and then for those languages where you are given a choice select the input method you prefer The icon for the SCIM panel applet will reflect the change by showing the icon for the language you have chosen You can then start typing At this point a small input palette like the one in Figure 12 10 will appear at the bottom right corner of the screen This palette in addition to displaying the language and input method currently in use also allows you to easily switch between English and the current language of input or to switch from the language in which you are currently typing to another By clicking the red button at the far right end of the palette you can also find out what the hotkeys are for the input method you are currently using PG StHangulRomaja kr 3 9 Figure 12 10 The SCIM input palette Regardless of the input method you are dealing with probably the most important hotkey combination you will want to use is SHIFT spacebar which toggles you back and forth between English and the language you currently have selected in SCIM You must be working with a document or application that accepts text input or no menu will appear when you click the SCIM applet 12 3 Installing Additional Input Methods You may find that the in
14. B Location burn Q 100 Q View aslcons Places CD DVD Creator Folder Write to Disc org F m Desktop h z File System PNGsFinished 2006ProposedCurric filesystem odg CD ROM 1 ulum June 10 doc L TOSHIBA rary kyrkan jpg MarchO7 pdf Resume2006_ BLMFD_Rickford_ Grant doc r A J ubuntu06 10_forFF ubuntu Sax ogg v 8 items Figure 6 12 A Nautilus CD DVD Creator window with files ready to be burned to disk Once the CD DVD Creator window is open copying the files you want to burn to disk is pretty much a simple drag and drop maneuver Just open a new Nautilus window and drag the files you want to burn to disk from that window over to the CD DVD Creator window If you prefer to do things in a decidedly Windows esque fashion you can select the files you want to transfer to disk by clicking each file once holding down the CTRL key while doing so for multiple selections If you want to select multiple consecutive files you can click the first file in the group press and hold SHIFT and then click the last file in the group automatically selecting all the files in between Once you ve made your selec tions release the CTRL or SHIFT key right click any of the highlighted files and select Copy in the popup menu After that go back to the CD DVD Creator window right click any open space and then select Paste in the popup menu It is probably worth mentioning that the file
15. Chapter 13 I should mention that there is one slightly annoying feature of Sticky Notes that makes it a bit different from what you might be used to When you click on the desktop all of your notes will disappear This is as it is supposed to be though I personally can t see the point and wouldn t like it much even if I could Fortunately however you can bring all of your notes back to view by simply clicking the Sticky Notes panel applet In fact if you decide to remove the panel applet and then bring it back at some later point in time you ll be happy to know that all of the notes you created before will be back too Tomboy If Sticky Notes just doesn t cut it for you and your more dramatic note taking needs then perhaps you will find yourself better served by another application that comes with your system by the name of Tomboy Figure 13 10 Like Sticky Notes Tomboy also works as a panel applet but it is a bit more full featured albeit without making any claims to stickiness Instead the various notes you create can be viewed by selecting them from the menu that appears when you click the Tomboy panel applet itself All in all a very handy approach System ae g A Hr L Create New Note E Freeze Day 2007 2008 new C Certle Book new M Memo to Elspeth new Memo to Elspeth A a a Search r Text Tools Delete Memo to Elspeth B Search All Notes
16. Finally there is always the old trial and error approach which works on occasion When setting up your printer via the wizard window try selecting Generic gt PostScript Printer which works with some machines If that fails try choosing from one of the other models and or drivers available for printers from your printer s manufacturer After you are done with the wizard open the Preferences window for the printer you added click the Print a Test Page button and see what happens If nothing happens click the Driver tab select a different printer model and then press the Print a Test Page button again Repeat that process until something works With any luck something will might well just give it a try if you re desperate Printing Details Now that your printer is set up you will no doubt want to start printing This is an easy task and not much different from how it works in the Windows and Mac worlds so you will need little explanation in this regard There are a few points of difference however so I will touch upon these Printing to PDF One of the nice features of Linux is that you can save most documents as PDF files In some cases such as in OpenOffice org you do this by exporting the document to PDF In most other applications however you do it via the Print dialog box in which case you are said to be printing to PDF Whether you are saving to PDF exporting to PDF or printing to PDF you are ess
17. Geography o 4 e e 4 2 Office People e e 2 e P Plants Recreation we Rulers Homepage W Science Logos Shapes C 2 R Signs and symbols SY p Sounds Ki _Snecial ats A New Theme HE f People sm_002 usr share openclipart png people stickmen sm_002 png My Theme Figure 13 6 Adding clipart including some cool stickmen to the Gallery Adding your own graphics to the Gallery is also relatively easy to do First you have to create a new category called a theme for each group of images you wish to add To create a Gallery theme of your own just click the New Theme button in the Gallery window This will open the New Theme Properties EEE ET window where you should first click the General tab and give your theme a name Once you ve done that click the Files tab and then the Find Files button which will bring up a Select Path window From there you can navigate to the folder in which you are storing your clip art photos or other graphics Once you have found the folder click the Select button after which a list of all the files in that folder will appear in New Theme Properties window You can easily add images to your new Gallery theme by clicking on the name of each image you wish to add you might want to make sure that the box next to the word Preview is checked to make things a bit easier and then clicking the Add button Onc
18. When the Package Installer window appears click the Install Package button provide your password when prompted and click OK The down load and installation will then begin When these processes are complete close the notification window and the Package Installer itself Once you ve downloaded and installed avast you ll need a license key in order to use it Just go back to the avast Download page in Firefox click the registration form link and then fill out and submit that form You should receive your license key by email a few minutes later even though the page says it could take up to 24 hours 18 2 Running and Using avast Once avast is installed you can run it by clicking the Run Application panel applet or pressing ALT F2 typing avastgui in that window and then clicking the Run button The first time you run avast a small window Figure 18 6 will appear asking you to input your license code Assuming you registered your free copy of avast at the beginning of the project as I instructed you to do your registration key should already be waiting for you in your emailer s inbox Go have a look copy the key and paste it into the text field in the Registration window you ll have to use the CTRL V key combination to do this Once the license key is in place click the OK button Registration required Please enter your license key in the text field below ee Click here to obtain license key X Cancel F
19. 10 1 Getting and Setting Up the Files You Need To get started run Synaptic perform a search for cups pdf and install it Once it is installed open a Terminal window type sudo chmod s usr 1lib cups backend cups pdf and press ENTER When prompted for your password type it and press ENTER 10 2 Setting Up Your Virtual PDF Printer After the cups PDF installation and preparation is complete you can go on to setting up your printer To do this go to the System menu and select Administration gt Printing Provide your password when prompted and then when the Printers window appears double click the New Printer icon In the Add a Printer wizard that appears select Local Printer and Use a detected printer and then click once on PDF Printer to select it Once you re done click Forward On the second page of the wizard select Generic in the Manufacturer menu and then select postscript color printer rev3b in the Model section Your window should then look like that in Figure 10 6 If it does click Forward Step 2 of 3 Printer Driver Manufacturer Generic IBM Compatible Dot Matrix a OAKT PCL 3 Sa PCL 4 PCL5 Model PCL Sc PCL 5e PCL 6 PCL XL PostScript postscript color ZjStream Driver Standard Suggested amp Cancel 4 Back Figure 10 6 Creating a virtual PDF printer Install Driver Finally on
20. 3 When the menu editor window appears click System Tools in the left pane and then check the box next to New Login in the right pane 4 Right click New Login and in the Launcher Properties window that appears change the command to gdmflexiserver n making sure there is a space before n 5 Click Close in both windows to finish After performing these steps you can log in to your new account by going to the Applications menu and selecting System Tools New Login An Xnest window will appear and after a few seconds the Ubuntu login screen will appear within that window In that screen type your new username graphika or whatever name you chose and password as you would during any other login Your new desktop will soon appear in the Xnest window Figure 7 4 When you are done with your Xnest session click the Logout button at the far right of the top panel within the Xnest window and then click Logout in the set of choices that appears The Xnest window will automatically close after you have been logged out of that session Dressing Up the Bird 105 106 Gi Applications Places system WGO 0 Sat Mar 31 11 18 AM rg File Browser file Edit View Go Bookmarks Help t3 A a Up Reload Home 3 JE are Applications Places System y O 4 Sat Mar 31 11 18 AM Places gt o Software updates available o arg Click on the notification icon to show the available updates X Deskt
21. Creating Your Own One of the first things my mother asked me after she got Linux up and running was how to create her own emblems You already learned how to deal with emblems in Chapter 7 but now that I have introduced many of the graphics tools at your disposal it might be a good time to address my mother s question as well 14C 1 Using an Existing Icon as an Emblem You can use any image as the basis of an emblem but the easiest way to get started creating emblems is to use one of the icons on your system as the base The only problem with that idea is that most of your system icons are 48 by 48 pixels in size while emblems are 36 by 36 pixels If you don t want your new emblem to look weirdly oversized and out of place it is best to resize it As I mentioned in the previous section the gThumb application is very handy for resizing images For this project we will use the gnome tigert icon so in the left pane of the gThumb window choose File System in the drop down menu button above the left pane and then navigate to usr share pixmaps Once there choose View gt View As List then look for the gnome tigert png file it looks like an orange cartoon character double click it and then go to the Image menu and select Resize This will bring up the Scale Image window see Figure 14 8 where you can change the width of the icon to 36 pixels the height will change automatically as long as the box next to the words Keep
22. File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help Please write a description for the package E End your description with an empty line or EOF gt gt An easy to see Mahjongg game gt gt This package will be built according to these values Maintainer root UbuntuAcer Summary An easy to see Mahjongg game Name xmahjongg Version 3 7 Release 1 License GPL Group checkinstall Architecture i386 Source location xmahjongg 3 7 Alternate source location Requires POMIYAUARUWNHO Enter a number to change any of them or press ENTER to continue Jf Figure 9 8 Accepting checkinstall s default package information 6 The checkinstall program will then finish up the packaging of the DEB package install it and then let you know when it is done And that is that The Xmahjongg game is now installed on your system and you will find an Xmahjongg DEB package within the Xmahjongg folder You should move that DEB package to a safe place such as a Tarballs or Soft ware folder or whatever else you choose to call it so that you can use it again should you someday need to reinstall your system Once you ve moved the DEB package dump the Xmahjongg folder assuming it is in your home folder by typing cd sudo rm r xmahjongg and pressing ENTER The semicolon surrounded by spaces on either side is used to separate commands written on a single line In followin
23. Ths quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog 0 Ths guick brown fox jumps over the Ths Quick brown fox ju Figure 11 2 Previewing a font by double clicking the font icon Project 11A Installing TrueType Fonts Locally How you install fonts depends on who is going to use them If you have only one user account on your machine the easiest way is to install the fonts locally Locally installed fonts are ones that only you or someone logged in to your user account will be able to use On the other hand if you have more than one user account and want the fonts to be available to all of the users on your machine use the method described in Project 11B on page 193 11A 1 Getting the Font Files The Internet is awash in free fonts For this project I will point you to the www fontfreak com site which has a very nice collection of fonts Once you get to the FontFreak splash page click ENTER SITE HERE which will lead you to the main page Then click the button on the left that says Fonts which will bring you to the first page of fonts You can browse through the various pages until you find some fonts to your liking Which fonts you download is completely up to you but be sure to choose the PC version of the font you want not the Mac version Just click the Windows icon to the right of the font sample Since you will also need fonts for Project 11B you might as well download them now too All in all for the two projects you will need at
24. ve got your own fonts folder let s use two more of the fonts you downloaded to try out the steps 1 Assuming that you have already closed the two windows from Project 11A 2 open two new Nautilus windows 2 In one of the open Nautilus folders type fonts and press ENTER The main pane of that Nautilus window should show only one font or if you bypassed Project 11A 2 and created the fonts folder yourself nothing at all It would definitely be useful to bookmark this location while you re there 3 In the other open Nautilus window which is your home folder window highlight both of the fonts you want to install by holding down the CTRL key and then clicking the icon for each font Then release the CTRL key right click either of the highlighted fonts and select Copy Files in the popup menu 4 In the fonts window right click on any open space in the window and select Paste Files from the popup menu The fonts will then appear in the Nautilus window Of course you can just drag the fonts from your home folder to the fonts folder instead of going through the procedure in steps 3 and 4 It s strictly up to you Either way the procedure outlined in Project 11A 3 yields exactly the same results as that in Project 11A 2 The only difference is that you will immediately see that your fonts have been copied to the fonts folder Which method you choose in the future is therefore strictly a matter of personal preference
25. Anew Firefox window listing available theme categories will then appear Click any of the links to see previews of the themes 5 When you find a theme you like click the link for that theme and then click Install Now in the window that opens 6 A confirmation window will then appear asking if you re sure that you want to install the theme in question Click Install Now 7 Once the theme is downloaded and successfully installed it will appear in the list of available themes in the Themes and Installation pages of the Add ons window Figure 7 22 On the Themes page select the theme you want to use by clicking it once and then click the Use Theme button when it appears 8 To see your new theme in action restart Firefox S D Q E9 Extensions Themes Languages Installation G Aluminium Kal 2 1 9 Netscape and Metal Lion Meet azureFox 0 96 1 iFox theme with blue buttons and bars Blue Ice 1 2 4 Restart Firefox to use Fp firetoxreloaded com Blue Ice ETET 6686 The default theme E Metal Lion Vista 1 5 Metal Lion and Vista Meet and Dark Blue Vista co ge Red Cats green flavor 4 0 22 There can never be too many cats Turn your Fir 7 Eind Updates Get Themes Figure 7 22 Selecting Firefox themes Dressing Up the Bird 123 SIMPLE KITTEN WAYS Getting to Know the Linux Terminal and Command Line Many people shy away from Linux because they e
26. As you can see there is a tab button for each of the folders within the path from your home folder mine in this case to your target gooseberries So what right Well say you want to go back to the NordicStuff folder to open a file in which there s some text that you want to copy and then paste into a doc within the gooseberries folder Sounds like a minor pain right Well rather than goof around with the Back button you can instead simply click the NordicStuff tab button and the contents of that folder will be there before you Need to go back to gooseberries Just click the gooseberries tab button Back to SwedeStuff you say Just click the SwedeStuff tab button All quite fantastisk Spelling It Out Typing File Paths in Nautilus If you prefer typing to clicking you will be happy to know that you can navi gate to a folder by typing its path Just go to the Go menu and select Location or keyboard shortcut lovers can just press CTRL L A search box will then appear in the location bar Figure 6 5 in which you can type the path to your target folder and then press ENTER In the case of my berried example that path would be home rg NordicStuff SwedeStuff Dalarna gooseberries File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help LJ Back Up Reload Home Computer Search EJ Location shome rg NordicStuft SwedeStuff Dalarna gooseberries Q 100 View as icons Figure 6 5 Typing the path to your target f
27. Double clicking any of these icons will show the contents of that location in the right panel of the Nautilus window There are of course other views such as Tree which provides you with an expandable hierarchal view of your filesystem and History which shows you where in your filesystem you have been most recently much in the way the history function works in a web browser There are still other views for you to choose from a couple of which you will work with in Chapter 7 Now You See It Now You Don t The side pane is a rather handy feature but there may well be times when you would prefer to have more space to view the contents of your window and thus want to get rid of the pane temporarily You can do this quite easily by going to the View menu of a Nautilus window and then deselecting Side Pane The check mark next to that entry will then disappear as will the side pane To get it back just return to the View menu and select Side Pane again The check mark will then reappear as will the side pane itself There is another way to hide the side pane that many people seem to stumble upon accidentally usually resulting in a bit of unnecessary panic If you look at the gray border at the right side of the side pane you will notice that there is a small ribbed section in the center see Figure 6 3 Clicking that ribbed section acts as a toggle to hide or show the side pane The panic most users suffer is a result of the fact that w
28. E Desktop Desktop Documentia Downloads L File System 2 Exame Music PDFs Photos 7 items Free space 66 3 GB Figure 7 5 Adding folders to your home folder 7B 2 Adding Emblems to Folders You must admit things do indeed look a bit better than before but this is just the beginning To graphically remind yourself what each folder is for you can add little folder top icons called emblems These can be added to any folder or file For now let s add one to the Documentia folder by right clicking it and then in the popup menu selecting Properties When the Properties window appears click the Emblems tab and then scroll down until you see the emblem called Documents Figure 7 6 Click the checkbox next to documents and then click the Close button The emblem should now appear on your folder Now for additional practice try adding the sound emblem to your Music folder Just use the same steps as before and substitute the appropriate items and entries Dressing Up the Bird 107 108 Chapter 7 Basic Emblems Permissions Open with Notes ry multimedia plan 0 o favorite money aG ohno package o amp ow danger cevs controlled ow a shared sound o oy web art 0 documents sales v eIp Ej close Figure 7 6 Choosing emblems for your folders 7B 3 Setting Window Backgrounds and Emblems Again Once you ve added
29. Figure 2 3 Once your selection is made click Forward Where are you Select a city in your country and time zone If the indicated current time is incorrect even after selecting the correct time zone you can adjust it after rebooting into the installed system Selected city New York gt Selected region United States Time zone EDT GMT 4 00 Current time 07 53 05 PM Step 2 of 7 X Cancel 4 Back m Eorward L d Figure 2 3 Choosing your geographic location in the Ubuntu installation wizard Keyboard layout The default keyboard layout for the installation lan guage you have chosen will appear in the next wizard screen If your key board layout is different make the appropriate choice from the list If you re not sure you ve made the right choice you can double check by typing a few words in the text box at the bottom of the window Once you ve done this click Forward If need be you can add other keyboard layouts later after the system is installed Prepare disk space What you do at this point depends on what you have on your machine Assuming you have an operating system on the disk already such as Windows accept the uppermost option selected by default This will reduce the size of your Windows or other OS instal lation to about half the size of the disk and then use the resultant free space on which to install Ubuntu If you like you can adjust the size o
30. Figure 3 6 Adding an application launcher to the GNOME Panel A New Place to Call Home 37 38 Chapter 3 Method 2 There is another way to add program launchers to the panel and it is actually a tad quicker As an example we ll add a launcher for the OpenOffice org spreadsheet program Calc Here are the steps 1 Go to the Applications menu and navigate your way to but do not click Office gt OpenOffice org Spreadsheet 2 With your cursor over OpenOffice org Spreadsheet right click In the popup menu that then appears select that s the usual ol left click this time Add this launcher to panel Figure 3 7 The Calc launcher will then appear in the panel CG Applications Places System c0e 5 i Accessories vt Games A Graphics Internet rl Office t 2 Evolution fo Sound amp Video gt B OpenOffice org Word Proc add this launcher to panel o System Tools 2 OpenOffice org Spreadsh Add this launcher to desktop es A A B Add Remove ie OpenOffice org Presentat Entire menu 5 2 OpenOffice org Database Figure 3 7 Another way to add application launchers to the panel Method 3 Now that you ve learned two ways to add application launchers to the panel I might as well let you in on a third even easier method Just open a menu select the item you want to add to the panel and then drag it there Well it can t get much easier than that eh 3A 4 Changing Panel La
31. Happy GNOME with Browser GNOME Art variation of Circles with a Face e Human Ubuntu Default Welcome Theme Human Circle of Friends Ubuntu Optional Welcome Theme o Background color i Menu Bar O Show Actions menu Welcome Message Qefauk welcome O Custom Na will be replaced by hostname Hp L 4 Add Author Jolt Waugh Mark Shuttleworth Jozef Mak Jonathan Austin _ Frank Schoep Copyright dch 2004 2006 Canonical Ltd EQ close d Figure 7 16 Customizing the Login Manager To select the greeter you wish to use just click the round button next to its name in the list in the Login Window Preferences window and then click the Close button Of course to see your greeter in action you will have to log out first so you can log back in but you needn t restart or shut down the machine You can then see your new greeter when the login screen appears Figure 7 17 though yours may well be different UbuntuAcer Figure 7 17 The new login screen Dressing Up the Bird 119 120 Project 7E Changing Your Splash Screen Chapter 7 Well now you ve changed just about all there is to change system wise but there is actually one more item that you can tinker with your splash screen In case you re not familiar with the term splash screen it s the screen that appears when GNOME is starting up right after you log in but before you get to you
32. Inthe popup menu select Entire Menu gt Add this as drawer to panel You should now have two new launchers on your panel with icons matching those found in the Applications menu next to the relevant items Click each of these new panel entries to see how they work 3A 8 Moving Things Around on the Panel Well now we ve added all we are going to be adding to the panel It may seem a little messy up there right now so let s do a bit of housekeeping by moving things around We will try to group things together somewhat thematically so as to make them easier to deal with Fortunately you can move panel launchers quite easily by right clicking the launcher in question selecting Move from the popup menu and then dragging the launcher to the spot you want to place it Once the launcher is where you want it to be click the launcher once and it will stay there To get some practice with this moving business let s move the launchers menus and drawers you added by placing them in the following order from left to right Applications Places System Firefox Mail OpenOffice org Writer OpenOffice org Calc Sound amp Video Games Drawer Place the A New Place to Call Home 41 42 remaining launchers at the right end of the panel to the left of the update notification tool in the following left to right order Geyes Wanda Force Quit Finally place the Run Application panel applet by itself midway between the two clusters of l
33. Just a slight variation of the brushed metal splash Author Archive Bj Show splash screen on startup 2 activate preview e instal Delete Figure 7 19 Choosing a new login screen When the window first opens all of the installed screens will be grayed out and thus cannot be selected In order to select and activate a particular splash screen first check the box next to the words Show splash screen on startup The thumbnails for the installed screens should now be selectable so make your selection by clicking on the splash screen of your choice once and then click the Activate button You will then see your splash screen in action when you next log in to your system Choosing a Screensaver Screensavers used to be a must have and must use item for computer users who wanted to prevent damage burn in to their monitors Video display technology however has now advanced to the point where screen savers are no longer completely necessary Nevertheless screensavers are cool to look at and one very nice thing about Ubuntu is that it comes with an unusually extensive collection of screensaver modules nearly 200 of them There are so many that you are sure to find at least a few you like The screensaver settings are preconfigured to switch between modules Dressing Up the Bird 121 122 randomly changing the current module every few minutes You can change these settings by going to your Syst
34. Next select the Favorite emblem and drag it onto your MyFaves folder Your window should now look like that in Figure 7 8 Once you are done go back to the drop down menu and select Information to get everything back to relative normalcy again raphika rie Browser tray ray i File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help c x iQ we Up Reload Home Computer Search 4 3 graphika amp 100 View asicons Emblems x by E j J aT qap j j f mail Desktop Documentia Downloads LAA ZD keti O t i j l marketing E i Examples Finances Music RJ H eee A af i AF MyFaves PDFs Photos multimedia i 9 items Free space 66 3 GB Figure 7 8 Selecting emblems from the Nautilus side pane Even if it s not your cup of tea you have to admit that your Nautilus window is definitely more colorful now You can of course change it to look however you want it to but I ll ask you to hold off on that a little while longer because you are going to be doing a some more playing around with it shortly 7B 5 Changing the Desktop Background Now that your home folder window is all gussied up or gaudied up depend ing on your aesthetic sense of things you may feel that your desktop looks rather drab in comparison Changing the desktop background often called wallpaper is easily achieved by right clicking any open space on the desktop and sele
35. Printer Type Local or Detected Printer O Network Printer IPP Printer or printer on CUPS server IPR Use a detected printer HP PSC 1500 series HP PSC 1500 series USB 1 HP PSC 1500 series HP PSC 1500 series USB MYSBS9D40RV0498 HPLIP O Use another printer by specifying a port Printer Port HP PSC 1500 series USB 1 HP PSC 1500 series v Figure 10 1 The printer setup wizard 3 Continue by clicking the Forward button which will take you to the second page of the wizard shown in Figure 10 2 Adda Printer Step 2 of 3 Printer Driver Manufacturer HP PSC 1500 Psc 1510 PSC 1600 PSC 2110 PSC 2150 Model PSC 2170 PSC 2175 PSC 2210 PSC 2300 PSC 2350 PSC 2400 aa Install Driver amp Cancel 4a Back im Eorward Figure 10 2 Selecting the make and model of the printer in the printer setup wizard Driver hpijs recommended Suggested of Gutenbird 177 This second page of the wizard should automatically open with the make and model of your printer selected as well as the recommended driver for that printer If the model chosen is not correct scroll down the list until you find the correct model If your model isn t listed try the one that was selected by default 4 Once your printer is selected click the Forward button which will bring you to the last page of the wizard
36. Printing Details eesnimena kiea eaaa eiaa OE E EEA 180 Project 10 Creating a Virtual PDF Printer scccscsccssssssecsessscsocsessessccseseccecssesecsesses 181 10 1 Getting and Setting Up the Files You Need 182 10 2 Setting Up Your Virtual PDF Printer cccccccsseeseesseeeteeereeetseeneeeaes 182 10 3 Using Your Virtual PDF Printer 0 csecceeseceseeeeceeeeeeeteeeteeeneenseennees 183 Cariceling a Print Jobsin see anon T uate des ayseceedagehatendaancesinndeicetia EAS 183 SCANNERS Mines e tna Mh Abate onth tert roto it E S mal icontestet 184 Scanning with XSGne s aide annere te eieeseiueh a ea eis 185 Why Are My Scanned Images So Big cceeseeeseeeceeeteeetseesseeeneeeteeeneeeses 186 11 FONT FEATHERED FRENZY Adding New Fonts to Your System 189 Project 11A Installing TrueType Fonts Locally sssscsssssssssescessecscceesscsecsecsecsecseseesers 191 11A 1 Getting the Font Files 0 0 0 0 eecceecceeeseeereecreeeseeeeeesneesneeeeeeentesteeeaes 191 11A 2 Installing the Fonts ccccccecsseceeeceesseeeeeeeeeeeecaeeesseeecsaeeeesaeensaes 191 11A 3 An Alternative Approach to Installing Fonts Locally 0 ceeseeeee 192 11A 4 Uninstalling Locally Installed Fonts scceeseeeseeeseeesseeerteeneesneeeses 193 Project 11B Installing TrueType Fonts Globally sscsssscsssssssccssessesscssesseseesesseeees 193 11B 1 Installing Individual Fonts Globally cce
37. R flag to show not only the list of files in the folder but also what is within the subfolders Of course you should have no subfolders in any of the folders you created in Chapter 6 so you can hold off experimenting with this for a while Instead try typing 1s a to see your invisible or hidden files sudo When you ran Synaptic back in Chapter 5 you were first asked to input your password before you could run the program The reason for this as I men tioned then is that Synaptic installs the files it downloads in various folders throughout your system almost all of which are write protected By supplying your password you are telling your system that you as holder of the pass word have the right to allow Synaptic to do that The command version of that same password giving process is the sudo command To perform an operation in a folder that is write protected you would first type sudo and then the command you want to perform For example if you wanted to copy an icon image let s call it myicon png to the globally located and write protected pixmaps folder usr share pixmaps you would type sudo cp myicon png usr share pixmaps After typing a command preceded by the sudo command and pressing ENTER you will be prompted for your password Once you type your password and press ENTER again the command will be executed I should mention that once you input your password it will stay in memory for about 15 minutes This m
38. These control buttons actually control the functions of your camera itself Start out by clicking the rewind button until you get to the beginning of the video segment you want to capture Once you get there click the play button after which the video on your camera will play back within the Kino window When you reach the point at which you want to start capturing click the Capture button just above the play back controls in the Kino window Kino will then start capturing your video to disk in your home folder by default To keep things easy to manage the captured video stream will be split into several files the number of which depends on the length of the video played You will notice that after you click the Capture button the video playback in the playback pane will stop moving This being the case you will need to view the action in your camera s viewer in order to know where you are in the capture process When you get to the point where you d like to stop capturing click the stop button You can then view the captured video by clicking the Edit button and then using the playback controls at the bottom of the play back pane You can also view the video in Timeline view as shown in Fig ure 17 7 in order to navigate between the various segments of the video click the Timeline tab click the segment you wish to view and then use the playback controls below the playback pane
39. You can do this by going to the Nautilus File menu and selecting Create Document gt Empty File A new file will appear in the Nautilus window with its name highlighted You can now just type a name for the file such as the one I m using dogwood Now repeat the process to create a second file PI be calling that one violet Use something equally evocative for yours Now that we have two files to work with let s start creating the compressed archive by following these steps 1 Select the two files either by clicking your mouse to the side of the files and then dragging the cursor with the mouse button still pressed over both files until they are highlighted or by holding down the CTRL key and clicking on each file individually 2 Once both files are highlighted right click either one and select Create Archive from the popup menu 3 In the Create Archive window that then appears type blossoms in the Archive text box and then select zip from the drop down menu button to the right of that Once everything looks like what I ve set up in Fig ure 6 18 click the Create button after which a compressed archive of your two files blossoms zip will appear in your home folder eG Greate Archive N Archive blossoms zip lt a Location rg X X Cancel 4 Create Figure 6 18 Creating a compressed archive Now that you know how to put things together let s get back to work and learn the
40. You will then have three windows open in your present desktop or workspace Now look at the Workspace Switcher to the right of the bottom panel There should be four boxes with the one on the left your present workspace in brown Click one of the other grayed out boxes and all your open windows will suddenly disappear Actually nothing has really disappeared you are just viewing a new desk top All your other windows are still open and running in the previous desktop In this second desktop you can open something else Go to the Applications menu and select Games gt AisleRiot Solitaire The AisleRiot Solitaire card game will soon appear You now have windows open in two different desktops and you can switch back and forth between them To do so just go to the Workspace Switcher in your panel and click the first grayed box which will take you to your original desktop Once you ve done that the box for the workspace you were just in will gray and you can then click that one to go back to your game desktop As you can imagine this feature has some potential benefits for you in addition to helping you avoid clutter Just imagine that you are at work typing some long document in OpenOffice org Writer Eventually you get tired and decide to goof off a bit by playing a game such as Mines for a while To do this you switch to another desktop where you open and play the game A bit later when you notice your boss making the rounds of
41. click Apply and then click OK to record your changes and close the Preferences window Finishing Up the Job with gtkpod Once you ve done all you want to do with gtkpod click the Load iPod s button to save any changes you ve made to the files on your iPod Then right click your iPod s icon in the left pane of the gtkpod window and select Eject iPod If the desktop icon for your iPod does not disappear after that right click it and select Eject When the desktop icon disappears you can disconnect your iPod from your computer Floola and YamiPod There is another pair of iPod management applications that might be of interest to you as alternatives to gtkpod Floola and YamiPod Both are relative newcomers to the iPod file management arena but they are attractive and capable alternatives with significant followings In addition to their clean interfaces both allow audio direct and helper less playback which gtkpod doesn t and their playlist creation and handling is more refined Downloading Installing and Running Floola As of this writing neither Floola nor YamiPod are available via Automatix or Synaptic so you ll probably need to download them from each project s website To get Floola go to www floola com and download the linux GTK version When Firefox asks you what to do with the file accept the default Open with Archive Manager by clicking OK and then extract the Floola linux folder to your home folder You can r
42. listening to one of the many Internet radio streams that are broadcast in MP3 format Unfortunately MP3 playback and encoding support is not included in Ubuntu due to licensing concerns Even if you plan on using Ogg Vorbis format in your future ripping and encoding endeavors installing MP3 support is a good idea so as to cover all your audio bases It s also a very easy process The easiest way to install playback and encoding support for just about any format and for most of the applications I will be discussing in this chapter and throughout the book is via Automatix Applications gt System Tools gt Automatix Once Automatix is open click Codecs and Plugins in the left pane of the window and then check the boxes next to AUD DVD Codecs and Multimedia Codecs in the right pane Once you ve done that click the Start button at the top of the window and the download and installation processes will begin Be forewarned that this is a somewhat hefty download so have a little patience at hand if your Internet connection is a slow one Audio Rippers and Encoders The application you use to rip audio files from CD and encode them into space saving MP3 or Ogg Vorbis formats is commonly referred to as a ripper For some time now the most commonly used non command line ripper was Grip which still has its dedicated following Other simpler to use rippers however have surfaced more recently such as RipperX Goobox and the one that com
43. mail or plan It doesn t tell you my social security number or my mother s maiden name but it is pretty cool don t you think I mentioned that the results said I had no plan and you may well be wondering what that is all about so PI fill you in A plan file is a small file kept in your home folder that other users see when they use the finger Simple Kitten Ways 129 130 NOTE Chapter 8 command on you Traditionally a plan file contained information about where you were going to be or what you were working on These days how ever most people use them to leave odd little messages quotations or whatever much as they do in email signatures Take a look at Figure 8 4 to see what happens after I add a plan file to my home folder h To upuntuAcer hy T e File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer finger rg Login rg Name Rickford Grant Directory home rg Shell bin bash On since Sun Apr 1 18 44 EDT on 0 messages off On since Sun Apr 1 19 38 EDT on pts from 0 0 36 seconds idle On since Sun Apr 1 19 13 EDT on pts 1 from 0 0 16 minutes 39 seconds idle On since Sun Apr 1 19 43 EDT on pts 2 from 0 0 No mail Plan I was a victim of a series of accidents as are we all rg UbuntuAcer Figure 8 4 Output from the finger command with a plan You can now see my plan which is a quotation from Kurt Vonnegut s The Sirens of Titan or Al Stewart s song by the same
44. once you ve made your selection click the Download Only button Once the download is complete you will find the file in archive form with a tar gz ending in your home folder or any other folder you decided to save it to You do not need to extract or untar the archived file If you have any trouble installing greeters via Art Manager go to http art gnome org click the Login Manager link on that page and then download a greeter directly 7D 2 Installing Your New Login Manager Theme Once you ve downloaded a theme or two of your liking you need to open the Login Screen Setup window To do this go to the System menu and select Administration Login Window A dialog box asking for your password will then open Type the password for the account you are currently using and click OK The Login Window Preferences window will soon appear see Figure 7 16 showing a thumbnailed list of the greeters available You can add the greeters you just downloaded to this list by dragging the files directly to the list A small window will then appear asking if you re sure that you want to install the file you ve just dragged to the list and since you do want to install the file click Install Rodin Window Prererencee General Local Remote Accessibility Security Users Style themed Theme Selected only Circles Theme with blue circles Happy GNOME GNOME Art variation of Circles
45. sometimes inaccurately labeled as Region 0 which can be played on any DVD player in any region and thus do not register as a regional encoding switch when you plop one of them in your computer s DVD drive If your drive does eventually lock into one regional encoding especially one for which you have few DVDs there is some good news That news comes in the form of Videolan s libdvdcss2 the library that comes bundled with the two codec packages you installed in Project 15A and which allows you to play back encrypted DVDs In addition to that primary function libdvdcss2 also in theory allows you to play back DVDs from multiple regions even if your DVD drive is already locked into one region It does this by performing a cryptic attack to use Videolan s term for it on your drive until it can find the disk key for that drive Of course this process of cryptic bombardment can take several minutes so it is not the optimal way of going about things Better than being stuck though Whether or not this process of bypassing regional encodings is legal remains a subject of debate so if you are concerned about such things you should do a little research Couch Penguins 283 284 Totem Movie Player Chapter 17 The default video player in Ubuntu is Totem which as you can see in Figure 17 3 has a very simple interface that makes using it equally simple You can run Totem by going to the Applications menu and selecting Sound amp V
46. which is a bigger and more powerful version of the rm command The rmdir command like the rm command should be used with caution There are no do overs with rmdir Once you remove a directory or folder with this command it is gone for good To try this command you can get rid of that sub folder you created Type rmdir command_exp sub and press ENTER The sub folder should now be gone Finally to round out the fun use the rmdir command once more to get rid of the command_exp folder that we created earlier You ve probably got it down by now but just in case you haven t type rmdir command_exp and then press ENTER Simple Kitten Ways 135 136 Chapter 8 chmod In Chapter 6 you learned how to change file permissions via the Nautilus interface This is without a doubt the easiest way to go about such things but when you have a folder full of files perhaps copied to your hard disk from CD that are write protected it can be quite tiring to change the permissions of such files one by one In this case the command line approach proves to be much easier to deal with The command for changing file permissions is chmod change mode To use it just type the command followed by the permissions you want to extend to a file and then the location of the file itself For example let s say that you copied a JPEG file mybirthday jpg from a CD to the personal subfolder within the Photos folder on your hard disk and the file is wri
47. 1 1A 4 Uninstalling Locally Installed Fonts Whether you used the installation method outlined in Project 11A 2 or Project 11A 3 you can uninstall any fonts installed locally by opening the fonts folder in your home folder and then dragging the fonts you want to remove to the Trash Project 11B Installing TrueType Fonts Globally As I mentioned already the fonts you have installed thus far can only be used by you when you log in under your usual username If however you want to install fonts that can be used by you and anyone else who has an account on your computer the process is slightly different We ll use only one of the fonts you downloaded for this part of the project 11B 1 Installing Individual Fonts Globally The font folder for globally installed fonts is in root territory so you will need to put the sudo command to use in order to install fonts in this way Here are the steps 1 Open a Terminal window and then create a new folder for your fonts within the global location let s call it MyFonts by typing sudo mkdir usr share fonts truetype MyFonts and pressing ENTER Type your password when prompted to do so and press ENTER Copy the font you want to install globally to your newly created global font folder by typing sudo cp fontname ttf usr share fonts truetype MyFonts and pressing ENTER Be sure to include spaces on both sides of cp and after ttf Font Feathered Frenzy 193 194 NOTE Chapter 11
48. 12 keymap 204 killall command 47 Kino for capturing and editing digital video 287 289 288 special effects 289 289 Timeline view 288 289 Knoppix 2 Korean language input 208 208 Smart Common Input Method SCIM 209 210 Kubuntu 18 INDEX 319 320 INDEX L LAN for Internet connection 50 language reading web pages or documents in foreign 202 for system display 22 23 typing nonstandard characters 202 205 with Compose Key option 203 Keyboard Indicator GNOME Panel utility 203 viewing system in another 205 206 Language Support window 205 laser printer scanned image resolution and 188 launcher See program launcher Launcher Properties window 38 39 43 lib folder 86 license key for avast 298 link file creating 138 removing 149 Linspire 13 Linux defined 10 11 for desktop computer 12 13 incentives for using 2 on iPod 280 non privilege mode 292 reasons to use 11 12 reference sites web resources 306 security need for protection 292 strengths 291 292 LinuxCD 304 Linux filesystem 85 Linux Multimedia Studio LMMS 264 265 Listen 261 261 live CD 3 15 installation from 21 running Ubuntu from 22 23 startup screen 22 LMMS Linux Multimedia Studio 264 265 In link command 138 148 for program link 145 LocalApps folder moving folder to 144 local install of pyWings 143 of TrueType fonts 191 193 uninstall 193 of Windows fonts 197 localization files for f
49. 642 mm P Figure 13 12 Scribus You can download and install Scribus by doing a Synaptic search for scribus Once the installation is complete you can run the application from Applications gt Office gt Scribus 224 Chapter 13 BRUSH WIELDING PENGUINS Linux Does Art Now that you know that you can get down to business in Linux it is time to don that beret of yours and address the artistic side of things Yes Linux does art and as you will soon find out there are a good number of programs on your system that allow you to create and manipulate graphic files These days however there is perhaps nothing as important to most users graphical repertoires as their digital cameras so that is where we ll begin Project 14A Digital Cameras While scanner support for Linux is still a bit spotty support for digital cameras is significantly better Linux supports over 800 cameras through the gPhoto2 digital camera software package which comes bundled with your system What gPhoto 2 essentially consists of is a collection of drivers that works in the background to tell your computer how to communicate with your camera To see if your camera is supported go to the gPhoto2 website www gphoto org scroll down and click 800 cameras the number may 226 Chapter 14 actually be higher when you check On that page you will find a complete list of all the cameras supported by gPhoto2 If your camera isn t on the list i
50. AIFF from Apple and using the aiff extension all of which are uncompressed formats Files saved in these formats are therefore exceedingly large with an average WAV file of CD quality music weighing in at about 10MB per min ute To put that in perspective back in 1988 my first Macintosh had a 40MB hard disk more space than I thought I would ever need but not enough space to store a WAV file of Nirvana s Come as You Are As computers underwent their evolution into the multimedia machines they are today it became clear that something was going to have to be done about those disk space devouring audio files Audio compression formats were thus developed These compression formats worked to oversimplify things a bit by cutting out the portions of a sound signal that the human ear cannot hear sort of a dog whistle approach The most widely known and embraced of these audio compression formats is MP3 Audio files encoded in MP3 format can end up being as little as one twelfth the size of the original WAV file without any noticeable loss in quality Another audio compression format that was developed was Ogg Vorbis Ogg Vorbis was a product of the open source community so unlike MP3 which has always been used under the shadow of yet to be exercised patent rights it was free of patent and licensing worries from the get go Because of that and the fact that it was the equal of MP3 in terms of quality and perform ance if not as m
51. Be sure to include spaces on both sides of fontname ttf Also be sure to use the name of your font in place of the word fontname For example if your font is called arachnid you would type sudo cp arachnid ttf usr share fonts truetype MyFonts You shouldn t have to enter your password after step 3 since you already provided it in step 2 so the process is now complete That being the case go ahead and test things out by opening OpenOffice org and looking for the font in the font menu Remember that you will need to restart OpenOffice org if it was already open when you installed the font 11B 2 Installing Multiple Fonts Globally If you want to install several fonts globally at the same time you can do so quite easily The process is essentially the same as in Project 11B 1 on page 193 with a slight variation Here s what you ve got to do 1 Create a new subfolder in your home folder window You can call it anything you like but I ll be using the name fonts2go in this project 2 Unzip the fonts and then place the ones you want to install via this method into the new fonts2go folder 3 Open a Terminal window and then copy all of the fonts in your fonts2go folder to your new global font folder by typing sudo cp fonts2go ttf usr share fonts truetype MyFonts and pressing ENTER Note the spaces surrounding cp and after ttf 4 Type your password if prompted to do so and press ENTER In step 3 you did not need to typ
52. CD compared to four or more for other distros but that CD is both a live operating environment and the installer You can t get much more convenient than that When Research Is Required If things don t work out for you with the live CD you can search the Web to see if you can identify what part of your hardware puzzle is causing your problems Or if you are looking to buy a machine on which to install Ubuntu you can search for hardware that is supported by Linux Of course before you can do Becoming a Penguinista 15 16 Chapter 1 this you need to know what models of hardware you have You should know at least what motherboard central processing unit CPU monitor and video card you have if you want to be able to find out anything of value Identifying your CPU and monitor should be easy enough but the motherboard and video card may require a bit more searching If you have no documentation that clearly states the make and model of these devices you can find out most things you need to know from within Windows by going to the Windows Control Panel double clicking System and then clicking the Hardware tab in that window Once in the Hardware tab click the Device Manager button and see what you can find about your system components there Sometimes the information there is rather limited so you might instead want to try out a shareware application such as HWiNFO www hwinfo com or Sandra www sisoftware net to get more
53. E N EA O E EO EAT 131 Sudor on a n a a ae a a a a E Re 132 G NOG ATG ETE EE E IE esee Te Me Dynndie eae nated Bia 132 aelel Ia ol patter a eee oe ete de AAE a ee ECL ae OAE E 133 GSK Re eck estates de AEE E E E A E E AEAN IEE 133 Commands with Some Teeth cccccccccccccceeecececccceeusecececcesueuaeseesccesuuaaentesccesauaaeneess 133 A En ol Ree eee ee a ete eee RL wR AERO EN See AT eR ON AN 133 A IN AEE E hse er ae eso hed De ett ote eat Red 8 ther Mo Ase a a 134 DO AD eat ah oi Ursa Gace Mls oa Baden aie Al call Meee TN ihe lan P Raale Cal 134 Ee E E EE A tear tedeadirortelasinen ys 134 EETA A EEN A aah en EENE A aM iti Ate cated te 135 DAI elas so E E eaten OE A IAE nea teas cece T E eh ead Be Boe ad 135 X Contents in Detail SGP HG St at cusses erect teak ates BAL r a a eaaa iien 137 A Couple of Other Biters You ll Be Using Soom eccseseeeseseteeeesesesesteeenteetteeneeeeneees 138 WV aes TETEE ANEA A EEN EAI T P OAS EE 138 GS e A E E EA EEE EET A E E ae 139 Project 8A Creating a Plan sssccssscscssssssscscssssscssssccccsessossassscossessesoossessessasssonssossosoors 140 Project 8B More Command Practice with pyWings sssscsssssssssessesceesesseseeseeseeseeeers 141 BBAl Getting PyW Ings se asray rnana e TE TE sot thoes cates coe 143 8B 2 Creating a LocalApps Folder for pyWing scseseeeeeceeteerteenteensees 143 8B 3 Extracting the pyWings Tarball 0 ecsecceeeeeeeeeneeenteceteeen
54. E TY Shows A Podcasts P Radio STORE 5 iTunes Store DEVICES A Grantania iPod fa Music PLAYLISTS lal Recently Played Party Shuffle O Top 25 Most Played im 90 s Music ae Music Videos i My Top Rated Cl Recently Added Display album artwork on your iPod ey Recently Played E Top 25 Most Played Le ae a a a a a cancel Capacity SS ee e eae ae ae a va ra ae a m ea a e Nee Audio Other E Free Space Apply 3 8 MB 598 5 KB 1 82 GB Figure 16 3 Disabling the auto update function on your iPod via iTunes in Windows Managing Your iPod in Ubuntu Normally in Windows and Mac OS you load files to your iPod via iTunes but of course since Apple has not created a Linux version of that popular application and I doubt it ever will you will have to find some other way to go about things Fortunately there are a few Linux applications that can work with your iPod to various degrees including one you learned about in Chapter 15 Rhythmbox Managing Your iPod s Audio Files with Rhythmbox Rhythmbox is set as the default application for iPods in Ubuntu and as such it will automatically appear once your iPod is connected to your machine and mounted by your system All you should have to do then is click the icon for your iPod in the left pane of the Rhythmbox window to see its contents Pluggin In the Penguin 271 272 NOTE Chapter 16 To copy a song from your library to your iPod just c
55. Editor window selected and ready to go Microsoft Office and OpenOffice org File Compatibility Although I mention the point throughout this section it is worthwhile to re emphasize that OpenOffice org can read and write Microsoft Office files This compatibility is quite good though tables sometimes prove slightly problematic In order to read Microsoft Office files all you need to do is double click the file in question and it will open in the appropriate OpenOffice org module When saving files within OpenOffice org to use within Microsoft Office however you must save them into the appropriate format as Penguins Back at Work 215 216 zA Chapter 13 OpenOffice org will otherwise save files into its native format odt for Writer documents ods for Calc documents and odp for Impress documents by default To do this when saving a file click the small arrow next to the words File type in the Save window and select the appropriate Microsoft Office format from the list of available file formats listed in the pane that then appears Microsoft Word 97 2000 XP for a Writer document for example OpenOffice org Features The three main applications in OpenOffice org Writer Calc and Impress are respectively quite similar to their equivalents in Microsoft Office Word Excel and PowerPoint so switching over to the OpenOffice org applica tions should be relatively easy If you don t have any experience with Micros
56. Figure 13 1 OpenOffice org Writer As I said Writer is a very straightforward word processor so I won t go on about it but if you would like an introduction to using Writer check out the First Steps tutorial at the OpenOffice org website www openoffice org writerfirststeps writerfirststeps html Calc Calc is the OpenOffice org spreadsheet application and it is similar to Excel in terms of capabilities and general layout see Figure 13 2 It can also quite importantly read and save Microsoft Excel files File Edit View Insert Format Tools Window Help i GBE amp ate tba se E lLlelmw A B a BMA m A B c D E F G H I J isi E Crivoltali Furuti 25 Paar crestrich 39 Thorich Participation by Crivoltali lOrthemorth 14 0 00 sa nun Classowe Bukektith H crivoltali 15 1 Orthemorth 1s Crestrich 21 Furutho o 10 20 30 40 50 60 29 OOA Sheet1 Sneet Sheets 7 fa Figure 13 2 A graph created in OpenOffice org Calc Since most people who use spreadsheets generally understand what they are all about and after a bit of poking around can figure out how to use them I won t go into any sort of primer about using Calc However as there are many others who don t see any need
57. File menu Terminal gt Open Tab gt Default 152 filenames for imported photos 227 file permissions within Nautilus 88 90 changing 89 file Properties window Nautilus Permissions tab 90 File Roller 190 files chmod change mode to change permissions 136 137 compatibility of OpenOffice with Microsoft Office 215 216 compressed creating and extracting 98 99 tar command to create 139 140 copying 134 135 creating with touch 134 executable path for 145 hidden displaying 132 145 locate command for 132 133 133 moving or copying in Nautilus 83 financial management software GnuCash 222 222 finding files with locate command 132 133 133 finger command 129 130 Firefox browser 58 60 character encoding changes 202 enabling SCIM to work with 209 INDEX 315 Firefox browser continued installing extensions 60 60 61 installing themes 122 124 123 launcher for 34 Popup Manager 59 60 printing page to PostScript 181 settings for RealAudio 282 tab feature 58 59 59 Firestarter 294 294 confirming automatic running 296 control of 296 selecting network devices 295 firewall in router 293 software for 294 296 FLAC Free Lossless Audio Codec 246 flash drives 96 Flash plugin installing 62 63 64 Floola 275 system setup to automatically launch 277 folder Properties window Nautilus Permissions tab 90 folders 85 86 adding emblems 107 108 for Briscola moving to global location
58. Hacks Tips amp Tools for Taming Images Audio and Video by Kyle Rankin O Reilly Media 2005 Linux Pocket Guide by Daniel J Barrett O Reilly Media 2004 Ubuntu CDs To order an AMD64 version of the Ubuntu Desktop CD get a replacement for the 1386 version that comes with this book or get the next version of Ubuntu when it comes out if you don t want to or can t download it just place an order with any of the following sites Remember that those from Ubuntu will be free while those from other suppliers will cost you a little 5 to 10 or so but will be delivered much faster https shipit ubuntu com http www cheapbytes com http www linuxcd org Resources 309 INDEX Symbols amp Numbers asterisk as wildcard character 144 configure command 161 root 85 3D modeling Blender for 242 242 A AAC file format 268 AbiWord 220 221 221 accented characters typing 202 205 Add a Printer window 182 182 Add ons window 61 Add Remove Applications window 73 74 Add to Drawer window 40 Add to Panel window 35 36 37 37 Adobe 189 Adobe Flash Player 62 Advanced Package Tool APT 67 adding repositories 69 71 graphical front ends for 68 adware 12 Aegis 296 AIFF file format 246 album art in Exaile 256 in gtkpod 274 in Rhythmbox 253 aliases See program launcher Alien for converting RPMs to DEB packages 157 159 installing 158 ALT key as compose key 203 amar
59. Hey if you stumble or in your case stumPle upon this remind me to get you a copy of that new certle book mentioned earlier Gertie Book w Search k Text Tools Delete Certle Book The definitive volume on Certle Available on tiverbookboatsman com and other fine online retailers Figure 13 10 Notes taken seriously Tomboy What really gives Tomboy its bragging rights however is its search and hyperlink functions These allow you to search for entries within your entire Tomboy note library and create hyperlinks that connect text in one note to another linked note In fact Tomboy will automatically create a hyperlink whenever you type a word that matches one of your existing note headings To make matters even more exciting or at least more useful Tomboy by means of its plugins feature allows you to export notes to HTML or print them out either as hard copy or as PDF docs If you d like to give Tomboy a try start it up by going to Applications gt Accessories gt Tomboy Notes after which Tomboy will appear in the top GNOME Panel GnuCash If you are familiar with the personal financial management software Quicken then you might be interested in GnuCash shown in Figure 13 11 which is the Linux world s best known offering in the personal finance arena It reads Quicken and Intuit QIF files which makes things even nicer should you be making the transition from another operating system Unfo
60. I will simply introduce each module to you Being a bit of a mathematics dunce however I won t be venturing too deeply into what you can do with Math That said here goes Writer As I mentioned earlier the word processor is the office application that the majority of users turn to most often Fortunately OpenOffice org Writer is a good one see Figure 13 1 It is chock full of features and can read and save Microsoft Word files Like Word it will even let you save your documents as HTML files so that you can easily change your documents into web pages File Edit Yiew Insert Format Table Tools Window Help 7c 73 eae OS a QO s296 e ompr wa Defautt Times 12 JAAA Cac eae s wx xE E Z R EED TEN EGUR OR jilot Mountain I am not kidding is just up the road which I admit must scem a bit odd I mean when you live in Hollywood all of your life and then you come here and find well this mountain that you have known all your life albeit in opposite order well it is pretty amazing Ho ho ho Anyway so I go on and on What is new in your neck of the woods Of course 1 guess I can t really call your neck of the woods woods in that there is so little that x even resembles a wood around there I m a mean to be honest there really isn t even anything like a park or even a nursery is there Kind of strange Page 1 1 Default 100 INSRT STD HYP
61. Manager Firefox has a number of other useful features One is its Popup Manager which suppresses those annoying popup windows that often appear when you access a new web page You can enable or disable this feature from the Preferences window Edit Preferences by clicking the Web Features icon in the left pane of that window and then checking or unchecking the box next to the words Block Popup Windows You can also permit certain sites to More Than Webbed Feet 59 60 provide popup windows some popups are not only useful but necessary for the correct functioning of a site by clicking the Allowed Sites button next to that Block Popup Windows entry and inputting the URL for the site in question Project 4A Installing Firefox Extensions Chapter 4 One of the coolest things about Firefox is that it allows you to further expand its functionality by adding various extensions These extensions include all sort of things many are quite functional while others are just plain fun and goofy They range from blog writing tools to image viewers For this project however we will be installing a cool weather station of sorts called Forecastfox that allows you to view not only the current weather conditions in your area or any other area of your choosing but also a two day local forecast Doppler radar maps and more all from AccuWeather com All of this is available at the click of a button from the Status or Menu bars or the Bookmar
62. Non Geeks based on Fedora Core 1 was my first book and was written with folks like my mother in mind average computer users with some computer experience in the Windows or Mac worlds who had an interest in Linux but were afraid to give it a go My second book Linux Made Easy was based on Xandros 3 and was written at a more basic level for those who just wanted a free and easy way out of the grasping tentacles of the Microsoft empire Ubuntu for Non Geeks as you might imagine is based on Ubuntu Linux and like the original Linux for Non Geeks it targets readers who are inter ested in Linux but feel the need for a jumping off point of sorts Although there are some similarities with its predecessor Ubuntu for Non Geeks is differ ent in many ways This is not only due to the inherent differences between the Debian based Ubuntu and the RPM based Fedora Core but also due to the advances made by Linux as a whole These advances have resulted in a system that is easier and more convenient to use than ever before If you are familiar with computers but unfamiliar with Linux or somewhat familiar with Linux but not with Ubuntu you are essentially the reader for whom I have written this book So to avoid any misunderstanding on your part and at the risk of being redundant I must re emphasize that this is not a book for seasoned geeks or power users It is instead an intro ductory guide that will provide new users with some hands on experience
63. Once you ve done that decide how many images you want to appear on each page of your album by adjusting the numbers in the Index Layout section of the window For most screen resolutions 2 or 3 rows by 4 columns works very nicely 14B 4 Adding Headers and Footers While still in the same window give your album a title by typing that title in the Header text box You can also type a string of text to appear at the bottom of the page by typing text in the Footer text box 14B 5 Choosing a Theme Finally choose a theme for your album by clicking the button to the right of the Theme text box As you can see in Figure 14 5 there are six themes available Click on each of the themes once to see a preview of that theme in the right half of the window Once you have made your selection click the Select button For my part I will be using the Classic Clips theme Theme BestFit Classic ClassicClips Flicker NeatRound wiki Install Theme Go to Theme Folder Personalize theme Thumbnail Caption Image Caption ca Figure 14 5 Selecting a theme for your web album 14B 6 Creating and Viewing a Web Album Once your selections are made you can create your web album by clicking the Save button If you chose to create a web folder a small window will appear telling you that there is no such folder and asking you if you want to create it Of course you do so click Create i
64. Renu 20 armies tft i LA a Figure 9 10 Risk Running Windows Applications with Wine Now that you ve learned just about every way there is to add applications to your system I might as well throw in one more running Windows applica tions Despite the fact that there is a Linux equivalent to most of the Windows programs that people use or need there may be one or two programs that you will come to miss For me it has long been the freeware version of the Austrian card game Schnapsen Fortunately it is possible to run some Win dows applications from within Linux with the help of a program called Wine The folks at Wine seem keen on pointing out that Wine is not a Windows emulator preferring to call it a Windows compatibility layer In fact even the name itself drives home the point as Wine is a recursive acronym for Wine Is Not an Emulator Whatever way you choose to look at it its function is to allow you to run Windows apps without having Windows installed on your machine It is only fair to point out that Wine continues to be a work in progress It works fairly well with some programs and not at all with others Things have improved however and Wine now seems to work better with more applica tions Until the latest release for example I had been unable to get my beloved Schnapsen game to run Now it does and pretty well at that Figure 9 11 Automatix and Not So Automatix 169 170 Chapter 9 Spiel
65. Show All Messages Search Qs er conte in Current Folder On This Computer gaon Fom subject Dats Ji Bnb O The Evolution Team lt evolu Welcome to Evolution Mar 14 8 00 AM ihai il me aio ae as os hed del ee a de E Drafts Junk outbox From The Evolution Team lt evolution novell com gt mi To Evolution Users lt evolution novell com gt Sent Subject Welcome to Evolution Date 14 March 2007 12 00 00 0000 08 00 EDT Eg mail contacts The Evolution Team is proud to welcome you to Evolution a complete system for managing your communications and ech personal information 2 Calendars If Memos Getting Started On the left of the Evolution window is the side bar with shortcuts to all your mail folders Below aa that you will find buttons for your calendars contacts tasks mail and memos asks For a complete auide to usina Evolution select Table of Contents in the Help menu or Figure 4 14 Ubuntu s default email client Evolution Chapter 4 To use Evolution just click the email launcher on the top panel or go to the Applications menu and select Internet gt Evolution Mail When you first run Evolution you will be greeted by a setup wizard so have the account details you received from your Internet service provider handy These should consist of your POP host address for receiving mail your SMTP host address for sending mail and your mail passwo
66. Switch User if you plan to return shortly to the new account or Log Out if you don t plan to return soon and then once back at the login screen type your original username press ENTER type your password and press ENTER again In the small window that then appears click the Return to previous login button Another window will appear in which you must type the user password of the account you are returning to Type your password click Unlock and you will be back at your original desktop with everything as it was when you last saw it open windows and all Pretty cool Logging In to Another Account in a Separate Window If switching back and forth between accounts seems like too much of a hassle to you there is yet another almost surreal alternative logging in to another account in a separate window while still in your regular user account This being two places at the same time approach requires a little bit of work up front but it provides a lot of convenience in the long run not only when going through Project 7B on page 106 but also whenever one of those Hey rents can I check my email for a second moments arises To set things up so that you can do this you need to install set up and use an application called Xnest Here are the steps Run Synaptic do a search for xnest and install it 2 Once Xnest is installed close Synaptic right click the Applications menu and select Edit Menus in the pop up menu
67. User oO Suspend Hibernate Shut Down x Cancel Figure 3 16 GNOME s logout window The actual shutdown will take a few seconds as the system closes its various services When it is all done the system should power down your computer as well in which case you are done On a few machines however the system cannot power down your machine You will know if this is so in your case because all screen activity will come to an end If you get to that point and nothing else happens for 15 seconds or so then just power down the machine manually by pressing the power button It is completely safe to do so at that point MORE THAN WEBBED FEET The Internet Linux Style These days average home computer users spend more time surfing the Web and writ ing email messages than doing just about anything else Even if you re not much of a surfer there are still numerous other applications that aren t really Internet applications per se but that still make use of the Internet in some way such as gathering song and album information when you rip audio CDs to create MP3 files Having a computer that isn t hooked up to the Internet is like buying a new Maserati and then refusing to take it out of the garage Of course how you connect to the Internet depends on your hardware and provider There are a number of possibilities in this area including high speed local area networks LANs cable modems and ADSL connec tio
68. Venegas Lim n y Sal 4 00 11 Eres para mi Latin Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 3 13 12 NoHace Falta Latin Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 3 28 gt 13 Te Vey A Mostrar Latin Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 3 19 14 Sin documentos 8 Latin Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 3 48 14 songs 46 minutes 42 9 MB Figure 15 4 The Rhythmbox browser Creating Playlists in Rhythmbox Of course you can tailor things even further so as to match every situation and your every mood There are days after all when you re feeling a bit too ethereal for Kelly Clarkson and thank goodness for that To prepare Tux Rocks 251 252 Chapter 15 for such moments you can create playlists which are lists of songs to be played in a predetermined order Just think of each playlist as an all request radio station where all the requests are your own To create a playlist in Rhythmbox go to the Music menu and select Playlist gt New Playlist When the Playlist icon appears in the left pane of the Rhythmbox window type a name for the list and then add the songs you want by simply dragging them from the Library pane to the Playlist icon The songs themselves will remain in the Library so you aren t really moving anything just creating aliases You can also create automatic playlists which are lists that automatically scan the Library for songs that match your creation criteria You could choose to create a list for the all the songs in your Library by a
69. Well to take back the write permissions for that file you just need to type chmod a w butterhaters txt and then press ENTER As you can see the gives permissions while the taketh away Much simpler you ve got to admit apt get To wrap up this section let s finish with a command that might seem a bit familiar to you apt get Yes this command is indeed the key to controlling the powerful package download and installation tool APT which I covered in Chapter 5 Although it might not be as pleasing to use APT via the command line as it is via Synaptic or Add Remove Programs it can come in handy I ll cover the basics for you here Simple Kitten Ways 137 138 Before using the apt get command be sure to close any APT front ends you might have open such as Synaptic As I mentioned before you can only run one APT tool at a time Once the coast is clear you should always start out any operations involving apt get with an update of the APT database so that you will be downloading the newest stuff To do this just type the com mand sudo apt get update If you want to install a single package without heading over to Synaptic you can do so by typing sudo apt get package name For example if you want to download and install the Shufflepuck game clone Tuxpuck you would type sudo apt get tuxpuck If you eventually get annoyed with Tuxpuck after having lost one too many times you can uninstall it by typing sudo apt get remov
70. You can select All instead of GNOME if you like but it will take longer to download the list of available wallpapers Once your selection is made the Art Manager will begin downloading a list of all that is available for you at http art gnome org It may seem like nothing is happening for a minute or so but that is normal just hang in there When it s done you will see a list of thumbnails for you to choose from Figure 7 11 GNOME Ar Artwork wniemes File Art Help GNOME Backgrounds Gnome Redblured Resolution 1600x1200 Author elmaya Gnome Weird colors Resolution 1280x1024 Author elmaya Gnome Watermelon Resolution 1280x1024 Author elmaya Gnome Caustics Resolution 1280x1024 JHE Figure 7 11 Installing desktop wallpapers using the Art Manager You can now install a wallpaper by scrolling down until you find one that suits your fancy clicking it once to highlight it and then clicking the Install button Art Manager will then download it install it and then automatically open the Desktop and Background Preferences window so that you can immediately apply it to your desktop if you like As I said before it s a very handy tool to have especially since you ll be using it more soon within this project 7B 7 Changing Window Borders Controls and Icon Sets Now we get to my favorite part of this journey through the world of digital cosmetic surgery changing the way window bor
71. a spin Downloading package information The repositories will be checked for new removed or upgraded software packages m BL AL OC Download rate unknown D Show progress of single files amp Cancel Figure 5 3 Download progress indicator in Synaptic Adding New Repositories to Synaptic You don t need to do it right now you may never have to it in the future and in fact I m not sure d recommend you doing it at all anyway that is unless you really know what you re doing and why you re doing it Still it is worth knowing that you can add new outside repositories to Synaptic To add a repository just follow these steps Go to the Synaptic Settings menu and select Repositories 2 In the Software Sources window that appears click the Third Party Software tab 3 Once you re in the new tab click the Add button 4 Another window will appear In the text box in that window enter the APT line for the repository you want to add The format for all reposito ries will basically follow that shown below deb http wine budgetdedicated com apt feisty main 5 Once you re done click the Add Source button in that window The win dow will disappear and the new repository will appear checked in the Third Party Software list The new repository just like the universe and multiverse repositories can be deactivated by simply unchecking the box next to its entry in that wi
72. access in those protected folders To do this just type the following command in the Terminal window and press ENTER sudo mv briscola usr share games When you are prompted for your password type it and press ENTER 8C 5 Creating a Launchable Link for Briscola Even though we ve moved Briscola to a global location we still can t run it with a simple one word command because the briscola tk file itself is not in the system s command search path Just as we did for pyWings we will now create a launchable link for Briscola to solve that problem Here are the steps In the Terminal type cd usr games and press ENTER no Now create the link by typing sudo 1n s usr share games briscola briscola tk briscola and press ENTER 3 Type cd and press ENTER to return the Terminal to your home folder You can now easily run Briscola by typing briscola in the Terminal and pressing ENTER Can I Do the Same Thing with pyWings Sure If you want to move pyWings to a global location just follow the same procedure for moving the pywings folder and creating the link as you did for Briscola making the necessary substitutions of course You will have to remove the previously created pyWings link though by typing the following com mand and pressing ENTER sudo rm usr games pywings After that move the pywings folder to global territory by typing sudo mv LocalApps pywings usr share games pywings and press
73. all this talk about Linux s great security you may wonder whether you need to bother worrying about it at all Well if you take a look at the Ubuntu forums you might find yourself a bit confused When asked whether Linux users need to install antivirus software or firewalls most users answer with an emphatic no On the other hand you ll find that there are an awful lot of people out there who have installed or are trying to install that soft ware Hmmm So what s a Linux user to do If you are on a network where you transfer a lot of files among a lot of Windows machines you might want to think about installing some antivirus software if for nothing more than the good of the Windows systems involved and the users of those systems your unenlightened i e Windows using email pals for example You might also want to give it a go if you are by nature on the cautious side of the spectrum Basically if it makes you feel safer to install some protection go ahead If it makes you feel safer to go whole hog and install the full line of defense mechanisms I cover in this chapter go ahead After all either way you go it isn t going to cost you anything and it certainly isn t going to hurt you any The First Line of Defense Regardless of the system you happen to be using though I am assuming that you have become a Linux devotee by now the first line of defense for any computer permanently hooked up to the Internet is a router
74. an electronic 292 Chapter 18 device that allows a number of computers on a local network such as in your home or at your office to connect to and share a single connection from your Internet service provider ISP While the router is connected to your modem via cable the connection from the router to the computers on your local network can be wired wireless or both What has a router got to do with the defense of your computer Well most routers include a firewall which essentially functions to keep all of the bad stuff out there on the Web away from your computer much in the way that the firewall in your car keeps the heat fumes and noise from your engine out of the passenger compartment This built in firewall is one reason that even people with only one computer who could just as easily connect their computer directly to their cable or DSL modem use a router Of course just how much security the firewall in your router provides depends on which filters you select in the firewall setup software For example a very common and useful filter particularly for those with a wireless network limits Internet access to those machines specified on the firewall s access list This prevents your next door neighbors from hitching a wireless ride via your ISP connec tion They aren t paying the bill after all The setup software for a router is built in to the router itself so you don t have to worry about software installation and sy
75. and installed the two codec packages via Automatix in Project 15A on page 246 you shouldn t encounter any problems if your iPod already has songs on it in either MP3 or iTunes default AAC format that you ripped using iTunes As for the protected AAC files you might have bought from the iTunes store well forget about playing those back in Linux unless you re willing to do a bit of geeking around https help ubuntu com community RestrictedFormats iTunesMusicStore Never theless these playback support limits shouldn t prove to be a problem you can still add protected AAC files to playlists copy them to your hard disk and delete them from your iPod in Linux For a Linux diehard however there is one big problem with regard to encoded audio formats and it isn t a limitation only in Linux iPods do not support Ogg Vorbis files There is talk that Apple might include support in future iPods but I wouldn t hold my breath In the meantime you can quite simply convert your Ogg Vorbis files to MP3 format for use on your iPod though there will be a bit of a loss in quality This is understandable consider ing that both formats have their own incompatible methods of compression which require the throwing out of actual music data Of course if you origi nally encoded your audio files in FLAC format this quality issue will be moot You ll learn more about this in Converting Audio File Formats on page 279 iPod Filesyst
76. are bordering on paranoia you might want to consider using a soft ware firewall in particular one of the most popular software firewalls available for Linux Firestarter You can download and install Firestarter via Automatix by clicking Utilities in the left pane selecting Gnome Security Suite in the right pane and then clicking the Start button Once it is installed run Firestarter by choosing System Administration gt Firestarter You will then be prompted for your password so type that and click the OK button Firestarter will open with a pretty self explanatory setup wizard the first time out If the wizard doesn t seem all that self explanatory to you and you re not sure what to do just accept the default settings by clicking the Forward button in each of the wizard screens until you get to the last one shown in Figure 18 2 In that screen make sure that the box next to Start firewall now is checked click the Save button and then click Quit When the wizard is finished the main Firestarter window will appear and assuming the correct network device was detected and selected the firewall will be up and running CS FirewalliWizard E AiRESTARTER Ready to start your firewall The wizard is now ready to start your firewall Press the save button to continue or the back button to review your choices w Start firewall now Tip If you are connecting to the firewall host remotely you might want to defer starting t
77. be of use to 1386 users who happen to lose or damage the disk that comes with this book Mixed News for Mac Users Those of you with PowerPC Macs may be aware that previous Ubuntu releases have been available in PowerPC versions Unfortunately as of the Feisty Fawn release the one I am writing about here this is no longer the case This means that if you are a PowerPC Mac user you will have to use one of the older Ubuntu releases or wait for an unofficial community supported release of Feisty Fawn for PowerPCs http cdimage ubuntu com ports Of course if you are using one of the new Intel based Macs you re in luck because the disk that comes with this book will work on your Mac After all the in 2386 stands for Intel Speaking Ubuntu Chapter 1 It s worth noting that there are a lot of weird phrases you are bound to come across when dealing with Ubuntu especially when searching for information on the Net In particular I am referring to four seemingly incongruous phrases Warty Warthog Hoary Hedgehog Breezy Badger Dapper Drake and Edgy Eft These are the unlikely code names of each of the releases of Ubuntu since its first appearance in 2004 The important one for you to remember is that of the current release the one on the CD that comes with this book Feisty Fawn You are also likely to come across a few other variations of the Ubuntu theme These are Kubuntu a KDE based version of Ubuntu Edubuntu a special ve
78. by opening the Run Application window and typing winefile Once you ve opened Wine File there isn t anything else you need to do since the work will have already been done in the background You can immediately close Wine File Installing a Windows Application in Wine To get a feel for how you can go about installing a Windows application to use under Wine I will point you to one that will definitely work a pretty cool tabbed text editor called NoteTab Light Figure 9 13 g We FE TZ Be P Fie Disk Directories View Options Security Window Help al alslalmi Ea EA Shel B cS Bz Name _ Date ADate MDate Inde a Z NTFS Ep 0 4 15 2007 1 36 35 PM 4 15 2007 7 29 53PM_ 4 15 2007 1 36 35PM SC ga bin t 0 4 15 2007 1 39 13 PM_ 4 15 2007 7 29 53 PM_ 4 15 2007 1 39 13 PM roa boot 7 7 v ee cdrom Ga dev ra etc me home bin ea initrd Ga lib Fla lost found roa media mo mnt reg opt mel proc rea root Ea sbin Ga sty Ga sys rod tmp ria ust 6 var z v Ki i 4 gt 66 5 GB of 72 5 GB free Figure 9 12 Windows Explorer Wine style Wine File To get NoteTab Light go to www notetab com right click the EXE Package button in the NoteTab Light 4 95 section and then select Save Link As in the popup menu When the download is complete be sure that the NoteTab_Setup exe file is in your home folder If it s not put it there so as to make it easier for you to follow along
79. compose key option for your keyboard is a good way to go Basically what this means is that you use one of the lesser used keys on your keyboard in conjunction with six symbols C to help in the creation so to speak of accented characters By default the compose key is the right ALT key Let s say for example that you wanted to type an umlauted u While pressing the right ALT key you would press Then you would release the right ALT key press u and voila you d have yourself an Here are some more examples Be right ALT then a right ALT then c right ALT then e right ALT then n right ALT then o wn D Polyglot Penguins 203 204 Chapter 12 Using the Keyboard Indicator If you often type in a particular foreign language it might be more conven ient for you to use the Keyboard Indicator GNOME Panel utility This utility lets you switch quickly among various keyboard layouts For example if you often type in Swedish and thus use the characters a a and 6 regularly using the appropriate keyboard layout would be easier than repeatedly using the Character Map Of course you will have to familiarize yourself with the key board layout or keymap for each language you choose but this is a relatively easy task The Keyboard Indicator is already included in your system so there is no need to install it To access it simply right click somewhere on the GNOME Panel where you
80. equally simple task of ripping it all apart well okay extracting it 1 Drag the original dogwood and violet files to the Trash to get them out of the way 2 Double click the blossoms zip file you ve just created A window showing the contents of the file will then appear Figure 6 19 Archive Edit View Help m TaN EN 2 8 8 New Open Extract Add Files Add Folder f Location in Name Size Type Date Modified Fi dogwood 0 bytes unknown 26 March 2007 F violet 0 bytes unknown 26 March 2007 2 files 0 bytes Figure 6 19 Extracting a compressed archive 3 In that window click the Extract button after which another window Extract will appear Click the Extract button in that window and within a second two at the most you will find two new copies of dogwood and violet in your home folder Now you ve created and extracted a compressed archive which is in this case a Zip file You can also create a compressed tarball in the future by following the same procedure hopefully with real rather than dummy files but when it s time to select an archive type select tar gz instead of zip Other than that single step it is the same creation and extraction process A Tidy Nest 99 DRESSING UP THE BIRD Customizing the Look and Feel of Your System Before entering the world of Linux I had used just about every desktop operating system around Despite the differences
81. essentially safe and sane if you follow my instructions S mkdir You have already learned how to create folders by means of menus and your mouse but you can also do this using the command line The command is mkdir make directory and it is easy as pie to use though I ve never been quite sure how pie is easy To see how this command works and to work with the commands that follow use the mkdir command now to create a folder called command_exp for command experiments All you have to do is type mkdir command_exp in a new Terminal window and press ENTER The new folder should appear in your home folder so go ahead and check to see if it is there by clicking the home icon on your desktop Simple Kitten Ways 133 134 Chapter 8 Okay good bra bueno Now let s create another new folder within that new folder a subfolder if you will We ll call this one sub So just type mkdir command_exp sub and press ENTER You can now go take a peek and see if the subfolder appears within the command_exp folder if you like mv The next command is the mv move command but before we experiment with it we need to create a dummy file we need something to move after all We can do this by using another command touch To make the file and let s call it expfile txt go to the Terminal type touch expfile txt and press ENTER The new file will now appear in your home folder To move the file that you ve just created you
82. feupe to seObl kobe E 306 Blogse ea oa a a e E E a a TE E tice O i A 306 Hardware Compatibility Issues c cecceseseeeseeereeceeeeeseeeneesnsesereeeneesteeseeeetteeneeesas 307 Wireless C onfection ssi essri soer eaae re E eE TESES ISAS 307 Free Downloads erisia a a T A O A A a 307 Applications and Other Packages cesccsssceseeeeseesnecenseeeseeereeenteeneeeereees 307 Free Fonts ash sty casas lawned vaganausanh ganas oh dave A E AE dasuer a 308 Newesvand linforitidtion sc ssceectssevzet tessnecdeastquvactendoedeatesdocpeutabeacegiats eagdhaatbuunehaaboeduenens 308 Magazine Suna ao eae NT E BS ANA eG eee OG betes 308 BOOKS sik ict tole E EEE EEIE E E ALA 308 Ubun OD a e E E T E IEO N ETE 309 INDEX 311 xv Contents in Detail ACKNOWLEDGMENTS There are a good number of people who deserve thanks for the help and support they provided either while or before this book was written and there are still others whose help will come after the book is released I would like to acknowledge all of them now Starting with my family I d like to thank Sumire as always for her support and encouragement throughout the project The same thanks go to my mother Dixie Angelina Burckel Testa who helped out with the initial proofreading of my earlier manuscripts and always lends a hand when she can Thanks go out again to my auntie and uncle Danica Lucia and David Zollars for their continuous support and help and for getting me into th
83. get rather tiring to type at login day after day Think of your fingers when deciding upon your username You also need to come up with a user password which you will also need to type every time you log in You will need to use it when you install new software or change certain system settings as well It should be a minimum of eight characters in length and consist of numbers and letters upper and lowercase for improved security You can of course get by with fewer char acters and only letters if you prefer The installer will advise you if the pass word you enter is unacceptable so don t worry too much Be sure to write it down and keep the paper you ve written it on in a safe place so you don t end up locking yourself out of your system NOTE If you have experience working with other Linux distributions you may be surprised to learn that the root account is disabled by default in Ubuntu There is therefore no installation step for inputting a root password You can check the website for this book www edgypenguins org UFNG to learn ways of getting around this setup You can also set up a root password later at any time after the system is installed so if having a root account is of importance to you don t worry Dual Booters Take Note If you are going to be creating a dual boot setup it is a good idea to first defragment your present Windows disk before moving on to installing Ubuntu This will make the repartitioning ph
84. hard disk Of course you can use this method even if your camera is supported by gPhoto2 or compliant with the USB Mass Storage protocol sometimes it is the easiest way to deal with things anyway 14A 1 Connecting Your Camera and Starting the Import Process If your camera is supported by gPhoto2 and you prefer to access your photos directly from your camera rather than fiddle with flash storage cards or if yow re just not sure whether your camera is supported or not connect the USB cord supplied with your camera to the camera itself and then to one of the USB ports on your computer Once you ve done that turn the camera on and set it to communicate with your computer Switching the camera to Play mode rather than Camera mode usually seems to do the trick but you should check your owner s manual just to be sure If your camera is supported by gPhoto2 and the chances of that are quite good a small window will appear as shown in Fig ure 14 1 To view the images on your camera click the Import Photos button A camera has been detected There are photos on the camera Would you like to add these pictures to your album o Always perform this action Ignore Import Photos Figure 14 1 Your system seeks your approval before importing photos from your digital camera 14A 2 Setting Up and Cleaning Up Before Importing the Images After you have clicked the Import Photos button in that first window anot
85. have different maximum resolutions The resolution limits of your printer itself are also naturally enough a major consideration For example laser printers and inkjet printers have different characteristics laser printers will produce better quality images than inkjet printers while inkjet output will be more greatly affected by the type of paper used than a laser printer will be Of course your printed output is not going to suffer if you scan your images at higher resolutions than those at which you plan to print them out but you will end up with a lot of files taking up too much disk space Remember The higher the resolution of a scanned image the greater the file size in terms of disk space If this is of concern to you you can simply resize the images after you re Gutenbird 187 188 Chapter 10 done printing using an application such as the GIMP more on that in Chap ter 14 but if you would prefer not being so cavalier with your use of disk space from the get go you can follow these very general guidelines e Ifyou are using a laser printer scan at the same resolution at which you are going to print e Ifyou are going to use an inkjet printer with photo quality paper scan at about 80 percent of your target printout resolution about 240ppi for a 300dpi printout e Ifyou are using an inkjet printer with regular paper scan at about 65 percent of your target printout resolution about 195ppi for a 300dpi printout
86. in order to get them up running and comfortable with the Ubuntu distri bution of Linux Version Compatibility NOTE This book was prepared for use with Ubuntu 7 04 Feisty Fawn Desktop edition Included with this book is a full working copy of that system on one CD which functions not only as an install CD but also as a live CD This means that you can run Ubuntu directly off the CD without so much as touching your hard disk You can thus give Ubuntu a try before making any hardware commitments And since we re talking hardware it is also worth pointing out that running a live CD session gives you the chance to see if Ubuntu works with the hardware you ve got If you like what you see and all the hardware seems to work you can go ahead and install the full shebang on your computer and using the same disk no less instructions included in Chapter 2 The world of computers is exceedingly dynamic and as such there may be changes in the software or the links to the files for projects in this book after the book is released I ll post any such changes at www edgy penguins org UFNG Introduction 3 4 Concept and Approach Introduction As a language teacher I have always enjoyed programming books mathe matics books and old fashioned foreign language learning texts because of their straightforward skill based orientation one in which each chapter builds upon the skills acquired in the previous chapter I have trie
87. install CDs from Ubuntu go to https shipit ubuntu com and follow the directions there It s easy Ordering an Install Disk from Other Online Sources 304 If you are in a hurry to get your install CD you can also order a copy from one of the many online sources that specialize in copying and selling install CDs for a variety of Linux distributions at very low prices For example you can get an Ubuntu install CD from LinuxCD www linuxcd org for a quarter shy of two dollars CheapBytes www cheapbytes com and UseLinux www uselinux net are two other well known sources you might want to try Appendix A Forums RESOURCES As Linux owes much of its growth and development to the Internet it should come as no surprise that there is a wealth of information about Ubuntu available to you online In addition to the usual news how to and download sites you will also find a variety of tutorials forums blogs and other sources of useful information all of which you can turn to as you use and learn more about your system When you are looking for advice trying to solve a particular problem or just looking for some general tips online forums are the way to go Fortunately Ubuntu has a forum all its own and since Ubuntu is primarily a desktop oriented Linux distro you are likely to find many fellow newbies and newbie friendly posters there rather than the hard core geekiness you might find on some other sites The
88. is Adobe s Flash Player Flash provides websites with all sorts of exciting multimedia effects and capabilities and as a result it is utilized in an ever increasing number of sites In fact chances are you ve probably seen numerous Flash enhanced pages without even being aware of it For example if you ve ever watched a video on YouTube you ve enjoyed the wonders of Flash NOTE How do you get the Flash Player plugin Well the easiest way is to simply find a page that uses Flash and install the plugin from there the site will sense that you don t have the plugin and guide you through the installation If you re not sure how to go about things just follow these steps 1 First of all find a site that uses Flash If you don t know of one off hand try the site for northern Michigan s Finlandia University www finlandia edu flashpage html which is the site I will be using in these examples Although I mentioned YouTube as a site that utilizes Flash do not use that site here The YouTube site sensing that you do not have Flash already installed will direct you to a different page for installing the Flash Player and for Linux users anyway this ends up being a much more cumbersome way of doing things 2 Once you have arrived at the Finlandia University homepage you will notice a big blank area near the top with a green puzzle piece and a yellow message strip telling you that you re missing some plugins Figure 4 1
89. is actually called rg in the system s home directory which is actually called home and which is where all the user account directories are located when I use the pwd command I would after pressing the ENTER key get home rg printed to my Terminal You should get similar results if you try it out The word print in this case has nothing to do with your printer it merely means that the response will be printed to or displayed in the Terminal df Another safe and easy but much more useful command is df disk file system The df command tells you how much disk space you have used as well as how much space you still have available on each of the partitions on your various mounted disks Try it out by typing df and then pressing ENTER Your output should look something like that shown in Figure 8 5 depending of course on the size of your mounted disks and how they are set up rg UbuntuAcer df Filesystem 1K blocks Used Available Use Mounted on dev sdal 75489148 2177384 69477052 4 varrun 249320 112 249208 1 var run varlock 249320 i 249320 0 var lock procbususb 249320 72 249248 1 proc bus usb udev 249320 72 249248 1 dev devshm 249320 i 249320 0 dev shm trm 249320 27880 221440 12 lib modules 2 6 20 1 3 generic volatile rg UbuntuAcer Figure 8 5 Output from the df command As you will notice the sizes are given in kilobytes KB rather than the gigabytes GB and megaby
90. it will tell you so in a small window Once you get that message click Close You can eject the CD by going to the File menu and selecting Eject If you want to rip and encode another CD pop it into the drive just as with the first CD the album artist and song titles will all appear in the program window and you can rip away yet again Once you re done with your ripping chores you could check out the results of your efforts using one of the players discussed in the following sections of course But the quickest and perhaps the most interesting way to play back your newly ripped files is to open a Nautilus window and then navigate to the new tracks within your Music folder Once you re there place your cursor over any one of tracks and a little eighth note in one of those comic bubbles will appear Figure 15 2 and the track without so much as a single mouse click will mysteriously start playing Kind of cool don t you think a BULOTTE UR aILy SSE BTOWSET IT a File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help b E A Back Up Reload Home Computer Search 4 ra Music Anouk Automatik Kalamity 100 view as Icons Places gt ix Q no rg A dd de 02 Une Apr s Midi 03 Mauvais Sang 06 Ce Jour La mp3 E Desktop UJ De Chien mp3 mp3 L file System z 3 items Free space 65 3 GB Figure 15 2 Playing an audio file from within Nautilus Audio Players Now that you know how to r
91. least four fonts When you ve finished downloading drag the font files to your home folder so it s easy to follow along with my instructions Also be sure to unzip your font files before going on to the installation steps 114 2 Installing the Fonts For this project let s use one of the fonts that you downloaded After you ve decided which font to use follow these steps 1 Open a new Nautilus window by going to the Places menu in the GNOME Panel and selecting Home Folder Once you ve done that open another Nautilus window by doing the same thing Font Feathered Frenzy 191 192 Chapter 11 2 In one of the Nautilus windows go to the Go menu and select Location A Location input box will then appear below the button bar in that window You can also achieve the same result by pressing CTRL L 3 In that Location box type fonts and press ENTER Once you ve done this the window should be filled with the many icons representing the fonts you already have installed locally on your system While you re there it wouldn t be a bad idea to bookmark this window for future use 4 From the other open Nautilus window your home folder window select the unzipped font you want to install and drag it to the fonts folder window You will notice that when you dragged your new font from your home folder window to the fonts window the icon for that new font file did not immediately appear In fact it will see
92. look of your present setup you can create a new user account and experiment with making the changes in this chapter when logged in to the new account If you opt to go this route your regular home environment will remain untouched because look and feel customi zations that are performed in one user account do not affect other user accounts When you are all done with the project you can then simply delete the new user account Either way it s up to you To set up a new user account follow these steps 1 Go to the System menu and select Administration gt Users and Groups N When prompted for your password type it and then click OK The Users settings window will open 3 In the Users settings window click the Add User button which will bring up a New User Account window 4 In that window type a new username graphika In the Real Name field you can type whatever you like I used Graphics Lover in the example Then move on down to the Password section of the window skipping over Contact Information and type an easy to remember user password in the two password boxes in this case the one you re using for your present account will do just fine Once you ve done all this your window should look more or less like that in Figure 7 1 5 If everything looks fine and dandy click OK to close the window and get back to the Users settings window which will now list your new user account right below your current one see F
93. machine code or object code that the computer can understand before the application is actually run Once this translation is done the computer never has to bother with the high level instructions again it can merely read the translated version each and every time it runs the program This is like having a translated version of a foreign book that you can read any time you want to Because computers can run compiled programs without simultaneously using an interpreter compiled programs run faster than scripts Most applications for all operating systems are therefore compiled Tarballs The Containers of Source Almost all source packages come in the form of tarballs tarballs DEBs and even the RPMs such as those used in Red Hat based systems are all referred to as packages which is why the icon for such files looks like a little parcel post box As you learned in Chapters 6 and 8 tarballs consist of a group of files that have been archived into a single file which is most often compressed to save disk space much like Zip files on Windows systems or SIT StuffIt files on Macs In Linux the most common method of creating such archives is through the tar program from which the tarball gets its name while the com pression of that archive is usually accomplished by means of the gzip program Compressed tar files or tarballs can thus be recognized by their file endings which are targz or when compressed with the bzip program ta
94. may well have experienced the joy of building a castle out of LEGO bricks and then the even greater joy of tearing the whole thing down preferably by hurling D cell batteries at it We will now embark on a similar move The first tool in this nostalgic endeavor is the rm remove command with which we can trash files The rm command albeit very useful and easy to use should be used with caution Once you remove a file with this command there is no going back the file will not be placed in the Trash it is gone for good To play it safe let s try out the rm command by getting rid of that new copy of expfile txt that we just created in the home folder The basic rm command structure consists of the command itself rm followed by the name of the file that you wish to remove In this case you want to remove the file called expfile txt located in your home folder Assuming your Terminal shows you to be home remove the file by typing rm expfile txt followed by a tap on the ol ENTER key The file will then be gone and gone for good Now double your pleasure by getting rid of the version of expfile txt that is located in the subfolder sub In this case you need to specify where the file is because it isn t in the folder that the Terminal is in Just type rm command_exp sub expfile txt and then press ENTER Oooh very cool Brings ya back doesn t it rmdir You will now continue the fun with the rmdir remove directory command
95. model number along with the word linux and see what search results you get Of course you can also try out one of the Linux forums and ask about the modem make and model there There are a lot of people in the same boat so you are sure to get plenty of opinions and advice Firefox Your Internet Browser NOTE Chapter 4 Now that you are connected to the Internet you no doubt want to get down to some cyberspace discovery and exploration and the most commonly used means of doing that is with a web browser The default web browser in your Ubuntu system is Firefox which is enjoying increasing popularity in not only the Linux world but in the Windows and Mac worlds as well Chances are you are already a Firefox user but if you are not then you needn t worry things work more or less the same in all browsers That being the case you should be able to use Firefox s basic features without any instruction Of course there are some features that do distinguish Firefox from its competition so I will mention those Controlling Browser Window Clutter with Tabs Usually when you click a link on a web page the new page opens in the same window On some pages links are coded so that the new page opens in anew separate window or maybe you occasionally opt for opening a link in a new window by right clicking the link and then selecting the Open Link in New Window option This can be very useful however once you have more than a few brows
96. mount your Windows partition by doing the following 1 Create a mount point for your Windows partition by opening a Terminal window typing sudo mkdir media windows and pressing ENTER You only need to perform this step the first time you try to mount your partition After that you need only perform steps 2 and 3 2 What you do in this step depends on whether your Windows partition is FAT32 or NTFS formatted Choose the appropriate step being sure to substitute hda2 for hda1 if that is what your Windows partition happens to be If your Windows partition is in FAT32 format type sudo dev hda1 media windows t vfat o iocharset utf8 umask 000 If it is in NTFS format type sudo dev hda1 media windows t ntfs o nls utf8 umask 0222 3 Once you ve typed the appropriate entry press ENTER If asked for your password type it and press ENTER The Windows partition will then be mounted You can double check by opening a Nautilus window and click ing the Computer button You should then find a hard disk icon with the word windows beneath it You can even double click that icon to access the files you have there but you cannot save files to the partition if it is in NTFS format a good reason for installing the Automatix Mounter is that it allows you to do so 11D 3 Installing Fonts from Your Windows Partition Now that your Windows partition is mounted you can copy the fonts you have there and install them for us
97. next step is to check whether the RealPlayer plugin is doing what it should You can determine this by going to www npr org and clicking the 24 hour Program Stream link at the top of the page Because you installed the two audio codec packages via Automatix earlier in the chapter an embed ded Windows Media Player window will appear To switch over to RealPlayer click the Set Player Preference button at the bottom of the window click the RealPlayer icon in the screen that then appears and then click Set Player Preference again at the bottom of the window The embedded player near the top of the page should now be RealPlayer as you can tell by the RealPlayer icon at the right side of the player Playing MP3 and Ogg Vorbis Streams with RealPlayer An interesting and not unwelcome result of installing RealPlayer with the Firefox plugin is that you can now play MP3 and Ogg Vorbis Internet broad cast streams with a single click of your mouse Go to www shoutcast com and click the Tune In button next to one of the streams to see what I mean All very handy you ve got to admit Going to Town with RealPlayer Now that you are all set up you probably want some more streams to try out There are plenty of sites with RealMedia streams but let me steer you to some of my favorites to get you started you may already know some of these e V rlden world music from Radio Sweden www sr se srvarlden e Car Talk car talk www cartalk com radio s
98. or folder is and what you are allowed or not allowed to do with it As you can see in Figure 6 10 the options for files and folders are slightly different You might find this permissions business a bit confusing but it is really quite simple to understand Permissions can be granted or denied to the owner of the file or folder you to a specified group or to others everybody else These permissions are Read Permission to view the contents of a file or folder Write Permission to alter the contents of a file or folder Execute Permission to run a program or script In general you needn t worry all that much about setting permissions for your own files as you are really the only one who has access to your user account One of the main exceptions to this is when you transfer files from CD to your hard disk In this case the files will be write protected meaning that you cannot alter the files until you change the permissions for them You can change the permissions of such files in order to allow yourself to alter them by clicking the checkbox in the Owner row next to the word Write Once you are done click the Close button and you ll be on your way ATidy Nest 89 90 Chapter 6 Basic Emblems Permissions Open with Notes Basic Emblems Permissions Open with Notes Owner rg Rickford Grant Owner rg Rickford Gra
99. pyWings that you ve just used works well enough but it is a pain in the posterior to open your Terminal and type that some what lengthy string every time you want to find out what fate has in store for you Let s find a way to make things easier in the future To run an application from the Terminal you generally type the name of that application or to put it more precisely the name of that program s executable file the application s name thus acts as a sort of command In order for your system to recognize that command however the command the executable file or a link to it must be in a location where the system can find it Whenever you run a command of any sort your system checks a series of locations most of which are bin folders where executable files are located to find that command You can easily find out where these locations are by typing echo PATH in a new Terminal window and then pressing ENTER As you will see on your Ubuntu system these locations are e usr local bin e bin e usr local sbin e usr bin e sbin e usr bin X11 e usr sbin e usr games If the command you typed is in one of those locations the program or script will run As you no doubt know however pyWings is not in any of those locations It is in home username LocalApps pyWings and is thus in a sense out of your system s sight To remedy this situation you could add the path of your pyWings script to the list
100. run Synaptic search for soundconverter and install the application To use SoundConverter just select Applications Sound amp Video gt SoundConverter Once SoundConverter starts up add the songs you want to convert to the main pane by clicking either the Add File or Add Folder buttons You can also drag audio files from your Music folder or wherever else you store them andorra eS File Edit Help s Convert Add File Add Folder Ranarim Till Ljusan Dag Till The Light Of Day Stolt Ingrid Proud Ingrid 02 Stolt Ingrid Proud Ingrid mp3 Roxy Music The Thrill Of it All 3 Over You AAC ZPAD m4a Em Summer Romance 87 BR QVKK m4a Ready Figure 16 10 Converting audio file formats with SoundConverter Once you ve chosen the files to convert you need to choose which format to convert them to You can do this by selecting Edit gt Preferences and then making your choice in the Preferences window Figure 16 11 While you re there it is also a good idea to tell SoundConverter to place your converted files in a location other than the folder where the original files are stored Doing this prevents having to deal with duplicates in Linux audio playback applications that automatically scan your Music folder such as Rhythmbox This is not an issue in either gtkpod or YamiPod as they will not allow you to add Ogg Vorbis files to their library lists You might also want to check the box next to t
101. rush And keep in mind that Linux and the projects in this book are fun not just work exercises The whole point of the Linux world in my opinion is that it offers all kinds of fun So go ahead and enjoy it About the Conventions Used in This Book There are only a few minor points worth noting about the conventions I have used here I have put in bold type the items within your system that you need to click or directly manipulate in any way such as buttons tabs and menus Where words or phrases are defined they have been set in italics Any text that I ask you to input will be indicated by monospace font I have also opted to use the more graphically suggestive term folderinstead of directory no doubt the legacy of my many years as a Mac user About the Projects in This Book The projects and other information in this book are primarily geared toward users who have installed Ubuntu using the CD that comes with this book Most of the information also applies to Ubuntu live sessions run from the CD You should note however that some projects and actions cannot be performed in live sessions as they require write access to your hard disk and this is not possible during live sessions Introduction 7 BECOMING A PENGUINISTA Welcome to the World of Linux Now we begin our project to get you up and running in the world of Linux If you have already made the commitment and have Ubuntu installed on your machine you are essentially re
102. see three entries in the left pane Local Podcasts and iPod To display the contents of your iPod click the entry for your iPod in the left pane and then click the Load iPod s button The contents of your iPod will appear in the right pane If you have any playlists on your iPod click the small arrow to the left of your iPod s name in the left pane of the window to reveal your lists To add new songs or folders full of songs click the Files or Dirs buttons below the menu bar and then navigate to the items you want to add You can also create playlists either by clicking Playlist to create a playlist of the contents of a particular folder or by clicking the New PL button to build your own playlist When you click New PL a new list will appear in the Playlists pane at the left side of the window Drag the songs you want from the right pane to the new list in the left pane in order to build your list Just be sure to drag the files directly onto the playlist icon as gtkpod can be a bit finicky in this depart ment You can also add songs to existing lists in the same way Pluggin In the Penguin 273 274 NOTE Chapter 16 While we re on the topic of dragging and dropping it is worth noting that you can add songs to your iPod library by simply dragging them from your Music folder or any other folder and then dropping them in the right pane of the gtkpod window To add a song to both your iPod s library and a specific playlist
103. that you want to burn during the session to the bottom right pane of the GnomeBaker window under the Data CD tab Figure 6 15 You can drag files from the file browser in the top two panes of the GnomeBaker window from a Nautilus window or from the desktop When you have all the files in place that you want to burn click the Burn button at the bottom right corner of the screen A new window Create Data CD will appear In that window select tao in the drop down menu next to the word Mode Once you ve done that insert a blank disk in the drive and click Start The burning process will begin GnomeBaker will eject the disk when the burn is complete Burning Subsequent Sessions To add a new session to a multisession disk make sure that the bottom right pane of the GnomeBaker window is empty click the Clear button if it isn t and then insert the multisession disk into your drive After your drive has finished its spinning and you have pushed the Navigator window for that disk out of the way go to the GnomeBaker Project menu and select Import Session A small window will appear asking you to select the drive where the multisession disk is located You most likely only have one drive so the correct device should already be displayed If so click OK The files burned in previous sessions will now appear in the bottom pane To add additional files to burn to the disk thus creating a new session just follow the procedures you used f
104. the Nautilus Preferences window Project 8B More Command Practice with pyWings Now let s get some more experience behind the Terminal by installing a simple and admittedly kind of silly oracle program called pyWings see Figure 8 10 pyWings will give you cryptic guidance in response to whatever questions you may ask it Simple Kitten Ways 141 142 Chapter 8 File Settings Help Figure 8 10 Seeking wisdom from pyWings To use pyWings you type whatever your confusion is in the input box click one of the concern icons on the left self another world one of the realm icons on the right love work truth and hit the big button that looks like half an eye The oracle will then tell you what it has to say As an example I asked the oracle why I haven t become rich yet and I picked selfas my concern and truthas the realm Figure 8 11 shows the wisdom that was bestowed upon me File Settings Help IlOOl Release is not necessarily freedom j f is a hand closing Fingers hold b eeting f is lightning Its sound outlasts its sight is a box lid Only its weight resists opening fY is a locked box Sight alone may tre is rain Each cloud has a million hands is a palm The ble holds the most weight concern self realm truth Why haven t become rich yet Figure 8 11 PyWings bestows its wisdom As you can see the oracle told me Release is not necessarily freedom which I will
105. the Internet double click the new addition to your list and Fip should start playing after a few seconds of pre buffering Other Cool Features in Rhythmbox Rhythmbox includes a couple of cool features worth noting One is pretty obvious once you start playing your ripped tracks album cover art As you can see in both Figures 15 3 and 15 4 whenever you play a track in Rhythm box the album cover art for that track is automatically downloaded and displayed in the lower left corner of the window assuming that Rhythmbox can find it online Another cool and somewhat similar feature has to do with lyrics To utilize this feature you must first activate it by going to the Edit menu and selecting Plugins In the Configure Plugins window that appears Figure 15 5 check the box next to Song Lyrics and then click the Close button After that go to the View menu and select Song Lyrics Rhythmbox will then search the Net for the lyrics to the track you are currently playing and display them in a separate window Figure 15 6 fey Confighre Plugins Enabled Plugin Song Lyrics o Python Console o Magnatune Store Description o mam Fetch song lyrics from the Internet i h Author pinaalala Jonathan Matthew Eduardo Gonzalez w Portable Players iPod Copyright Tj Song Lyrics Copyright 2005 2006 Jonathan Matthew Eduardo Gonzalez o amendo Site J http www rhythmbox org v Visualization O URC X Clo
106. the last page of the wizard fill in the text boxes as you like and click Apply to seal the deal You might want to shorten the name of the printer to something more manageable such as My PDF Printer 10 3 Using Your Virtual PDF Printer Once you ve set up your virtual PDF printer you can use it quite easily In fact because your system views it as a real printer all you have to do is go through the usual steps for printing any document but just be sure to select your virtual PDF printer as the printer for the job in the Print dialog window when it appears Once you ve printed a document using the virtual PDF printer you can find your documents in the PDF folder that cups PDF will create for you within your home folder the first time you use the virtual PDF printer Canceling a Print Job It happens to all of us You wanted to print just 1 page of a 57 page docu ment but you accidentally started printing the whole thing What can you do to save your ink and 56 sheets of paper Fortunately the solution is simple Once you ve clicked the Print button and the print job is sent to your printer a small printer icon will appear somewhere at the right end of the top GNOME Panel usually to the left of the other items there as you can see in Figure 10 7 Sn E Kisat apria 1 34pm O Figure 10 7 A printer icon appears in the GNOME Panel while printing Just click that icon once and a window showing your current and queued print
107. the resistance game give Songbird a try by installing it via Automatix Media Players and Editors Songbird and starting it up from Applications Sound amp Video gt Songbird once it s installed Songbird 0 2 5 C DES Saia de c Library amp Bookmarks 4 Add ons Z directory Play music Q Windjay com ere Play the Web Creative Co gt amp MP3 Blogs Q Fluxblog Idolator Songbird surfs the Media Web Q La Blogothe amp Scissorkick w for future hatchling announcement Search Media Web New Playlist Figure 15 15 The well connected browser jukebox and player mash up Songbird Beep With all the big multi featured music players out there it is easy to overlook the original or in this case a clone of the original Beep Beep is essentially a more GNOME friendly version of the classic X MultiMedia System XMMS player which was the original king of Linux audio players Beep like XMMS is set up to work like a component stereo with movable components The fact that it is skinnable means that you can make it look like a real component stereo as well Figure 15 16 You can download and install Beep via either Automatix or Synaptic To take it for a spin go to Applications gt Sound amp Video gt Beep Media Player viTRarina OOD 1 Faye Wong Sleepwalk 2 Faye Wong Random Thinking Jo 0075 32 pon 03 33 Figure 15 16 Different faces of the versatile s
108. this click the Colors button in the Backgrounds and Emblems window The window will now be filled with swatches of color Drag the Grapefruit swatch to your side pane and it will turn from gray to of all things grapefruit albeit a very dark and unusually colored grapefruit You can also create a two color gradation effect by adding yet another color Drag the Mango swatch to the very bottom of the side pane but still within the pane and you should have a grapefruit to mango top to bottom gradation within the pane Of course if you are not pleased with this tropical color set you can get back to your original default gray panel by dragging the Reset swatch onto the area When you re done you can close the Backgrounds and Emblems window The side pane of your Nautilus window provides yet a third way to work with emblems But before I let you in on this third and last way you will need to add two more folders to your home folder Create one folder and name it Finances which you can use to store files dealing with your relative worth in the modern scheme of things and then create another and call it MyFaves where you can place well your favorite files After you ve created the new folders go to the side pane click the Information drop down menu and select Emblems A list of emblems will appear within the side pane Select the Money emblem and drag it onto Dressing Up the Bird 109 110 Chapter 7 your Finances folder
109. to see which one it can connect to Once it finds a network it gathers an IP address from that network via DHCP in order to allow you to access the Internet Utilizing release and renew allows you to change WAPs without having to reboot your computer or when your machine for whatever reason just can t seem to make the change on its own To perform a quick and easy release renew operation click the Network Manager applet once to reveal the list of available wireless networks i e signals In that list click the network to which you are connected Within a second or two you will be advised that you have been disconnected A few seconds after that you will be advised that a connection to that same network has been established Wow Okay so how do you turn off your wireless card particularly if you don t have a physical way to do it Just right click the Network Manager applet and then deselect Enable Wireless All quite simple Oh and if you want to turn that card back on again just get back to that menu and select Enable Wireless again Setting Up a Dial Up Connection Although much of the world is moving to high speed Internet connections many of you may still be using dial up Internet connections which means that you need to have a traditional dial up modem to reach beyond your box to the outside world In case you broadband surf gods have forgotten modems are those wonderful machines that whistle chime screech and spit
110. use in presentations and also allows you to create notes or handouts to accompany them While these features make Impress quite handy in business and education settings you may not find as much value in it as a home user Draw More useful to the home user is OpenOffice org Draw Although Draw isn t all that great a program for creating true graphics in the artistic sense it is very useful for creating flowcharts organizational diagrams like seating arrangements for wedding receptions or conferences or any other docu ment in which you want a bit more control over the placement of text and graphics especially when the two are combined such as for fliers awards diagrams and newsletters In this sense Draw can be used quite effectively as a simple page layout program as you can see in Figure 13 3 Sanaa tartinntindy o Ypanviilssuy Bias OOO elai File gdit yiew Insert Format Tools Modify Window Help at 40 a YS wo 0 AlS e a 1 Q E s 2 G00 a Mi sick a color gt E Blue 8 fi Pages Codi K ma eee eee Oe TE E T T S T 1 Cat in the Narthex 4 Cat in the Narthex Here Kitty 2 n PREY ns F i Here Kitty Kitty Kitty cat in a narthex In fact onty lind people e even know pe k 7 Went maybe Slidel teanas te Rist 1am nat ane to pige su things stil host wah could share a few notes with you In regard to my summer fun Hex Helo And neve fun An ber w
111. used OpenOffice org module Writer way down there at the bottom of the menu Remedying this situation is easy Just click the OpenOffice org Word Processor icon in the right pane of the menu editor window Then click the up arrow on the right side of the window as many times as necessary until the Writer icon is right above the OpenOffice org Base icon Once you re done your menu editor window should look something like mine in Figure 3 13 a H Menus Items v a Applications Show Item New Menu 6 Accessibility a Evolution pa sp New Item By Accessories M Evolution Oo Debian o Fax address book New Separator Education o HPLIP Fax Utility wt Games Oy vest chart fey Move tp A Graphics E B OpenOffice org Word Processor n gt Internet M a OpenOffice org Spreadsheet jail Office M TA OpenOffice org Presentation EB Other v 2 OpenOffice org Database f Programming o B OpenOffice org From Template BJ sound amp video System Tools bod XK System b 9 Preferences Help Prever ed cose Figure 3 13 Managing menus with the menu editor Virtual Desktops Chapter 3 It is now time to discuss a rather unique and convenient feature of Linux virtual desktops Rather than listen to me babble on and on about this virtual desktop business it is probably best to learn by just giving it a try In your GNOME Panel click the Wanda OpenOffice org Writer and Firefox launchers
112. useful details such as the specifications of your motherboard or the supported video modes for your present setup see Sandra in Figure 1 2 Local Computer SiSoftware Sandra Bax x __ Wizard Modules AddNew Environment Combined amp Video System Information SiSoftware Sandra Module Monitor Performan This window shows detailed information about your monitor s video adaptor s and video driver s installed Information Modules Class Mainboard cpu amp srog Device fe Primary Display Driver display System Summary Information ri Item Value pe 3 Supported Video Modes Drives Ports Mode 0 320x200 256 colours 8 bit 70Hz Information Information j Mode 1 320x200 64K HiColour 16 bit 70Hz Ps 6 Mode 2 320x200 16M TrueColour 32 bit 70Hz B pa Mode 3 320x240 256 colours 8 bit 70Hz d i Mode 4 320x240 64K HiColour 16 bit 70Hz son bay ce Processes Mode 5 320x240 16M TrueColour 32 bit 70Hz mode 6 400x300 256 colours 8 bit 70Hz b Mode 7 400x300 64K HiColour 16 bit 70Hz g Mode 8 400x300 16M TrueColour 32 bit 70Hz Network SCSI Font Mode 9 512x384 256 colours 8 bit 70Hz Information Information Information gt Made 10 512x384 64K HiColour 16 bit 70Hz For Help press F1 Mode 11 512x384 16M TrueColour 32 bit 70Hz P badai EANVANN IEE calore f2 hi FOH 54 t OO hiv x Figure 1 2 Finding out your hardware details from within Win
113. video with Exaile 255 Streamtuner 263 263 Styles and Formatting window 219 219 220 sudo checkinstall command 165 sudo command 132 145 148 276 for globally installing fonts 193 sudo fdisk command 196 sudo make install command 161 165 sudo mkdir command 196 sudo rm command 165 SuSE 2 switching user accounts 104 105 Synaptic Package Manager 40 68 154 download progress indicator 70 and GNOME App Install 73 for installing additional input method 210 installing applications with 68 77 adding APT repositories 69 70 adding new repositories 70 71 Monkey Bubble 71 72 upgrades 73 for installing FontForge 200 for installing Windows core fonts 195 removing applications with 72 73 system fonts customization 122 198 199 System menu gt Administration gt Language Support 205 209 gt Login Window 118 gt Networking 50 53 55 gt Printing 176 182 gt Synaptic Package Manager 68 gt Users and Groups 102 gt Log Out 47 104 gt Preferences gt Art Manager 113 gt Font 198 gt Screensaver 122 gt Theme 114 System Monitor 40 41 system sounds customization 122 System Update Panel applet 76 76 77 T tab feature in Firefox 58 59 59 in Nautilus 83 84 84 for Terminal sessions 152 152 tag editing in gtkpod 274 274 tarball 98 161 extracting for Briscola 147 tar command 139 140 161 tar gz file extension 161 Tcl scripting language 146 telephone number for d
114. want to consider downloading and installing after you ve completed Chapter 5 including Thunderbird which I ve already mentioned in this chapter If this all sounds enticing get those fingers of yours flipping the mother lode awaits ROUNDING OUT THE BIRD Downloading Installing and Updating Programs the Easy Way One of the handiest things about Ubuntu is that it is equipped with a very simple to use application installation mechanism The engine using the term loosely behind this is a mech anism called Advanced Package Tool APT which allows you to easily download install update and remove software packaged in DEB archives or packages APT is a rather foolproof way of installing programs nothing will go missing since it automatically downloads and installs any files that the main application you are installing requires to run Tracking down such files called dependencies proves to be a significant headache for most Linux users The painful quest of finding and then installing this file or that as well as any dependencies that those files themselves might have has led to the missing dependency problem being referred to as dependency hell APT makes that pretty much a thing of the past 68 The one thing about APT that some people especially beginners might consider a problem is that it is a command driven application This means that you control it via commands in a command Terminal Fortunately Ubuntu h
115. will use the mv command of course Just type mv expfile txt command_exp sub this tells the system which file to move and where to move it to and press ENTER The file will now be in your sub folder cd Until now you have been using the command line from your home folder With the cd command you can change your Terminal s location to another folder This is a very handy command that you will be using quite a lot when doing the other projects in this book To take it out for a spin let s get inside the command_exp folder by typing cd command_exp and pressing ENTER If you ve done this correctly the prompt in your Terminal should now read username computer_name command_exp If so you can pat yourself on the back While you are there you might as well try out the 1s command with the R recursive flag to see how that works Just type 1s R and press ENTER Your Terminal should now show that you have a subfolder there called sub and a file inside that subfolder called expfile txt That is all you really want to do in there for now so to get back to your home directory just type cd and press ENTER which will take you back home so to speak For future reference it is worth noting a couple of other cd command shortcuts If you are within a subfolder of a subfolder and want to move back a step so to speak from home rg peas pudding to home rg peas for example you can do so by typing cd with a space between cdand
116. without ever bothering to com pile anything on your system You can move along quite happily with your system as is or you can just install programs by means of the very convenient Synaptic application which you learned about in Chapter 5 Automatix and Not So Automatix 159 160 Chapter 9 So why would you want to bother compiling programs from source Well although there are a lot of DEB packages that Synaptic can ease into your system not every bit of software in Linuxdom is available in that file format Or perhaps you want the newest version of the software you have your eyes on but the version available via Synaptic is a slightly older version Of course there is that good old human nature factor at play as well there may well come a time when curiosity gets the better of you and you will want to move just one step beyond the way you ve grown accustomed to doing things After working through this short project you will be able to do just that and Iam sure you will find that your initial worries will have been for naught What Is Source In order to understand what source is you should understand a bit about how a program actually gets from its primitive state on the programmer s computer to an up and running application on your machine First the programmer writes a program in a programming language You have probably heard of programming languages such as BASIC or C and there are many others What the programmer actual
117. would like to place a launcher for it Then from the popup menu select Add to Panel When the Add to Panel window appears scroll down and click Keyboard Indicator and then click the Add button The letters USA or GBrwill then appear on the panel Now this alone will give you nothing except your default keymap so you must configure Keyboard Indicator if you want to be able to use other keymaps To do so just right click the icon and from the popup menu select Open Keyboard Preferences which will open the Keyboard Preferences window To add a keymap click the Layouts tab in that window and then once in the new tab click Add After you do this the Choose a Layout window will appear with a list of the keymaps available to you Figure 12 3 In the left pane of that window scroll down to the keymap for the country of the lan guage you want to add and then click it to select the standard keyboard layout for that locale click the arrow next to the country for a list of optional layouts if you prefer Once you ve made your selection click the OK button which will bring you back to the Keyboard Preferences window where you will find your new keymap listed along with the original You can then click the Close button to complete the setup Figure 12 3 Adding keyboard layouts to the Keyboard Indicator After closing the Keyboard Preferences window the keyboard layouts can be changed by clicking the icon in the panel You can also
118. you need but there is still much more available out there free and waiting on the Web Chapter 5 teaches you how to easily download and install applications using Advanced Package Tool APT and Synaptic System and applica tion updating is also covered Chapter 6 A Tidy Nest File and Disk Handling in Ubuntu From creating folders to copying files to browsing your system and net work all things file management are covered in Chapter 6 You will also learn how to work with USB storage devices burn data CDs and DVDs deal with CD RW disks and multisession CDs and create space saving compressed archives of file folders Chapter 7 Dressing Up the Bird Customizing the Look and Feel of Your System Tired of looking at the same old desktop Feeling nostalgic for the desk top in your previous operating system Chapter 7 tells you how you can beat the d ja vu blues by changing the look and feel of just about every visual element of your system Chapter 8 Simple Kitten Ways Getting to Know the Linux Terminal and Command Line Many people still shy away from Linux because they perceive it as a sys tem in which everything still needs to be done by typing commands That perception is as the saying goes a load of squashed avocados Still there is a lot of cool stuff that can be done via the command Terminal and Chapter 8 will tell you all about it as it tames your fears and piques your interest in commands Really Chapter 9 Automatix
119. your image is more than three times that of your computer screen s resolution The result is that your computer can accommodate the higher resolution of the image only by displaying that image at three times its original size As an example have a look at Figure 10 11 where you can see an identical image scanned at three different resolutions 76ppi 150ppi and 300ppi As you can see the 76ppi image at the far left measuring 5 X 6 inches about the size of the hard copy itself is the smallest while the other two images are proportionally bigger about 10 x 12 inches for the 150ppi image and about 22 x 25 inches for the 300ppi image Figure 10 11 The same image scanned at three different resolutions What Resolution Should Use When Scanning What resolution you use when scanning really depends on a variety of factors the most important of which is what you plan to do with the image when you re finished When I look at Figure 10 11 on my computer screen the smallest image looks best the middle image looks okay and the largest looks a bit odd not as sharp as the other two Basically when scanning images for display on a computer on web pages for instance it is probably best to stick with a ppi similar to typical screen resolutions or slightly larger 76 to 150ppi When it comes to printing a whole new set of considerations comes into play First of all there are the limitations of your scanner since different models
120. your scanning chores Gutenbird 185 186 Chapter 10 Geometry ale aE File Edit Filters JE Size 443 x 667 pixel 1 bit color 3 colors 150 dpi x 150 dpi 865 7 KB Figure 10 10 The results of your scan are displayed in a separate Viewer window Why Are My Scanned Images So Big To wrap up this section on scanning and for that matter this chapter let me address a question that seems to confuse a lot of people One of the first areas of confusion is that there is a general blurring of how the terms ppi pixels per inch and dpi dots per inch are used Most applications use these terms interchangeably and yet they aren t really the same thing To make things simple when you are talking about images on your screen you are talking about pixels the little squares that make up your screen image per inch and when you are talking about printer resolution you are talking about dots of printer ink per inch Your computer screen generally has a resolution of 76ppi while most modern inkjet and laser printers have a resolution range of 300 to 1200dpi or sometimes even more This means that a photo scanned at 76ppi which looks just fine on your screen ends up looking pretty lame when you print it out On the other hand when you scan a picture at 300ppi the image will look much better in your printout but will seem gigantic on your screen This makes sense as the resolution of
121. 1 0 Le f 1 Armature GEG view Select Object onje Figure 14 18 Blender QCad Another open source application that has found its way into almost all operating systems is QCad Figure 14 19 QCad is a 2D computer aided design CAD program with which you can create technical drawings such as room interiors machine parts or even musical instruments I ve seen a plan for a Nyckelharpa done on QCad To find out more go to the project home page at www ribbonsoft com qcad html Search Synaptic for qcad and install the application Once it is installed you can run it from Applications Graphics gt QCad a E E EN A ERA dor PEANAS O A Skoka dautsa LDS Figure 14 19 QCad Tux Paint To wrap things up let s turn to an application for the kids or the kids within us and have a look at Tux Paint With its big colorful buttons and fun and funky tools Tux Paint shown in Figure 14 20 is an app that your children can handle and enjoy The best of Tux Paint s features at least in my opinion are its stamps of which there is a good variety everything from apples to seahorses and euro coins to boot Search Synaptic for tuxpaint launch it from Applications Graphics gt Tux Paint A TAK PANE A TOOTS pai GER Z f 4 f A Lines Square Square CO E RectangleRectangle RY Abe 7 Text Magic Circle Circle A E Undo Redo Ellip
122. 121 121 GnuCash 222 222 Go menu Nautilus gt CD DVD Creator 93 gt Location 84 Google Picasa from 239 search in Firefox 58 59 gPhoto2 digital camera software 225 226 GPixPod photo transfer with 278 278 279 Gracenote 248 GRand Unified Bootloader GRUB 24 graphical user interface GUI 10 graphics Blender for 242 242 F Spot Photo Manager 241 241 GIMP for 234 237 235 inserting in OpenOffice document 218 Picasa 239 240 240 QCad for 242 243 Sodipodi for 238 239 Tux Paint for 243 243 XPaint for 237 238 greeter 118 Grip 247 GroupWise 66 GRUB GRand Unified Bootloader 24 GRUB menu 77 gstreamer as back end for Totem 284 gThumb image viewer 228 228 229 for resizing images 233 234 web album creation 229 232 gtkpod 272 275 273 album art and tag handling 274 274 downloading and installing 273 playing tracks on iPod with 275 system setup to automatically launch 277 GUI graphical user interface 10 gunzip command 140 gxine 290 gz file extension 139 gzip program 139 141 161 hanging indent 219 220 Hangul 208 208 Hanja 208 Hanzi 207 hard disk drives adding icons to GNOME desktop 117 118 copying files from iPod to 272 274 defragmenting in Windows 25 information on size and available space 131 131 Linux minimum requirements 17 INDEX 317 318 INDEX hardware compatibility issues 15 17 web resources 307 minimum requirements 17 18 for wireless I
123. 148 renaming 147 changing Terminal location with cd 134 chmod change mode to change permissions 136 137 creating 106 107 133 134 creating naming and renaming in Nautilus 82 default for Sound Juicer ripped files 248 deleting with rmdir remove directory 135 listing current contents 131 132 moving or copying in Nautilus 83 navigating in Nautilus 83 85 bookmarks for 84 85 with tabbed browsing 83 84 84 typing paths 84 permissions within Nautilus 88 90 changing 89 for saved photos 227 FontForge 199 199 200 Font Preferences window 198 199 199 fonts See also TrueType fonts color for Terminal 152 customizing system 122 displaying installed 192 FontForge for creating 199 199 200 icons for 190 installing Windows core fonts with Synaptic 195 previewing 190 191 system fonts customization 122 198 199 types 189 uninstalling globally installed fonts 194 locally installed fonts 193 using Synaptic to find 69 web resources 308 fonts folder 192 Force Quit button adding to GNOME desktop panel 35 36 Forecastfox 60 downloading and installing 60 61 setup 62 62 foreign DVDs 283 foreign language localization files using Synaptic to find 69 formula editor Math as 215 forums web resources for 305 306 fProt 296 Free Lossless Audio Codec FLAC 246 F Spot Photo Manager 241 241 FTP client Nautilus as 88 G Gadu Gadu 66 Gaim Internet Messenger 66 Gallery 217 218 219 gconf e
124. 2 To get started click the Install Missing Plugins button File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help Gt p http www finlandia edu flashpage htm 7 gt Gl 4 Getting Started Latest BBC Headlines amp Additional plugins are required to display all the media on this page Install Missing Plugins Click here to download plugin Dedicated to 601 Quincy Street Academic Excellence UNIVERSITY Hancock MI 49930 877 202 5491 toll free FOUNDED IN 1896 906 487 7274 local 906 487 7383 Student Services Fax A Learning Community UNIVERSITY P Welcome To Finlandia University Spiritual Growth Done gt 2 Figure 4 12 A site utilizing Flash on a system without the Flash Player plugin installed 3 A Plugin Finder Service window will now appear showing the plugin you are about to install Adobe Flash Player Click Next 4 Now you will be shown the Adobe software license agreement Give it a read select I agree and then click the Next button 5 The plugin will then be downloaded and installed When a message appears telling you that the installation is complete click the Finish button and Firefox will refresh the page you were viewing which now displays Flash content where only moments before there had been none Figure 4 13 More Than Webbed Feet 63 64 File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help q a ih p http ww
125. 2 52 support for 50 Network Manager Applet icon on GNOME desktop panel 34 Network Settings window Ethernet connection 50 51 Modem connection 55 network shares 85 news and information web resources 308 New User Account window 102 103 NIC See network interface card NIC non responding windows Force Quit button for 35 36 NoteTab Light 171 172 171 NTFS format mounting Windows parti tion in 197 NTFS partition write support 157 NTSC disks 283 0 object code 160 odp file extension 216 ods file extension 216 odt file extension 216 Ogg Vorbis file format 246 iPods and 268 ripper for 247 using RealPlayer for playing 260 OpenOffice office suite 23 212 220 Base 215 Calc 213 213 214 INDEX 321 OpenOffice office suite continued Draw 214 214 215 enabling SCIM to work with 209 exporting document to PDF 180 features 216 file compatibility with Microsoft Office 215 216 Impress 214 Math 215 special characters in 203 toolbar buttons 216 220 Data Source 219 Gallery 217 218 219 Hyperlink 216 Navigator 217 Styles and Formatting 219 220 Writer 212 212 213 operating system OS 10 See also Windows Microsoft Mac OS X 303 303 304 opt folder 86 outline fonts 189 P packages 67 161 See also DEB packages apt get for downloading and installing 137 138 paint can button in Writer 220 Panda Antivirus 296 panels on GNOME desktop 33 bottom panel 34 34 35 customizati
126. 2 stctssceccctciensg otebies dori hi terse i 83 Copying Files dnd Folders c 2 245 lt cexatys caedeteaceusk ninta SKEA aAa EEA are Sana 83 Navigating in Nautilus s c c5 60 csp sveapeeeese en cteal acaeceeveneseee dh sestctveds esdhih cadena ebeaectaets be 83 Tabbed Browsing in Nautilus 0 ccceecceeseceeseeeeeeneeceeeeeseeeeestreeeeesnteeneesns 83 Spelling It Out Typing File Paths in Nautilus 84 Bookmarks Within Nautilus 0 c ccceecceeesceeeeseeceeeececeeeeeseesesaeeeenaeeeseeeens 84 Understanding the Linux Filesystem c cceccseceseeeneeeseeeseeesteeeeeeneestresteeesneeeneetteeeens 85 What s in All Those Other Folders ccccceccceceeccecseeceesceceseeecaeeesseeecsaeeesseeeeeeees 85 Using Nautilus as a Network BrowSer c ccccsescesssecseeeeseeeeeeneesereesseeceesireeeeesntetteeeens 86 Using Nautilus as an FTP Client ccesccescessseceeeceeeeeneeneenseeeneeeneeneenseeens 88 File and Folder Permissions Within Nautilus c ccesccecseeceeeeeeeeeeeenseeeeens 88 Reading Data CDs and DVDS ee cecceeeceseeseeeseceteeetsecneeenseecneenaeentesteeeeeesttesteeeas 91 Burning Data CDs and DVDS cscs cccsseesseesstessateayestadsaceasesiuntestenased Ee r ESASEN 91 Dealing with CD RW Disks ccceceeseeeseeeeseeeeeeseeseeeeceeeseesteeesseeentesteesens 93 Burning ISO Images to Disk ea anen e ri aae A a a E i 94 Duplicating Dates ODS 10 nete e e E A a E ap Tee E gentnetny 94 Burning Multis
127. 21 Going infor a Dipi s ier a site Aaa ceseab veges E t dade cagaeeds 22 Taking the Plunge Installing Ubuntu s ssssssseseiseiserisrsstisrestrsrtsstestestrsressrrsresersrsressea 23 Single or Dual Boot Setup ccecseceeeceeecseeeseeteeeseeeeeesteeeseeeeresneesseeeeeeeeneesneeseeeens 23 Getting Ready for Action as ierices entie i a R e e 24 Usernames and User Passwords c cccsssccecseeceeceeestececseeeesseeeenaeeecseeensaeees 24 Dual Bootets Take Notes eresse ooriseine risene iesire sikei inanis PAS o aB nde oun 25 Doing the Deed ieira a e eaS A E G ER R EA T 25 3 A NEW PLACE TO CALL HOME Getting to Know the Desktop 31 Welcome to the GNOME Desktop e csecceeeceseeeeneceneceneeeeeeenseeseesneeesaeeeeeeneeeereens 32 The Top Pari isd ave detect avast a a ae over EA e A e sate Mune 32 TREMENS satene n e nay hays T ene doan act A E dod eae edog netsh aces 33 The leoris Lett nr vets ostes Save a ined aa AA Ses aaa e ne tetas mae 34 Th Icons Right ic tein etic et Wiehe awn ache a a e tacit maak 34 The Bottom Panel is s csscedaess iaaah a a E E E oa deena a 34 Project 3A Customizing the GNOME Pannel ssssscssssssssssssessssessccsesseseeseesessecsesses 35 3A 1 Adding Utility Buttons to the Panel cccceecceeseceeeceeeeeeseeeteeeteeeeeeeereees 35 3A 2 Adding Amusing Applets to the Panel s s 36 3A 3 Adding a Program Launcher to the Panel 37 3A 4 Changing Panel Launcher Icons
128. 3 Internet Explorer 172 173 173 Login Manager theme 118 119 MP3 file support 246 247 pyWings 143 RealPlayer 259 requiring a password for 292 SCIM input method modules 209 SoundConverter 75 splash screens 120 121 with Synaptic Package Manager 68 77 adding APT repositories 69 70 adding new repositories 70 71 Monkey Bubble 71 72 upgrades 73 tools for compiling from source 161 162 TrueType fonts globally 193 194 uninstall 194 TrueType fonts locally 191 193 uninstall 193 Ubuntu 23 30 keyboard layout 27 Prepare disk space screen 27 28 Ready to install screen 28 29 single or dual boot setup 23 24 Where are your screen 26 27 Who are you screen 28 29 wizard Welcome screen 26 wallpapers 110 111 Windows applications in Wine 170 172 Windows core fonts in dual boot system 195 198 with Synaptic 195 Xmahjongg 162 166 165 166 Instant Messenger client 66 Interface Properties window 50 51 internal modems 55 57 Internet connections 49 for CD information 248 dial up connection 55 58 external dial up modems 57 modem compatibility issues 56 57 Evolution for email 64 64 65 Firefox browser 58 60 installing extensions 60 60 61 Popup Manager 59 60 tab feature 58 59 59 high speed connection setup 50 51 other applications 66 Thunderbird for email 65 65 66 wireless connection setup 52 55 activating wireless card 53 54 hardware 52 52 53 releasing and renewing wireless connection 5
129. 4 55 Internet Explorer 58 installing 172 173 173 Internet protocol IP 51 Internet radio Rhythmbox for 252 253 Internet telephony 66 interpreter 160 IP Internet protocol 51 IP address flushing 54 iPod 267 copying files to hard drive 272 274 desktop icon for mounted 267 disabling auto update 270 271 271 displaying contents in gtkpod 273 filesystem formats 268 271 determining which is used 269 reformatting 269 270 Floola 275 limits 268 managing in Ubuntu 271 277 with gtkpod 272 275 273 with Rhythmbox 271 272 photo transfer with GPixPod 278 279 playing tracks with gtkpod 275 risk of data loss 268 running Linux on 280 Shuffle 269 system setup to automatically launch Floola YamiPod or gtkpod 277 Updater tool 269 YamiPod 275 276 277 277 IRC 66 iso file extension 94 ISO images burning to CD 94 in Mac OS X 303 303 304 in Windows 302 ISO recorder 302 iTunes 268 copy restrictions 270 J Jabber 66 jaggies 189 238 Japanese language input 207 207 Smart Common Input Method SCIM 209 210 jar file extension 168 Java applications 167 168 Java Runtime Environment installing 167 167 K Kanji 207 207 katakana 207 kernel 10 Keyboard Indicator GNOME Panel utility 204 205 Keyboard Preferences window 204 keyboard shortcuts for moving window between workspaces 46 for Run Application panel applet 36 117 for switching language 210 keyloggers
130. 5 On this page type a name for your printer and if you want give a descrip tion and its location When you re finished your window should look something like mine in Figure 10 3 You can then click Apply Step 3 of 3 Printer Information Name PSc 1510 Description My Cat s Favorite Place to Slee P y p Location office the messy one X cancel Back Apply Figure 10 3 The final page of the printer setup wizard The wizard should close leaving you at the Printers window where you started this quest An icon for your printer should now appear in that window alongside the New Printer icon that you originally found there If you have set up more than one printer you can choose which one you would like to be the default by right clicking the icon for that printer and selecting Make Default in the menu that appears The icon for that printer should then be emblazoned with a blue checkbox Figure 10 4 indicating that it is the default printer for your system Printer Edit Global Settings New Printer PSC 1500 j Ready Figure 10 4 The New Printer icon in the Printers window after completion of the printer setup wizard 178 Chapter 10 NOTE Your printer is now set up and ready for use However just to make sure that everything is hunky dory it is always a good idea to print a test page 1 Right click the icon for your pri
131. 94 Taking Control of Firestarter cccsccesseseseceseceneeeeeeesecensesneeeeeeesnteentesereees 296 Confirming That Firestarter Runs Automatically 0 c cceeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeteeees 296 Finding Out More sac csasees cus ave deseeseladieeet nace Enia SEa AAi OSAA Saanaa 296 ClamAV Antivirus Software Linux Style cecceeeeeeseeeeeeceeeeeteeeneceeeeeeeneesteesneeenes 296 Using the ClamAV ClamTk Duo eccsecceesseseceeseeceteeenseeneecneenteeeneeneenaees 297 Project 18 Virus Scanning with avast scssssssssscsssccssssesscsssssesessesscesesseseeseeseeseesers 298 18 1 Downloading the avast DEB Package and License Key cseeee 298 18 2 Running and Using avast ceceeceeesseeeseeeseseeeeneesnsetsseeeteestteenseeaes 298 Contents in Detail XV A UBUNTU DESKTOP CDS FOR AMD64 USERS 301 Downloading and Burning Ubuntu Desktop CD ISOs to CD aseeseen rere 301 Burning the ISO to CD in Windows cecseeeceseteeeteeeesesteeeseeeseeeneeenreeeneees 302 Burning the ISO to CD in OS X woo eeceeseceeeseeeenteenteesnseeneeenaeenteeeneeneenaees 303 Ordering an Install Disk from Ubuntu 0 cccceceseseeereeeneeseseteeeeeneesneesnseesteesneeeneeeses 304 Ordering an Install Disk from Other Online Sources cccceeeceeseeseeeteeeteesteeeneeeaes 304 B RESOURCES 305 Forum S erne siete cet oak paul antag E terke E Deges A A Th lpi destpedyanstuggeheeets 305 LinUX REPErENCE E E E EEEE es cob tek
132. Artist pane a list of albums by that artist will appear in the right pane You can then double click one of the albums in that right pane to play it If you want to play all of the albums you have by that artist just double click the artist s name in the left pane All in all a very handy feature If you would like to add an additional layer of categorization to the browser you can do so by adding a Genre pane To do this just go to the Edit menu select Preferences select the General tab of the window that appears and then select Genres artists and albums After clicking the Close button in the Preferences window you will have a three pane browser in Rhythmbox Figure 15 4 G Music gdit yiew Control Help m gt roa a E 4 Previous Play Next Repeat Shuffle Browse Te Voy A Mostrar by julieta venegas from Lim n y Sal 0 12 of 3 19 Source Search k All Artists Albums Titles E Play Queue Genre Artist Album Library All 3 genres 22 All 3 artists 22 All 3 albums 22 2 Podcasts Latin 14 Anouk 3 Automatik Kalarr ty 3 a Radio Scandinavian 5 julieta Venegas 14 Lim n y Sal 24 world 3 Ranarim 5 Till Ljusan Dag Till The Light Of Day 5 a Recently Added fe Recently Played ia my Top Rated aM Track Title Genre Artist Album Time bes 8 Mirame bien Latin Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 3 37 9 No ser Latin Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 2 58 10 La ltima vez Latin Julieta
133. As free TrueType fonts are so readily available on the Internet and so easily handled in Ubuntu I will focus on TrueType fonts in this chapter 190 Chapter 11 Your Ubuntu system comes with a wide variety of very usable and at least to my eyes rather handsome TrueType fonts However these tend to be a bit on the conservative side of the aesthetic spectrum and many users will want to add a few more distinctive fonts to the system repertoire In my own case I had this really cool idea of writing messages to my friend in old Scandinavian runes Of course my friend wet blanketed the idea so it all came to naught You probably won t be interested in sending cryptic runic messages to your friends but you may want to print out an award for an event using some sort of Gothic font or you might be preparing a newsletter for the local chap ter of your snail breeders society and want to use a font that is round bubbly and slimy Whatever your penchant purpose or desire you will probably come to the point when you want to install some other TrueType fonts on your system Before you install anything of course you have to find some fonts The Internet is always good source and there are many sites that have a variety of freeware shareware and for sale TrueType fonts available for download When choosing and downloading fonts it is best to select those designed for Windows rather than those designed for Mac Fonts designed for
134. Chapter 8 To perform the adjustments as instructed in the README file just follow these steps l Find the Tk shell called Wish by typing locate wish in the Terminal window and pressing ENTER and then note the location given on a piece of paper It should be usr bin wish 2 Direct the Terminal to the briscola folder by typing cd briscola and pressing ENTER 3 Use the Pico editor which we used in Project 8A on page 140 to edit the briscola tk file by typing pico briscola tk and pressing ENTER The briscola tk file will appear in the Pico editor in your Terminal window 4 Change the very first line of the briscola tk file from usr local bin wish to usr bin wish 5 In the second line change usr local games briscola to usr share games briscola which is where you will place Briscola in just a bit 6 Press CTRL X on your keyboard 7 Type Y and press ENTER to save your changes 8 Type cd and press ENTER to return the Terminal to your home folder 8C 4 Moving the Briscola Folder to a Global Location We could move the briscola folder to the LocalApps folder and play it from there as we did with pyWings but this time around let s do things a bit differently by moving the whole thing to global territory This not only keeps it safe from our obsessive housekeeping tendencies but also allows all users on the same computer to play the game We will need to use the sudo com mand to do this so that we can have write
135. ENSE AGREEMENT THE AGREEMENT PLEASE READ THE AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BY INSTALLING USING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT 1 DEFINITIONS Software means the code identified above in binary form any other machine readable materials including but not limited ta lihraries source files header files and data files w Do you agree with the DLJ license terms Help X cancel G Back m Eorward Figure 9 9 Configuring Java support for your system Automatix and Not So Automatix 167 168 Chapter 9 9D 2 Getting the Risk File Risk as well as many other Java based applications is available from www sourceforge net but to make things easier just point your browser directly to the Risk project home page at http jrisk sourceforge net and don t forget the j at the beginning of that URL On the main page click the Download link Then on the Downloads page click the Risk jar and source link A window will appear asking you what to with the Risk Zip file and your choices are to save it to disk or to open it with Archive Manager Since you re going to have to unzip the package once you download it anyway you might as well choose the top option Open with Archive Manager and then click OK The Archive Manager window will appear All you have to do now is click Extract and when the Extract window appears select your home folder as the destinat
136. Firestarter in the previous section Using the ClamAV ClamTk Duo Once ClamAV is installed you can perform a virus scan by going to Applica tions gt Accessories gt Virus Scanner This will bring up the Clam Tk Virus Scanner window Figure 18 5 After it appears you should set up ClamAV so that it will automatically quarantine any viruses it finds To do this go to the Actions menu and select Quarantine Infected Files Then go to the File menu select Scan Directory and in the left pane of that window double click the icon for the folder or disk you want to scan Once you ve done that click the OK button and ClamAV will start scanning your system ClamTk will let you know what it or rather ClamAV is scanning at any given moment in the empty space just below the button bar If it finds anything suspicious it will list that item in the main pane of the window CE ke Sea File View Options Actions Quarantine Help z m bar toON File Type Size Status Files Scanned Viruses Found Ready Figure 18 5 ClamTk the graphical interface for ClamAV As I mentioned before the only viruses you are likely to encounter dur ing a virus scan are those designed for Windows systems and because those viruses cannot affect your Linux system focusing your efforts where they are likely to do the most good seems a sound way of doing things Although it won t hurt you any to scan your entire system for viruses especially if
137. Getting the software I needed to do the things I wanted to do also took its toll on my wallet and I began to rethink my initial resistance to Linux With Linux s multilingual support system stability and extensive and free software packages there were plenty of incentives for me to get over my preconceived notions about the typical Linux user After a few failed attempts at getting Linux to work on the oddball Frankenstein like collection of junk that was my computer I finally succeeded with a CD based Knoppix distribution which worked well enough to hook me in a little further I moved on to Mandrake now known as Mandriva next since that was claimed to be the most newbie friendly version and then tried out SuSE as well which I found to be rather quirky Eventually I tried out Red Hat Linux and stuck to that because it just didn t give me any grief and I like most others do not want any more grief than necessary I started off with my three desktop machines at work and home set up as dual boot systems running both Linux and Windows but I gradually found myself using only Linux Although I had expected to encounter numerous limitations in Linux that would force me to return to Windows often I instead found that I had actually increased my productivity Other than lack of native support for Windows streaming media I was actually able to do more due to the extensive software base that was now installed on my machine Without having t
138. I thought I might mention one particularly convenient feature of the GNOME Terminal tabs Just as you can view multiple web pages in one Firefox web browser window through the use of tabs tabs in the Terminal application allow you to have more than one shell session running at the same time without having more Terminal windows open see Figure 8 15 This reduces the amount of desktop clutter and generally makes things easier to deal with You can open a new tab within the Terminal by going to the Terminal File menu and selecting Open Tab gt Default E File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer x rg UbuntuAcer Desktop x rg UbuntuAcer ls Desktop rg UbuntuAcer s Figure 8 15 Running multiple shell sessions in tabs within the GNOME Terminal AUTOMATIX AND NOT SO AUTOMATIX More Ways to Install Programs In the past few chapters you learned how to install applications via Synaptic and run script type applications from the command line which gives you quite a variety of appli cations to choose from It is now time however to expand your application gathering repertoire even further In this chapter you will learn how you can add applications to your system in even more ways a couple that involve working with APT and a couple that don t In fact you will be dealing with one of the newest ways of making your Ubuntu system as functionally well rounded as any other system out
139. If there is any data that needs to be written to the device the system will start writing and tell you so in a message at the bottom right corner of the screen shown at left in Figure 6 17 Another message will appear in the same location when the writing process is complete telling you that it is safe to remove the drive from the USB port Figure 6 17 right Writing data to device Bd m There is data that needs to be written Device is now safe to remove a j to the device TOSHIBA TransMemory The device TOSHIBA TransMemory is before it can be removed Please do f now safe to remove not remove the media or disconnect the drive Figure 6 17 Ubuntu lets you know what is happening with your USB drives A Tidy Nest 97 98 Project 6 Creating and Extracting Compressed Files Chapter 6 Since I have been talking about file storage it seems only fitting to wrap things up in this chapter by teaching you how to create and extract compressed files In the Windows world these are generally referred to as Zip files while in the Linux world tarballis the operative name The Linux name in case you re wondering comes from the application that is used to create the archive for such files Tar Anyway to get some of the hands on stuff down we ll be creating a Windows Linux Mac friendly Zip file and then extracting it We can get down to business by opening a Nautilus window and creating a couple of dummy files to work with
140. L Playlists Artist Album Genre 4 Artist Album Genre Comp Title gt gt lt Grantania iPod all All Local Ranarim Till Ljusan Dag Till The Light Of Day LJ Podcasts Bonnie Somerville Garden State Frou Frou The Thrill of it All 3 Iron amp Wine Summer Romance 87 g Title Artist Album Genre Plycnt Rtng M Stolt Ingr Ranarim Till Ljusan D Swedish 0 N Winding F Bonnie Sorr Garden Stai Soundtrack 0 N Let Go FrouFrou Garden Stat Soundtrack 0 W Such Gre Iron amp Wine Garden Stal Soundtrack 0 N The Only Simon amp Ge Garden Stat Soundtrack 0 my OC CO oO oO T gt ID 1 78 GB Free P 1 T 10 10 Figure 16 4 Managing your iPod with gtkpod Downloading Installing and Running gtkpod Of course in order to use gtkpod you first have to download and install it You can do this via Synaptic by doing a search for gtkpod and then installing gtkpod and gtkpod aac by following the installation steps in Project 5A on page 68 If you didn t install the multimedia codec packages in Project 15A on page 246 now would be a good time to do so After that plug your iPod into one of your computer s USB ports if you haven t already Once your iPod is mounted once the desktop icon appears and Rhythmbox opens go to the Applications menu and select Sound amp Video gt gtkpod You can close Rhythmbox if you like Using gtkpod When the gtkpod window opens you should
141. Needless to say these are just suggestions to get you started What works best for you and your particular scanner printer setup may be slightly different Nothing works better than a bit of experimentation and trial and error In this case you can t really go wrong Just give yourself some time don t get frustrated and most importantly don t wait until you desperately need to scan something before trying things out stay ahead of the game FONT FEATHERED FRENZY Adding New Fonts to Your System There are basically two kinds of fonts bitmap and outline The difference between these two is essentially the same as that between bitmap and vector graphics which I will talk more about in Chapter 14 Bitmap characters are stored as a map of dots the bitmap The main limitation of bitmaps is that they only look good at the size and resolution they were designed for Just like bitmap images the more you enlarge a bitmap character the worse it looks This is particularly noticeable in rounded characters such as O and P where the jaggies becomes an issue Outline fonts on the other hand are similar in concept and design to vector graphics Each character is stored as a mathematical formula and just like vector graphics outline characters keep their clean shape no matter how much you enlarge them The main outline font formats are Type 1 or PostScript which was developed by Adobe and TrueType which was developed by Apple
142. No Starch Press Inc directly No Starch Press Inc 555 De Haro Street Suite 250 San Francisco CA 94107 phone 415 863 9900 fax 415 863 9950 info nostarch com www nostarch com The Library of Congress has cataloged the first edition as follows Grant Rickford Ubuntu Linux for non geeks a pain free project based get things done guidebook Rickford Grant p cm Includes index ISBN 1 59327 118 2 1 Linux 2 Operating systems Computers I Title 0QA76 76 063 G7246 2006 005 4 32 dc22 2006015576 No Starch Press and the No Starch Press logo are registered trademarks of No Starch Press Inc Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners Rather than use a trademark symbol with every occurrence of a trademarked name we are using the names only in an editorial fashion and to the benefit of the trademark owner with no intention of infringement of the trademark The information in this book is distributed on an As Is basis without warranty While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this work neither the author nor No Starch Press Inc shall have any liability to any person or entity with respect to any loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by the information contained in it BRIEF CONTENTS Acknowledgments seisne taeae ana S EOE E AT E lan EAE EE AE a xvii niroducthone ennnen e e a a e t a a a al 1 Chapter 1 Becomi
143. Optionen Figure 9 11 A Windows application Schnapsen running under Linux If you are curious as to which apps are known to run under Wine and to what degree of success check out the Wine home page at www winehq org and click the AppDB link And if you are curious about Schnapsen and aren t afraid of wading through a bit of German get the program at www members al net zillinger You can also learn the rules of Schnapsen and any other card game in the world at www pagat com Installing and Checking Out Wine You can get Wine via Automatix by clicking Virtualization in the left pane of the window and the checking the box next to the word Wine in the right pane After that click Start and you ll be on your way Once the installation is complete quit Automatix Before the installation is complete the Wine installation script will auto matically try to create a fake Windows C drive within your user folder by running Wine Configuration Automatix will warn you of this and once the Wine configuration window appears all you need to do is click OK the Wine configuration window will close and Wine itself will be ready for action If the installation completes without the Wine configuration window ever appearing you can achieve the same thing on your own by running Wine File which is a Windows Explorer like file browser Figure 9 12 You can run Wine File by going to Applications Accessories gt Wine File or
144. P and then selecting Image gt Scale Image in the popup menu This will bring up the Scale Image window where you can set the new size of the image The GIMP is also an excellent tool for converting images from one file format to another You can for example open a bitmap bmp file and save it as a PNG png file or save a JPEG jpg file as a GIF gif file and so on While this can also be done with gThumb the GIMP supports an extremely wide variety of file formats and it even lets you save an image file as a com pressed tarball which makes it a true file conversion king To perform a file conversion just right click an image opened within the GIMP and then select File Save As in the popup menu You can make the same selection from the File menu if you prefer Either way the Save Image window will then appear In that window you can specify the new file format Brush Wielding Penguins 239 236 Chapter 14 by replacing the original file extension in the Name box at the top of that window with the extension for the format you want to convert the image to If you re not sure what formats are available to you click the small arrow to the left of the words Select File Type By Extension and then choose from the options in the pane that appears below To save a work in progress use the GIMP native XCF format so that you can continue working on the image later Dialogs The GIMP interface as you might have noticed is b
145. PS ee dorana i n n aatcess uae Set L E E E N Ee 261 Other AvdiosPlayets ins aeee eed wee AEA E 261 EasyTAG and Audio Tag Tool eccecceeseceseceseeeeseesneceneeeereeereeenseenreseneees 264 LIVI S seca eslesiac sf EA sata ce late ty att Sta EET 264 Auda eenst a edt rece sted A agi a ian atededievs T aaterecianes 264 x V Contents in Detail 16 PLUGGIN IN THE PENGUIN Ubuntu and Your iPod 267 Knowing Your limits eree Sindh 2 a N unsy E E E AS 268 iPod Filesystem Formasiereis tuacentics 268 Determining Your iPod s Format cscccesseeeceeeeeeeeeeesseeeeeeneeeteeeneeneenaees 269 Reformatting Your iPod lt 2 cc sceecessssecessesseetensesseesessnas tees sageareceseasesceennees 269 Not Auto Updating Your iPod cccccecceeseceeseeseeeeseeeneesneeeneeeereesneesnreseneees 270 Managing Your iPod in UbUNtU ccceeeceesseseeeenteesneecnseceaeeeseeeseeseestseseeesttesneeeaes 271 Managing Your iPod s Audio Files with Rhythmbox csscceseeesteeeteeeneeees 271 Managing Your iPod s Audio Files in gtkpod cesccesteeeeeeeteeeeteeeteenseees 272 Floolaand YamiPod wisest esac sect aiaie iani E an aE A ENS 275 Setting Up Your System to Automatically Launch Floola YamiPod or gtkpod 277 Photo Transfer with GPIX Podcasti Ana A AA A R EAE TATAEE stats RADAS NEEN 278 Converting Audio File Formats csccescecesecesseeesecenecenseeereesaeeesesereseeeesneeenresereees 279 Lind x On NOUR iPode
146. Package Manager launcher will now be loaded into the drawer 4 Add a launcher for the System Monitor by scrolling down a bit clicking System Monitor and then clicking Add 5 Scroll back up to the Accessories category and click the small arrow next to it 6 Scroll down to Terminal click it and then click the Add button You can now close the Add to Drawer window The three launchers should now be loaded in the drawer so click the drawer to sneak a peek Yours should look the same as mine in Figure 3 10 Figure 3 10 Launchers in a GNOME Panel drawer 3A 7 Adding the Entire Contents of a Menu to the Panel If you find that you use the applications in a particular submenu of your Applications Places or System menus a lot you can opt to add the entire menu to the panel as either a menu or as a drawer in a manner similar to the one you used in Project 3A 3 s Method 2 on page 38 To learn how to do this let s add the Games submenu to the panel as a menu and the Sound amp Video submenu as a drawer Here is what you need to do 1 Add the Games menu to the panel by going to Applications Games and then right clicking any of the launchers within that submenu 2 Inthe popup menu that appears select Entire Menu gt Add this as menu to panel 3 Add the Sound amp Video submenu to the panel as a drawer by going to Applications Sound amp Video and then right clicking any of the launchers you find there 4
147. Pos my Exit ge Justify y Where Is gi Next Page gy UnCut Texti To Spell Figure 8 9 The Pico editor You will now be looking at your new and totally empty plan file within the Pico editor All you have to do now is type your plan or message Once you ve done that press CTRL X to exit the Pico editor and it will ask you if you want to save your work You do so type Y after which you will be pre sented with a set of save options You have already named the file plan as you can see near the bottom of the screen so all you have to do is press ENTER You will be back at your now familiar user prompt in the Terminal window To wrap things up you want to change the permission of the new plan file by typing chmod 644 planin the Terminal window and then pressing ENTER The plan file should now be in your home folder and visible by all so go on and test your work by typing finger username and pressing ENTER The message you entered in your plan file should now appear in the results in place of the no Plan you found there earlier If you want to change the contents of your plan file later on just follow the same steps and change the text when the plan appears in the Pico editor NOTE The name of the plan file is preceded by a period which means that it is a hidden file Thus if you take a look in your home folder you will not be able to see the file unless you have checked the box next to the words Show hidden and backup files in
148. Tag 31 files found 1 selected A a E ID3v1 ID3v2 l 5 Clare Burson Undone A 01 Tonight mp3 Title Please Don t A 02 Mysteries Revealed mp3 Artist clare Burson A 03 Fire on the Mountain mp3 A 04 Dont Promise mp3 Album Undone E R 05 Please Don t mp3 Year 2001 Genre Alternative Cocteau Twins Four Calendar Caf Comnt Ripped with Goobox Evangeline ogg A Theft and Wandering Around Lost ogg Track 5 S O Julieta Venegas Bueninvento ad LA Hoy No Quiero ogg Salvavidas ogg A Seria Feliz ogg O Julieta Venegas si Sara iH 01 Lento ogg Be femoue g A 02 Andar Conmigo ogg 04 A Tu Lado ogg File Info 05 Lo Que Pidas ogg File Type MPEG version 1 0 layer 3 Bit Rate 160 kbps W06 Mala Marrana aga Sample Rate 44100 Hz Algo Est Cambiando ogg Channel Mode Joint Stereo Alguien ogg Copyrighted No Donde Quiero Estar ogg Original Yes Figure 15 18 Editing MP3 and Ogg Vorbis file tags in Audio Tag Tool LMMS Linux MultiMedia Studio LMMS is a combination tracker sequencer synth esizer sampler that is easy to use at least that s what the LMMS home page suggests when it promises easy music production for everyone I can t swear to that fact myself as I don t know much about apps in this genre but there is a lot of hoopla about it out there in the Linux world and it sure looks cool as you can see in Figure 15 19 It
149. UBUNTU FOR NON GEEKS 2ND EDITION A PAIN FREE PROJECT BASED GET THINGS DONE GUIDEBOOK RICKFORD GRANT PRAISE FOR THE FIRST EDITION UBUNTU LINUX FOR NON GEEKS A fast crystal clear topical tour of the amazing collective accomplishment embodied in Ubuntu I learned something new in every chapter and ended up with a computer that did more of what I wanted it to do faster This book should come with every Ubuntu Live CD it s just the documentation I needed to take some of the mystery out of my machine BOING BOING Highly recommended to all Ubuntu newcomers PC WORLD This very nice book on Ubuntu Linux is clearly targeted at the neophytes who wish to take their first steps in installing and using Ubuntu The author explains in a step by step manner the solutions to the problems that one might face in installing configuring and using Ubuntu Linux SLASHDOT This is a good practical book that reads well and doesn t involve the victim in lots of superfluous stuff UNIX REVIEW Grant makes it seem easy with his step by step instructions and plenty of screen shots LINUX COM With humor and pragmatism Mr Grant walks the novice explorer through all the basics of switching to this distribution of Linux on to the practical level of getting things done P2P FOUNDATION BLOG The best thing in Rickford Grant s Ubuntu Linux for Non Geeks is plenty of practical exa
150. UseLinux 304 user accounts changing privileges 103 104 creating 102 105 determining current logon 129 finger command for information about 129 129 130 logging in to 104 105 logging in to other account in sepa rate window 105 106 switching 104 105 usernames 24 to access network share 87 87 users folders location in Linux filesystem 86 Users settings window 102 103 usr folder 86 USRobotics modem 57 utility buttons adding to GNOME desk top panel 35 36 36 V V rlden 260 vector images 238 video applications for 290 digital cameras 287 289 DVDs 282 283 editors 290 setting brightness and contrast preferences 285 Totem movie player 284 284 287 video card identifying 16 Videolan libdvdcss2 283 video streams playing with RealPlayer 281 282 View menu Nautilus Side Pane 81 virtual desktops in GNOME 44 46 moving running applications between 45 46 virtual PDF printer 181 183 visualizer in Rhythmbox 253 in Totem 286 286 VLC Media Player 290 Voice over IP VoIP software Skype as 156 157 Volume control icon on GNOME desk top panel 34 Ww wallpaper installing 110 111 Wanda applet 36 37 Easter eggs 46 47 47 WAP wireless access point 53 Warty Warthog 18 WAV file format 245 246 web albums in gThumb 229 232 creating and viewing 231 232 232 headers and footers 231 page layout options 230 selecting destination folder 230 selecting images for 230 the
151. With the GIMP you can get rid of red eye in your digital photos airbrush out unwanted shadows or even facial blemishes give your image a canvas texture change a photo into an oil painting and even add a bell pepper here and there and with drop shadows no less see Figure 14 11 To run the GIMP go to the Applications menu and select Graphics gt GIMP Image Editor MujuAtRest png 2 0 RGB 2 layers 367x437 o x w Layers Channels P o x File Edit Select View Image Layer Tools Dialogs Filters Mmujuatrest png 2 Auto 85sx Layers E Mode Normal Oo mL Ie 100 200 300 OO RGU Ud ae eae CoOL booed l Opacity e T 100 0 D E Decorations D Background eer Meal Gel ale ol in Paintbrush o g Sony Opacity 100 0 Mode Normal Brush el Pepper Sou gt Pressure sensitivity Brushes Pepper 49 x 61 v mM ox Fade out O Incremental o Use color from gradie Sok titititi Spacing 100 0 2 px 100 Decorations 4 25 MB TARE O Figure 14 11 Manipulating a digital image in the GIMP Using the GIMP to Resize Images and Convert File Formats Like gThumb the GIMP is also a very handy tool for resizing images This can be done by simply right clicking an image opened in the GIM
152. a blank one This means that when you pop your disk into the drive a regular Nautilus window will automatically open rather than a CD DVD Creator window To write to the disk you will need to manually switch from the Nautilus window to a CD Creator window which is easily done by selecting CD DVD Creator in the Go menu of the Nautilus window opened for that disk Once ATidy Nest 93 94 Burning you ve done this the window will become a CD DVD Creator window Now drag the files you want to burn to CD to that window and once you are ready to burn click the Write to Disc button As is the case with regular CD R disks or DVDs a Write to Disc window will appear When you click the Write button in that window with a used CD RW disk in the drive however a slight difference occurs At this point a new window like that in Figure 6 14 will appear telling you that the disk seems to have files already written on it Click the Erase Disc button in that window and the CD DVD Creator will erase the files already on the CD RW and replace them with the new ones that you dragged to the CD DVD Creator window Not bad at all eh Erase information on this disc amp this CD RW appears to have information already recorded on it Try Another X Cancel Erase Disc Figure 6 14 Erasing a CD RW disk with Nautilus ISO Images to Disk When you download Fedora Core or other Linux distributions from the Internet you usua
153. aE FRS A L Figure 9 13 NoteTab Light Automatix and Not So Automatix 171 172 Chapter 9 Now open a Terminal window type wine NoteTab_Setup exe and press ENTER A few moments after that the same setup wizard that you would see if you were installing NoteTab Light in Windows will appear Figure 9 14 Go through the wizard accept the license agreement and then accept all the defaults along the way until the installation is complete setup Notejab might i Welcome to the NoteTab Light Setup Wizard This will install NoteT ab Light 4 95 on your computer It is recommended that you close all other applications before continuing Click Next to continue or Cancel to exit Setup Figure 9 14 A Windows installation wizard running under Wine Running a Windows Application in Wine Running NoteTab Light is quite easy because it provides you with a desktop launcher Just double click that launcher and NoteTab Light will soon appear just like a regular Linux app would You can also run NoteTab Light and other Windows applications under Wine by going to the Applications menu select ing Wine gt Programs and then selecting the program you want to run Installing Microsoft Internet Explorer Although more and more people are trying to get away from Microsoft Internet Explorer there are times when you just have to have it There are after all sites that won t let you use anything els
154. abets such as Russian You can even view pages in Chinese Japanese Thai Arabic and Hebrew to name but a few But the multilingual capabilities of Linux are much greater than this and the way that GNOME based distros such as Ubuntu handle multilingual matters makes it quite easy to take advantage of these capabilities As you will soon see you can even set up your system to give you a totally foreign language environment allowing you to function completely in the language of your choice Add to this the ever expanding number of free programs available for language study and you have a truly meaningful language learning tool Read Only Language Support If all you want is to be able to read web pages or documents written in a foreign language you don t need to install any additional language support except in some rare cases From the get go you will be able to view docu ments in just about any language you happen to throw at your system doesn t matter if it s Swedish Italian Chinese Japanese Arabic Hebrew Russian Vietnamese Armenian or Thai You will be able to read whatever you are linguistically capable of reading see Figure 12 1 for an example Elle Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help zi A Mtp iwww mtm or jp gt 0O L Getting Started EJ Latest DBC Headlines English SEAS 13 BE Our Qem u na MODERN TRANSPORTATION MUSEUM Wy SAF WSED SOON Geaa ee ee D
155. ac OS X And keep in mind that with XP and OS X you are installing the operating system with just a few bundled applications In an Ubuntu installation on the other hand you are installing not only the operating system itself but also most of the applications you will ever want or need to use You will thus be getting a lot done in one fell swoop One more thing before we start Some people approach installing a system with a good deal of trepidation The process makes them nervous as if the house is going to go up in smoke if they click the wrong thing some where along the line Needless to say there is no need for such concern As long as you have backed up your data you will be okay If you screw up the installation the first time out so what Just start over again No harm done as you have nothing to harm Just make sure that you give yourself more time Wading and Diving 25 26 Chapter 2 than you need for the process Don t start installing one hour before you have to be at work or before you have to meet your friend downtown Rushing makes people do weird things Make things easy on yourself by giving yourself plenty of time and as I mentioned before by backing up any data you would mourn the loss of If you re ready here are the steps l Start er up Ifyou haven t already done so boot up your machine from the Ubuntu Desktop CD 2 Start the installation Double click the Install icon on the Ubuntu live desktop t
156. admi writer png n png D E Ss ermm lox J Figure 3 8 Selecting a new panel launcher icon s Click the OK button in that window which will close it You will then be back at the Launcher Properties window which should now look like that in Figure 3 9 If so click Close F Type Application gt Li Name OpenOffice org Writer Command ooffice writer U Browse Comment Create and edit text and graphics in Help Hvert Ed close s Figure 3 9 A Launcher Properties window Once you have completed the transformation follow essentially the same steps for the Calc launcher but this time around you should select openofficeorg22 calc png as the icon in step 3 3A 5 Adding a Drawer to the Panel One of the features I quite like about the GNOME Panel is the drawer The drawer is a little drop down panel that acts as the perfect location to place A New Place to Call Home 39 40 Chapter 3 launchers that you do not want to place in your GNOME Panel because of space considerations This is also a handy location to place launchers for applications that you must normally run by typing a command ina Terminal window or via the Launch Application window such as those you compile yourself from source code or that are run via scripts You ll learn how to do this in Chapter 9 Of course you can put anything you want there including freque
157. advertently delete it To make things a bit easier and safer for you you are going to create a folder in your home folder in which to place pyWings and all other applica tions that you install locally on your machine in the future You will logically enough call the folder LocalApps Let s make the folder by command in order to get some more practice Go to the Terminal make sure you are in your home folder type the fol lowing command and then press ENTER mkdir LocalApps 8B 3 Extracting the pyWings Tarball Now it is time to extract the tarball You can do this by the double click method you learned in Chapter 6 but since we re working with the command line let s use that instead To start out we re going to place the tarball in the same folder into which we extract its files Usually this isn t necessary because the contents of most tarballs are already packaged in a folder of their own By double clicking the tarball to open it up in File Roller you can see whether things are packed in a folder or simply as a group of files In the case of pyWings it is the latter so follow these steps 1 Create a pywings folder by typing mkdir pywings and pressing ENTER 2 Move the pyWings tarball into that folder by typing mv pywings gz pywings and pressing ENTER Simple Kitten Ways 143 144 Chapter 8 You can see that in this step we used an asterisk to save some wear and tear on our fingers The asteris
158. ady to go Others of you might have made the commitment psychologically but have yet to act on that commitment And some of you are probably reading these words in the aisle of a bookstore wondering about Linux and about whether you should spend your money on this book or on a latt every morning for the next couple of weeks For those in this last group I can only say Get this book Save the wear and tear on your stomach and nerves In any case the first thing we need to do is get you up to snuff on what this Ubuntu thing is all about why you might want to install and use it and what you will need in order to do so I expect you will have lots of questions along the way and if you are like most people a few doubts I hope that by the time you finish this book and have your Linux system up and running your doubts will be gone and your questions for the most part will be answered Anyway until you are ready to make the commitment you can 10 still follow along because the CD that comes with this book contains in addition to the Ubuntu installer a live Ubuntu environment meaning that you can have a taste of the Ubuntu Linux experience without having to even touch what you ve got on your hard drive You can kick back put your worries in check and go with the flow What Is Linux Chapter 1 Your computer despite being a collection of highly sophisticated parts is really just well a collection of highly so
159. ait You ve a heard that al before you get all bene out o about it wine on this E only 1 in 3 people ave today have ever seen a cat OA Layout Tonto Dae mes 7 Ue E gt a AaAW O e B O NQep a 12 05 10 8775 0 00 x 0 00 41 side1 1 Default Figure 13 3 A newsletter created and displayed in OpenOffice org Draw Although Draw comes bundled with Ubuntu it is no longer listed in the Applications menu probably because its functions can be accessed through the other OpenOffice org modules Still it is a handy application to use on its own so if you would like to use it in its stand alone form you can run it either via the Run Application panel applet by typing ooffice draw or by adding the launcher yourself to the Applications menu To add Draw to the Applications menu open the Menu Editor by right clicking Applications and then selecting Edit Menus Once the editor window appears click Graphics or Office or both in the left pane depending on where you want the menu launcher to appear In the right pane of the window check the box next to the words OpenOffice org Drawing Once you re done click the Close button and the Draw launcher will then appear in the menu Base New to OpenOffice org is Base which is a graphical front end to any data bases you have on your machine including Base s own database called HSQL Unfortunately learning how to use Base is no cakewalk if you do
160. ake Screenshot and you ve got yourself a screen capture a still image taken from a video file Another feature worth mentioning is Totem s Sidebar As you no doubt noticed at the bottom right corner of the Totem window there is a Sidebar button If you click that button a new pane will open at the right side of the Totem window In that pane you can load create and save playlists Such lists can consist of any combination of supported video or audio files thus provid ing you with the whole multimedia banana Any time you play a file in Totem that file appears in the Playlist pane but you can also add items to the list by simply dragging the files there from your desktop or any Nautilus window Using Your Digital Video Camera Although they haven t achieved the ubiquitous status of digital still cameras digital video cameras have become increasingly common in recent years Likewise while Linux support for still digital cameras is quite good its support for DV cameras can be called well let s just say it s progressing Don t be discouraged by my tone in that last sentence though You should have no trouble downloading video from your camera to your com puter editing those video files and adding effects and even subtitles To be honest there are still some problems especially in the area of file format conversions but as with all things Linux it will only be a matter of time until the wrinkles are ironed
161. am Opening 20050209 asc Deatless0rrmnty nnn fea ET You have chosen to open JJ 20040204_asc_beaties40 rmm which is a RealAudio document from http www npr org What should Firefox do with this file Open with realplay jni O Save to Disk Do this automatically for files like this from now on Settings can be changed in the Content section of Edit Preferences X cancel J Figure 17 1 Telling Firefox what to do with the RealAudio document If you would like to view the video at an enlarged size you have two ways of going about it The first and easiest way is to double click the title bar of the RealPlayer window which will maximize it The second equally easy way is to go to the View menu and select Fullscreen or Zoom gt Double Size Your system also allows you to play DVDs however due to licensing concerns playback is limited to unencrypted disks Unfortunately this rules out a vast majority of the DVD movies you buy or rent at your local video shop and leaves you with a rather limited choice of movies that you can play on your computer Of course DVDs created on personal computers such as the DVD slideshows that people create these days with applications such as iDVD on the Mac pose no problem Given the limited offerings in the unencrypted DVD world you will no doubt want to enable your system to play back the encrypted variety and assuming you installed the two c
162. am tab and select Add to Saved Stations New Station In the small Enter the name of the station window that appears enter the name of the station and then click OK Figure 15 8 After that you can find your newly saved station in the Saved Station folder in the Radio tab on the left pane Other Cool Features in Exaile Exaile has a lot of other cool features worth noting One that you can t help but notice is that it provides an onscreen display of the track or stream that is playing showing not only the title and artist of the track but the album cover art as well Figure 15 9 This is especially handy when using Exaile in hidden mode which you can accomplish by using the Exaile panel applet as a toggle Z a Mn a S uU tue may 1 5 52PM Enter the name of the station Kitty Pop Live Agt In the Waiting Line Zero7 cancel ax on Garden State 4 34 Waiting Line irdan Ctata Figure 15 8 Naming a stream you ve added to the Exaile Radio list Figure 15 9 Exaile s onscreen display Tux Rocks 255 256 Chapter 15 If you don t like where this onscreen display appears or how it looks you can change it by going to the Tools menu and selecting Preferences When the Preferences window appears click OSD in the left pane and a list of options available to you will appear in the right half of the window To change the location of the display just drag it to the spot you like while the Preference
163. ame Help w The Gimi 0 x File Xtns Help i 0 D New Clear Clear Notes File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer Paintbrush Opacity 100 0 Mode Normal peee p A talic 20 B Brush circle 11 D Pressure sensitivity e le Character w O Fade out Bry Cir R nN E yn O Incremental gt O Use color from gradie Da x 3 H amp 5 Bopomofo ee Braille r y lt Tla Spacing C gugno z z a Text to copy U 3105 BOPOMOFO LETTER B m a The cime amp Layers Channel Character Map _ 8 GNOME Sudoku fi Calculator S rg Ubuntuscer Ea g Figure 8 1 Putting the Terminal in perspective Unfortunately many guides to using the command line are written by hard core command line junkies whose enthusiasm for what they see as a really good thing inadvertently makes what they write seem even more off putting to the recent Linux immigrant or wannabe For your sake I will try to curb my own enthusiasm so as not to scare you right back to Chapter 5 and the more comfortable world of Synaptic I will also try to help you keep things in perspective by teaching you whenever possible to use the command line as a complement to the various graphical tools that you have at your disposal rath
164. among them all however one thing that I even tually suffered from in each case was a kind of visual boredom I suppose you might call it GUI fatigue It wasn t that I was tired of using a graphical interface it was just that I couldn t help but get sick of looking at the same old icons window borders and color schemes Of course there were some changes that could be made but it just wasn t possible to get around the basic look and feel without add ons that demanded a price in terms of performance One of the features of Linux that pleased me to no end and continues to do so is that users can drastically change the look of things I don t mean just the icons and backgrounds but everything including the actual window borders and controls Add to that the variety of graphical desktop environ ments and window managers available for Linux and you have a totally customizable system Is it any wonder that there are so many more Linux 102 desktop screenshots out there on the Web than for any other system If you don t believe me just have a look at a site dedicated to Linux screenshots www lynucs org and click the Screenshots link You may not be as fickle as I am in terms of the look and feel of your system but you can learn to use and enjoy all the graphical customization power that Linux offers you as you work through this chapter Project 7A Creating a New User Account Chapter 7 If you are reluctant to alter the
165. an Index Page Layout Size 3 columns by 2 rows per page o or use a single index page Note Some themes may auto adjust the number of rows and columns but keep the total number of images per page constant Sort by name gt Reverse order Album Style Header Bonnie in SC Footer A Place to Go BEFORE It Gets Too Hot Note d current date Theme ClassicClips ee 7 Help X cancel F save Figure 14 4 Creating a web album in gPhoto 14B 2 Selecting a Destination Folder In the Web Album window select a folder other than your home folder in which to place your web album you ll end up with a mess in your home folder if you don t After that select the new folder you ve created as the destination folder by clicking the drop down menu button next to the word Destination and then selecting Other In the Choose destination folder window that appears navigate to the new target folder select it by clicking its name once and then click Open 14B 3 Copying Images and Page Layout Options Once you ve set the destination folder for your web album you can decide whether or not to copy the images in your album to the destination folder In the same window check the box next to Copy originals to destination if you plan to upload the web page to your website or distribute it as an archive or on CD If you just plan to view the album on your own computer leave the box blank
166. and pressing ENTER You can also type cd with a space between cd and in order to get back to a directory where you were previously from home rg to home rg peas pudding for example Sop Being fickle as humans are by nature you might decide that you not only want your expfile txt file in the sub folder but that you also want a copy in your home directory where it was in the first place To copy expfile txt you can use the cp copy command To do this the command needs to know where the file you want to copy is what it is called and where you want to copy it which in this case is to your home folder Normally you would type cp command_exp sub expfile txt home username to do this but if you recall my mention of it near the beginning of this chapter you can abbreviate the home username portion of the command string to which means the same thing and is an important tip to remember as the tilde is frequently used in online instructions As reducing wear and tear on the fingers is always a desirable goal type the following command and then press ENTER cp command_exp sub expfile txt Be sure to put a space between the file you are copying and its destina tion in this case between the expfile txt and Once you ve done this you should have two copies of expfile txt one in your home folder and one in your sub folder Go have a look to see the fruit of your endeavors rm When you were a kid you
167. and 16KB of RAM more than I thought I would ever need Most of my time on that machine I must admit was spent playing cartridge based games and transcribing pages and pages of machine code from the now defunct magazine Antic to create even more games Eventually my interest in computers increased especially after seeing my first and actually the first Macintosh at the UCLA bookstore The very in your face nature of the Mac s operating system caused me to become an operating system maniac To date I have worked with a lot of different operating systems including Mac OS up to and including OS X every Windows version from 3 1 to XP and even IBM s much forgotten OS 2 Though tempted to join the Linux fray I continued to steer away from it for a long time because I could not help but see it as so many others do as a system for never seen the light of day faced late night Dr Pepper drinking 2 Domino s pizza eating compu geeks However when I moved to Japan and was suddenly surrounded by machines loaded with Japanese versions of Windows I encountered numerous problems such as language constraints Since everything including Help files was written in Japanese I ended up using only a fraction of the full potential of most software Then there were those annoying Windows type problems such as the constant freezes and restarts and the gradual system slowdowns which were eventually only remedied by reinstalling the system
168. and Not So Automatix More Ways to Install Programs Ever wanted to compile your own application Or maybe you d like to convert an RPM to a DEB package Or maybe you d just like to learn a really easy way to install all of the most essential missing bits of your sys tem In Chapter 9 you will learn how to do all these things and you will even find out how you can run some Windows applications from within Linux Chapter 10 Gutenbird Setting Up and Using Your Printer and Scanner Just about everyone with a computer has or needs a printer and Chapter 10 tells you exactly how to get yours working with your new Linux system Scanner usage and support are also discussed Chapter 11 Font Feathered Frenzy Adding New Fonts to Your System Whether you want to use the same fonts that your Windows using friends are plugging into their documents or you just want to add a bit of flair to your own Chapter 11 will tell you how to do it in Ubuntu Introduction 5 6 Introduction Chapter 12 Polyglot Penguins Linux Speaks Your Language Need to jot off a note in Urdu Write a book in Korean Send a letter in Chinese to your friend in Chengdu All of the basics you need to know to read and write in just about any language in the world are provided in Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Penguins Back at Work Getting Down to Business in Linux Work can be a drag especially when there are so many other things you could be doing Still wearing the ol finge
169. and bound at Malloy Incorporated in Ann Arbor Michigan The paper is Glatfelter Thor 60 Smooth which is made from 15 percent postconsumer content The book uses a RepKover binding which allows it to lay flat when open UPDATES Visit http www nostarch com ubuntu_2e htm for updates errata and other information ABOUT THE CD This software is released for free public use under several open source licenses It is provided without any warranty without even the implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose See the license text included with each program for details Source code for Ubuntu can be downloaded from http archive ubuntu com or can be ordered from Canonical at the cost of the media and shipping Ubuntu and Canonical are trademarks of Canonical Ltd All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Ubuntu s official documentation is online https help ubuntu com and free technical support is available through web forums www ubuntuforums org mailing lists www ubuntu com community lists and IRC ubuntu Commer cial support is also available from Canonical www ubuntu com support paid Ubuntu is sponsored by Canonical Ltd For more information visit www ubuntu com and www canonical com To request free Ubuntu CDs visit https shipit ubuntu com The Intel x86 Edition packaged with this book will run on Intel x86 based systems including Intel Pentium and AMD Athlon Se
170. any claim better Ogg Vorbis became the darling of the Linux community As you work with the audio rippers mentioned in this chapter you are sure to notice yet another encoding option FLAC Free Lossless Audio Codec FLAC is an encoding format that unlike MP3 or Ogg Vorbis formats does not remove any audio information from the audio file during the encoding process The downside of this is that FLAC only provides space savings of 30 to 50 percent which is much less than the 80 percent neighborhood achieved by MP3 or Ogg Vorbis formats The upside of course is that the FLAC files should be equivalent to CDs in terms of quality Given that retention of audio quality FLAC becomes an ideal choice if you are not satisfied with the audio quality provided by Ogg Vorbis or MP3 files It is also a good choice if you might want to create both Ogg Vorbis and MP3 files or if you just don t know which one you want to work with yet In such cases you can just rip the file and encode it in FLAC format You can convert the FLAC file later when you know what you want or need You ll learn how to easily convert audio files from one format to another in Chapter 16 Project 15A Installing MP3 Support for Audio Apps Chapter 15 All that talk about Ogg Vorbis and FLAC aside there are still many people who like or need to deal with MP3 files You may for example already have numerous MP3 files ripped from your music collection or you may enjoy
171. aries are the Linux equivalent of a Windows dll file Finally media is where the contents of your various attached external media such as USB drives and CDs appear when present There are other top level folders but their purposes are a bit less straight forward for the average Linux newbie and to be honest probably not all that interesting to you at this stage of the game Anyway as I mentioned before there is no reason for you to be mucking around with any of these folders for the time being as the items located within them can be accessed in different and much safer ways Using Nautilus as a Network Browser Chapter 6 Another handy Nautilus feature is its ability to function as a network browser You can for example see what networks and shares are available to you on your home or office network by going to the Places menu in the GNOME Panel and selecting Network Servers You can do the same from within a Nautilus window by going to its Go menu and selecting Network Icons for any networks or computers on that network would then appear in the Nautilus window as you can see in the case of my own home setup in Figure 6 7 From that window you can then double click your way to a share that you have permission to access such as the Shared Documents folder of a Windows machine or the public folders of a Mac Windows Networkaworkaroup File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help a lee E Back Forward Reload Home Comp
172. as two different graphical front ends for APT that allow you to bypass the command line and make everything about as easy as you could hope it would be Project 5A Installing Applications via Synaptic Chapter 5 As I mentioned Ubuntu comes with two graphical front ends for APT the simpler though arguably more attractive GNOME App Install and the main application handling workhorse Synaptic Because Synaptic is the more full featured of the two applications and because GNOME App Install also utilizes it for its settings chores we ll start things off with Synaptic To get a look at Synaptic go to the System menu and select Adminis tration gt Synaptic Package Manager Because APT installs things in your system in areas that are write protected more on that topic in Chapter 6 you will be prompted for your password in a separate window before Synaptic actually appears The password is just your usual user password users of other Linux distros take note so that should be easy enough to remember Type your password when prompted to do so and click Continue Synaptic shown in Figure 5 1 will soon appear A Synaptic Package managen mee File Edit Package Settings Help A Reload Mark All Upgrades Search All S Package Installed Version Latest Versic Amateur Radio univ 2vcard 0 5 lubuntu Base System 3270 common 3 3 4p6 3 3 Base System multiy 3dchess 0 8 1 12 Base System restri 3ddeskto
173. ase of the installation process must faster and safer You can do this while still running Windows by double clicking My Computer right clicking the icon for your hard disk and selecting Properties You can then defragment your hard disk in Windows XP by clicking the Tools tab in the Properties window and clicking the Defragment Now button In Windows NT you can do this by going to the Start menu and selecting Control Panel gt Administrative Tools gt Computer Management gt Disk Defragmenter while in Windows 98 and some other versions you can do the same by selecting Programs gt System Tools gt Disk Defragmenter Doing the Deed Well now that we ve covered all that prelim stuff let s get down to the actual Linux installation Set this book on your lap so you can follow along and then get ready for action It s time to do the deed Fortunately for you the installation process is extremely easy as there are very few steps in which you actually have to do anything Most of what you will be doing is clicking buttons on your screen Nothing hard about that eh Of course when you look at the directions and descriptions listed here it may look like a long and cumbersome process It is not It will be over more quickly than you can imagine As a beginner frequently referring to this text you might take a bit longer of course but don t worry All in all the whole process is faster and easier than that for Windows XP or M
174. ased on a series of dialogs two of which appear when you first run the application You can however open still others and more importantly you can dock those together to form larger single dialogs While this is quite easy to do figuring out how to do it is something that leaves many GIMP newbies at a loss The various dialogs available to you in the GIMP can be found by going to the File menu in the main GIMP window that s the one that usually appears at the left of your screen as in Figure 14 11 and selecting Dialogs From the submenu that appears make your choice from the list of dialogs shown After you ve opened a couple of dialogs you can dock them together by clicking and then holding the name of the dialog located just below the title bar and dragging that name to the bottom of the dialog you wish to dock it to The name of the dialog will appear as a floating icon name tab as you do your dragging Figure 14 12 ww Palettes Palettes P pefautt 23 EEEa 240 B code 256 L cold 256 HE crayblue 256 E E crays 32 gans HEB crawiolet 256 E HEEB creens 256 iite 256 E Sans Bold Italic Ca Oa e Sans ttalic Serif Sarif Rald Figure 14 12 Docking dialogs in the GIMP When the thin gray band near the bottom of the target dialog turns brown compare the bottom of the two dialogs in Figure 14 12 to
175. aspect ratio is checked Once you are done click Scale Now you need to save the newly sized icon to your home folder while keeping the original as it was To do this go to the File menu and select Save As which will bring up the Save Image window Save the file as gnome tigert_emblem png in your home folder You can do this by clicking the drop down menu button next to the words Save in folder and navigating your way home Once that s done click Save 14C 2 Adding the Newly Sized Image to the Emblem Collection Now that you have an image of the appropriate size it is time to add it to your system s collection of emblems To do this open a Nautilus window go to the Edit menu and then select Backgrounds and Emblems Once the Backgrounds and Emblems window opens click the Emblems button on the left side of the window and then click the Add a New Emblem button at the bottom of that window This will bring up a small Create a New Emblem window see Figure 14 9 In that window start out by giving your emblem a name As the image is that of a tiger I called mine Kitten Stuff but you can call it something else if you d like Just type the name in the Keyword box Brush Wielding Penguins 233 Original dimensions Width 48 Height 48 New dimensions width Be B Height 36 B pixels a Keep aspect ratio Scale ratio width 0 750 Height 0 750 High quality ree Figure 14 8 Scaling an image in gThumb
176. ating Your Wireless Cord ccccesccessecesseeeeeeceeseeeeeseesteesnteeeeeesteesneeeeas 53 Releasing and Renewing Your Wireless Connection cecceeseeeeeeteeeeeeeereees 54 Setting Up a Dial Up Connection cccesccesscceseceseceseeceeceeeseecnseeeeeeseeeeieeseenteeeteegs 55 What to Do if Your Modem Isn t Compatible 0 ecceeeseeeteeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeereens 56 Firefox Your Internet Browser cccccessceeseeesseeeseeeseeeeseeeseeeeeseseeeseeseestseeeeeetteeteesas 58 Controlling Browser Window Clutter with Tabs cccseeeseeeteeeeseeeeetteeneees 58 Other Firefox Features Popup MGndgel ccceseceseeesesessesteesteeneeeneeeereens 59 Project 4A Installing Firefox Extensions csssscscsssscscssssssecessccsssesessessceassceacscsececenserees 60 AA 1 Downloading and Installing the Forecastfox Extension 60 AA 2 Setting Up the Forecastfox Extension cccccceceseereeesseeseeeteeentesnseeens 62 Project 4B Installing the Flash Plugin sssccsssssssssssesssscessssessesssssecsesseseeseeseesecsesees 62 Email with Evolution serin ennonn a Jedi nedeheauebadebtseebeatubiaesh a 64 An Email Alternative Thunderbird c cccscceeseesseceneceesceeseeeneeeeseeaecneesseeenieenieensaes 65 Other Internet Applications estao telecasts tee EE AE N E andesite sete voces 66 viii Contents in Detail 5 ROUNDING OUT THE BIRD Downloading Installing and Updating Programs the Easy Way 67 Projec
177. atus Not mounted a Connection Bus Disk Image 0 Disk Image Path Users rg Desktop ubuntu 7 04 desktop i386 iso J Figure A 2 Burning the Ubuntu Desktop CD ISO to CD in Mac OS X Ubuntu Desktop CDs for AMD64 Users 303 To complete the process click the Burn icon in the Disk Utility window s toolbar and then insert a blank CD in your drive when prompted to do so Once the blank disk is inserted and recognized you will be able to adjust the burn speed from the drop down menu next to the word Speed Select as low a speed as your hardware will allow which depending on the age of your Mac will probably be 4X to 8X Finally click the Burn button in that same window and the burning process will begin Ordering an Install Disk from Ubuntu The easiest and most foolproof way to get an Ubuntu Desktop CD is to simply order one or more for free from Ubuntu you don t even have to pay ship ping or handling Ubuntu will not only send you one install CD for your partic ular machine architecture but they will actually send you one for each of the architectures they support 1386 and AMD64 In fact you don t even get to choose which you want it s basically an all or nothing deal which in this case isn t such a bad thing Of course the only downside to this approach is time It can take four to six weeks for you to get the CDs in this manner so if youre impatient you might want to opt for one of the other methods To order your
178. aunchers When you ve made all your changes your panel should look pretty much like mine in Figure 3 11 n BA za aA ko Applications Places System amp L Si E G E 00 me m a dil F Ki Sun Mar 11 7 10 PM Figure 3 11 The GNOME Panel with the new launchers More Panel Fun In addition to the basic customization you did in Project 3A on page 35 you can do a lot more to change the look and feel of your panel Of course you can remove any of your launchers drawers or menus by right clicking the item in question and then selecting Remove From Panel in the popup menu but there are still more options Most of these are available by right clicking any open space in the panel and then selecting Properties which will bring up the Panel Properties window From this window you can change the position of the panel alter its size change its color or make it transparent very cool You can also set the panel so that it will automatically disappear when you are not using it and have it reappear when you bring your mouse cursor into the area where the panel normally resides Don t feel afraid to play around and give things a try that s half the fun Project 3B Manipulating Menus Chapter 3 Now that you have learned about some of the cool and useful things you can do with your panel let s now move on to the topic of menus A very nice feature of GNOME is that it allows you to edit its menus You can add launchers remove it
179. aunches when you plug your iPod into one of your USB ports To do this go to the System menu and select Preferences Removable Drives and Media When the Preferences window appears click the Multimedia tab and then check the box next to the words Play music files when connected in the iPod section of that tab In the Command box type the name of the application that you prefer gtkpod Floola or YamiPod and then click the Browse button and navigate to the Floola or YamiPod binary file within your home folder Once you re done the Preferences window should look something like Figure 16 8 If it does click Close Pluggin In the Penguin 277 278 Storage Multimedia Cameras PDAs Printers amp Scanners Input Devices Audio CD Discs Play audio CD discs when inserted Command sound juicer d d Browse Video DVD Discs KA Play video DVD discs when inserted Command totem m Browse Portable Music Players a Play music files when connected Command home rg Floola linux Floola Browse Ed close Figure 16 8 Setting up your system to launch YamiPod auto matically when you plug in your iPod Photo Transfer with GPixPod Chapter 16 Ever since the iPod Photo appeared in 2004 iPods have been able to display photos Unfortunately until recently there was no simple way to transfer photos from your computer to your iPod
180. bably gaining quite a bit in terms of home and office productivity programs in the world of Linux In this chapter Pll walk you through the Linux offerings in this department 212 OpenOffice org Chapter 13 Whether they should be or not people are quite obsessed with office suites even though most people seldom need more than a word processor The de facto standard among office suites is Microsoft Office which is available in both the Windows and Macintosh worlds Of course as it is a Microsoft product you can be quite sure that there is no Linux version available Fortunately Linux does have an exceedingly capable office suite in the form of OpenOffice org which is incidentally also freely available as in free in Windows and Mac OS X versions OpenOffice org is not some lightweight sour grapes substitute for the Microsoft Office less Linux world it is a full featured contender and in some cases OpenOffice org is a clear winner OpenOffice org Applications The entire OpenOffice org office suite consists of six applications a word processor Writer a spreadsheet Calc a presentation creator and player Impress a vector drawing program Draw a database Base and a mathematical formula editor Math Most of these can be accessed at Applications gt Office Since giving full and detailed instructions on how to use each of these applications would take up an entire book and there are entire books on the subject
181. bit quirky at times As a KDE app it also fails to adopt the look and feel customizations that you may have made to your Ubuntu environment View Tools Help 24 showing 22 in collection File Ofere i A i E _ from Garden State Ss Search by The Shins i gt Latin bh Search E v Scandinavian gt amp Ranarim Playlist E3 Top 100 amp BI gt Soundtrack SRLS Pe Lia tere Roe Ae a eat 2 g a Coldplay 7 ADonde Sea Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 2 56 e k mhe Shins 9 No ser Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 2 58 vy Garden 1 Canciones de Amor Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 2 53 aP Carin 6 De Qu Me Sirve Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 2 37 a News 8 M rame bien Julieta Venegas Lim n y Sal 3 38 7 zaron 6 CejJour L Anouk Automatik Kalamity 2 59 gt a Colin Hay 3 Mauvais Sang Anouk Automatik Kalamity 4 08 p d Cary Broth 2 Caring Is Creepy The Shins Garden State 3 20 R i Remy 2ero gt 4 New Slang The Shins Garden State 3 51 b Nick Drake gt amp Thievery Cd Shuffle Repeat Dynamic Playlist 5 ee oo boa 0 28 Clear Playlist Figure 15 7 Exaile Exaile on the other hand is a GNOME app through and through It looks like the rest of your system reflects any customizations you may have made to the rest of your system and runs as smoothly and qui
182. ble filename however just rename them as you would any file right click the file and select Rename in case you forgot Ejecting Your iPod When you re done working with your iPod in Rhythmbox you can eject it by either clicking its entry in the left pane of the Rhythmbox window and then clicking the Eject button at the top of the window or by right clicking it in the left pane and selecting Eject in the pop up menu that appears Managing Your iPod s Audio Files in gtkpod While the latest version of Rhythmbox should be able to meet your typical iPod needs there are other apps that can do the job For example the audio players Songbird and amaroK mentioned briefly in Chapter 15 have iPod support capabilities There are also a few other applications that are iPod dedicated one of which is gtkpod Shown in Figure 16 4 gtkpod is a pretty straightforward application with a fairly large user base which means you should be able to get a lot of questions answered in Ubuntu and other Linux online forums should you have any It also handles most of the functions that one uses when dealing with an iPod including album cover art but not photos However gtkpod is not an audio player instead it uses XMMS as its default playback program though you can change the settings if you have another player in mind File Edit View Tools Help HO yht Load iPod s Save Changes Files Dirs Playlist New P
183. box to the main pane of the Serpentine window As you add songs to the Serpentine window the CD image in the bottom of the window will show you how much more space you have available on the disk Figure 15 11 The default disk size is 74 minutes which would be the norm for a 650MB blank CD so if you are using a 700MB CD change the setting to 80 minutes by clicking the drop down menu button next to the words Disc Capacity and making the appropriate selection When you have added all the songs you want to burn to the CD click the Write to Disc button Serpentine will then begin preparing the tracks to burn to disk When it is ready it will prompt you in a new window to insert a blank CD into your drive so do that and once the LED on your drive stops blink ing click the OK button Serpentine will then begin burning the disk and Tux Rocks 257 258 when it is done it will automatically eject your disk and let you know in yet another window that the job is done You can then take the disk plop it in your car stereo or wherever else you want to play it and enjoy the results rn Gg Serpentine Bee File Edit View Help dh Add Clear Write to Disc Track Title Artist Duration 1 Pobre changuita Lila Downs 02 12 2 Alguien Julieta Venegas 03 44 3 Commando Vanessa Paradis 03 41 4 H 9 Sty hehe KET 03 11 5 YIL 4 VOMATS BES 04 23 Disc Usage 45 minutes and 19 seconds remaining Disc Capacity 74 minutes Fig
184. cceeseeeseeseeeeeeeteeeteeeteeeees 193 11B 2 Installing Multiple Fonts Globally cccecceeeseeereesseeetseeereeeteeenseenes 194 11B 3 Uninstalling Globally Installed Fonts cccceseseeseeseeeesseserteeseeeseeeaes 194 Project 11C Installing Microsoft Windows Core Fonts via Synaptic sssssessseeseeseessees 195 Project 11D Installing Microsoft Core Fonts from Your Windows Partition for Dual Booters scccsscssscssscsrecsssccssscescssscssssseesees 195 11D 1 Finding Your Windows Partition 0 csscesceseeeeeeeeeeeeteeenteenteneeees 196 11D 2 Mounting Your Windows Partition csccseseeseeseeeeeeerteeteeeneeenes 196 11D 3 Installing Fonts from Your Windows Partition cccseseeeceesteeeeeees 197 Unmounting Your Windows Partition ceccsescesseeeseeeseeeeseeseeseteeereeeseeates 198 xii Contents in Detail Customizing Your System Forsen a a a Uedsocuessder Tans aaO a a 198 Making Things Look Better 0 cccceeeseeeseeeceeenseeesesseeseeesneesnseseneeenseeneeesas 199 Creating Your Own Fonts with FontForge cssccsesseesceeeeeceeecseeseeeneenneeeneenaeenaees 199 Downloading Installing and Running FontForge scssseeseeeeteeteeeeseeeneees 200 12 POLYGLOT PENGUINS Linux Speaks Your Language 201 Read Only Language Support nsnsi n eiea E EE T a 202 Changing the Character Encoding in Firefox csesceseseseteeeteserteetseeneeenes 202 Typing Nons
185. ch for it by typing forecast fox in the search box on the Extensions page Once you ve found it click the Forecastfox heading link to go to that specific page and once you re there click the Install Now button After that a Software Installation win dow will appear Click the Install Now button that appears in that window and then just wait Sometimes the download will take a bit of time some times it won t Either way just be patient The extension will be in the process of downloading even if it seems as if nothing is happening and when it is done it will tell you so in the Add ons window Figure 4 10 a D2 O amp Extensions Themes Languages Installation oan Forecastfox 0 9 5 2 Restart to complete the installation Restart Firefox Figure 4 10 Firefox shows you the extensions you ve added A restart of Firefox is necessary in order to complete the installation and that is easily accomplished by clicking the Restart Firefox button in the bottom right corner of the Add ons window More Than Webbed Feet 61 62 4A 2 Setting Up the Forecastfox Extension When Firefox first starts up after you ve installed the Forecastfox extension you will see the Forecastfox Options window Figure 4 11 In that window type your zip or postal code or that of any other area for which you want weather information in the text box next to the word Code If you re not sure what the zip or postal code for
186. change between keyboard layouts by going to the Layout Options tab of the Keyboard Pref erences window and assigning a keyboard shortcut If you are not sure where the keys you want to type are located in your new keymap switch to the key map in question by clicking the panel Keyboard Indicator until it appears and then right clicking it In the popup menu that appears select Layout View after which a map of the new layout will appear in a separate window The default window size is quite small but it can be resized in the usual drag the corner manner If you just want to choose a single keyboard layout to replace your present one such as British English instead of American English or German instead of Spanish you can do so from the Keyboard Preferences window by adding the keyboard layout you want to use checking the box next to the word Default and then removing the original layout by clicking it once to select it and clicking the Remove button Viewing Your System in Another Language One of the many things that originally attracted me to the Linux world was being able to install language support for languages other than English On one of my machines I have installed support for Chinese Japanese Swedish and my default English With just a simple logout and a few more clicks I can log back in with an interface in a totally different language I can have a Chinese Japanese or Swedish system whenever I want This is very usefu
187. ckly as any GNOME native application Installing and Running Exaile The easiest way to install a good working copy of Exaile is via Automatix Just go to the Applications menu and select System Tools gt Automatix to get started Once the main Automatix window appears click Media Players and Editors in the left pane Then in the right pane check the box next to Exaile and click the Start button and you ll be on your way Once everything has been downloaded and installed you can quit Automatix and run Exaile from the Applications menu by selecting Sound amp Video gt Exaile Streaming Media with Exaile Like Rhythmbox Exaile can also act as an Internet radio tuner In fact in many ways it does a better or at least more convenient job of it because it automatically gathers a list of the feeds available from SHOUTcast making it a bit more iTunes like To access these station lists just click the Radio tab at the left side of the Exaile window and then navigate to the genre and sub genre of your liking If you would like to play a stream not listed in the SHOUTcast offerings you can do so by going to the File menu selecting Open URL typing or past ing the URL for the stream in the Enter the address window that then appears and then clicking the OK button in that window A new Stream tab will appear in the right half of the Exaile window showing your stream To save the stream for future play right click the stream on the Stre
188. commend unchecking the two auto sync checkboxes doing otherwise could lead to unwanted weirdness down the line Once you re done click OK iPod Setup Assistant Set Up Your iPod f The name of my iPod is xA Grantania iPod iTunes can automatically sync your iPod to mirror its library and playlists each time you connect it to this computer Automatically sync photos to my iPod iTunes will first sync all of your music to your iPod and then use the remaining space for photos Go to the Photos pane in iPod preferences to prioritize which photo albums are copied to the iPod Figure 16 2 Completing your iPod s HFS to FAT32 conversion process Once the entire process is complete you will have a properly config ured FAT32 formatted and all but empty iPod that is ready for use in Linux Windows and Mac OS You can even use your iPod now on all three systems interchangeably though I would only do so if the auto update function is disabled Not Auto Updating Your iPod When you enable auto update on your iPod via iTunes the function is set up within your iPod itself With a FAT32 formatted iPod you can use your iPod on a Winbox Mac or Linuxbox or all of them interchangeably If you set up your iPod to auto update songs and playlists however you are leaving yourself open for trouble unless you have exactly the same music collection on your Linux Mac and Windows machines The reason for this is si
189. could take a bit of time a few seconds or a few minutes Either way you needn t worry As long as the mysterious text keeps flowing and you don t get an error message at the very end of the whole process all will be well When configure has done its thing you will see your prompt again and you can go on to the next step which is the translation or compilation step The make command reads the makefile created by configure to see how things need to be set up on your machine Then it proceeds to call on the compiler to translate the high level source code into low level machine readable files that can be installed in the subsequent step To perform this translation type make and press ENTER Again you will be treated to more mysterious text flowing through the window and a short wait usually a tad longer than for the configure process Once make has done its job and you see your prompt again you are ready to install the program Up to this point you have not changed your system in any way All the changes thus far have taken place in the xmahjongg 3 7 folder only Your system is still as pure as the day you started Of course all that is going to end right now when you perform the final installation step 9C 3 Installing Xmahjongg Normally at this point of the process you would type sudo make install and press ENTER after which the files that were compiled in the make step would be installed in various locations through
190. cquired many fans and followers since its creation in 1991 Such devotees praise Linux for its many features as well as for being robust reliable free and open Despite these positive characteristics however Linux is on its own just a text based system There is no pretty desktop and there are no windows or charming little icons to make you feel safe and comfy once you are behind the keyboard Powerful though it may be Linux is still strictly a black screen command line driven operating system I guess you could think of it as DOS on steroids though a Linux purist will surely cringe at the thought Sorry Although you can use Linux by itself accomplishing all your tasks by typing commands on a black screen the most common way of doing things when Linux is used as a server you don t have to It is fair to say that with the advent of the Macintosh and its easy to use graphical user interface GUI pronounced goo ee in 1984 users of other operating systems began suffering something akin to GUI envy They began clamoring for a GUI to call their own The final result was Windows which gave DOS a GUI and eased many command wary users into the Microsoft world Similarly many members of the Linux world felt the need and desire to go graphical Various GUIs called window managers and desktop environments and a subsystem with which to handle them somewhat confusingly referred to as the X Window System were developed by the community at
191. cting Change Desktop Background in the popup menu This will bring up the Desktop Background Preferences window see Figure 7 9 Installing Additional Wallpapers As you can see the default wallpaper in Ubuntu is called Simple Ubuntu but other than that there really isn t much for you to choose from To remedy the situation you need to provide some images of your own These could be photos from a digital camera works of art you created on your computer or just about anything you want to put there In this case however you are going to venture out onto the Web to get and then install some wallpaper A number of sites provide free desktop wallpaper such as those for auto mobile manufacturers singers television shows and so on 5 z E Desktop Background Preferences A Desktop Wallpaper No Wallpaper ha Simple Ubuntu PNG image 128 pixels x 96 pixels Ubuntu Smooth Chocolate PNG image 128 pixels x 96 pixels Style Zoom 4 Add wallpaper Remove Desktop Colors Solid color Help Einish Figure 7 9 Changing your desktop background Two sites specifically geared toward Linux users are www kde look org and http art gnome org but you can get wallpaper from wherever you like If you want to follow along using the same bigger than life Tux wallpaper that I use here go directly to the wallpaper image by pointing your web browser to www taiabati com linux OLDindex ph
192. ctions Project 8C Command Practice Review with Briscola If you would like to reinforce the skills you ve put to use in the previous project why not go a bit Continental and try out Briscola a simple yet very traditional Italian card game see Figure 8 12 Unlike pyWings which is a Python script Briscola is a script of a different flavor written in a scripting language called Tcl which uses something called Tk to create its graphical interface o Briscola Game Options Help Brrcola by Niccold Rigacci v 4 1 Feb 98 Freeware Figure 8 12 Briscola Chapter 8 8C 1 Getting Briscola You are just about ready to begin installing Briscola but before you do you must get it You can get Briscola by going to the project s home page at www rigacci org comp software and downloading in the traditional manner but since we re working with commands let s instead get Briscola by using a new command wget To do this just open a Terminal window type the following command string and then press ENTER wget http www rigacci org comp software briscola briscola 4 1 tar gz In your Terminal window you will see wget in action as it connects to the site where Briscola is stored and then downloads the file When it s done you will find the Briscola tarball in your home folder 8C 2 Extracting the Briscola Tarball and Renaming the Briscola Folder Extracting the Briscola tarball is essentially the
193. cy Reading Data CDs and DVDs Dealing with data CDs and DVDs in Ubuntu is quite simple as everything is automatic To read a CD or DVD with data on it rather than music or video place the disk in your drive and a CD or DVD icon they look the same will automatically appear on the desktop A Nautilus window displaying the disk s contents will also appear after which you can copy files from the CD or DVD to your hard disk using standard drag and drop procedures When you want to remove the CD or DVD just close its Nautilus window right click the desktop icon for that disk and in the popup menu select Eject The disk will then be ejected automatically Burning Data CDs and DVDs Burning data CDs and DVDs in GNOME is extremely easy All you have to do is place a blank CD R CD Recordable or DVD DVD RW DVD R and DVD RW are all supported by Ubuntu in your drive making sure to select a media format supported by your drive and a window will appear asking you what you want to do with the disk Click the Burn Data CD button or in the case of a blank DVD the Make DVD button Nautilus s CD DVD Creator window will then appear which as you no doubt notice looks pretty similar to other Nautilus windows save for the brown band below the location bar and the Write to Disc button Figure 6 12 91 A Tidy Nest 92 Chapter 6 File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help 2 A ws Back Reload Home Computer Search
194. d With all the talk in the previous chapter about ripping encoding and playing back audio files you may be wondering whether or not you ll be able to transfer any of those files to your iPod using Linux Well you will be happy to know that Ubuntu does iPods even Nanos You will also be happy to know that using your iPod on your Ubuntu system is quite easy All you have to do is plug your iPod into one of your computer s USB ports after which Ubuntu will automatically mount the iPod and place an iPod icon on your desktop Figure 16 1 No longer do you have to mess around with mount and unmount commands or editing system tables Just plug in your pod and Ubuntu will do the rest Figure 16 1 A desktop icon for a mounted iPod 268 Knowing Your Limits Although you can use your iPod in Ubuntu you should remember that support for such devices is still rather new Because of that there is likely to be the occasional odd moment while working with your iPod I have been using mine without problems but a friend did lose all his data when he managed to freeze his system while doing something bizarre The same thing happened to me on a Mac so I guess that s just the life of the Pod Anyway if you do happen to lose all the data on your iPod or somehow corrupt its system you can just use Apple s iPod Updater while in Windows to bring it back to normal and repopulate its song library from your hard disk Assuming you downloaded
195. d Frenzy 199 200 Chapter 11 Downloading Installing and Running FontForge You can easily download and install FontForge via Synaptic Just do a search for fontforge mark the fontforge and fontforge doc packages for installation when they appear in the list of search results and then follow the usual pro cedure for installing packages via Synaptic You can run FontForge by going to the Applications menu and selecting Graphics gt FontForge An Open Font window will appear in which you can select the font you want to work with Make sure that it is not an installed font but rather a font located within the home folder itself or within another visible folder After that I think I had better leave you to your own resources and those of others Font creation and modification is after all too complex a topic for this book but those of you already into this stuff probably just needed a pointer to the right tool and not my meager instructions If you do need more than a pointer the FontForge help files are a good place to start as is the FontForge project page at http fontforge sourceforge net POLYGLOT PENGUINS Linux Speaks Your Language These days almost all operating systems are multilingual or at least capable of becoming so This is true of Linux as well Just open your web browser and without per forming any special installations you can read pages in any European language including those with Cyrillic alph
196. d and install by performing a Synaptic search for mplayer Be sure to download not only mplayer itself but also mplayer fonts so as to avoid annoying error messages Mplayer is also available via Automatix The cross platform player VLC Media Player is another player with a significant following It is noted for handling a number of video formats well and for having a simple and easy to use interface You can get it via Automatix click Media Players and Editors in the left pane click VLC Media Player in the right pane and then click Start Another video DVD player you might want to consider is gxine which is similar in several ways to Totem but it gives you a bit more control over things Again you can download and install gxine via Synaptic by performing a search for gxine If you are not only a video watcher but also a budding video artist then you might want to consider a few handy video DVD authoring and editing tools the multiplatform video editor Avidemux Figure 17 9 QDVD Author a DVD creator application in the iDVD vein albeit without the superficial polish of Apple s offering and DVD Rip which as you might imagine allows you to rip the contents of a DVD to your hard disk These applications are available via Synaptic by performing searches for avidemux qdvdauthor and dvdrip Avidemux and DVD Rip are also both available via Automatix Hert My Experi nents MPE fe 57 File Edit Vie
197. d it s the one that happens to come with your Ubuntu distro and most others for that matter A shellis a program that interprets the commands you type into the Terminal and delivers them so to speak to your system so that it can act upon them I like to think of it as a command handling subsystem for which the Terminal acts as a graphical front end Some scripting languages as you will find out in Project 8C on page 146 also have their own shells but other than those few exceptions you generally need not be unduly concerned with shells other than to know what they are and what people are talking about when referring to them Some Goofy Yet Useful Fun with the Command Terminal Chapter 8 A rather cool thing about typing in the command Terminal is that it has what you might call short term memory Try it out by typing the word cherry and then pressing ENTER Ignoring the command not found message go on and type vanilla and press ENTER Now type icecream and press ENTER So far so dumb right Well not really Let s type everything we ve typed thus far again but this time let s do it with only one key Huh Yes just press the up cursor key once and what do you see That s right the last command you typed appears which in this case would be icecream Press the up cursor key again and the command that you typed before that will appear vanilla One more time Yes cherry And one more time for the grand finale I l
198. d permission 89 chmod change mode to change 136 RealMedia streams 258 RealPlayer 258 258 260 installing 259 options for streams 260 playing video streams with 281 282 setup 260 recording audio Audacity for 264 265 265 Red Hat Linux 2 Region 1 NTSC disks 283 removing applications with Synaptic Package Manager 72 73 repositories 69 adding to Synaptic 70 71 deactivating 71 Synaptic list 70 research on Web for troubleshooting 15 17 resolution for scanners 187 187 188 Rhythmbox 249 253 250 adding songs to library 254 255 browsing library 251 251 burning audio CDs with 257 for managing iPod audio files 271 272 playlists 251 252 running and setup 250 streaming media with 252 253 ripper 247 Risk 167 168 169 getting file 168 running 168 rm remove command 135 rmdir remove directory command 135 root 85 root account 25 running XSane as 185 rotating photos in gThumb 229 router 292 293 setup 293 RPMs Alien for converting to DEB packages 157 159 Rubrica 74 75 Run Application panel applet 35 36 keyboard shortcut 117 running Ubuntu from live CD 22 23 startup screen 22 Rhythmbox 249 253 250 INDEX 323 324 INDEX S Safari 58 Samba 88 Sandra 16 16 Sane 184 Save As dialog box bookmarks in 85 saving custom theme 114 OpenOffice document as PDF 216 photos to CD 229 sbin folder 86 Scale Image window gThumb 233 234 scanners 184 188 converting doc
199. d to create 139 140 computer aided design CAD QCad for 242 243 configure command 161 for Xmahjongg 164 Configure Plugin window Rhythmbox 253 INDEX 313 314 INDEX Connection Properties window 54 54 connections for printers 179 Control Panel Windows System Hardware tab 16 controls in GNOME changing appearance 113 114 installing additional 115 116 converting scanned document to text 185 copying core fonts from Windows partition 195 files and folders in Nautilus 83 files from iPod to hard drive 272 274 costs of software 11 cp copy command 134 135 CPU identifying 16 Create Archive window 98 98 Create Launcher window to add Math to Applications menu 215 cryptic attack on locked DVD drive 283 cups pdf 182 customization and user accounts 102 cut and paste for moving files 83 D Dapper Drake 18 database application Base as 215 data CDs and DVDs burning 91 92 94 duplicating 94 95 reading 91 Data Source browser 219 deactivating repositories 71 Debian distribution 14 DEB packages Alien for converting RPMs to 157 159 converting compiled applica tion to 165 GDebi for installing 155 installing 154 157 default printer 178 defragmenting hard drive in Windows 25 deleting files with rm command 135 folders with rmdir command 135 photos on camera 227 dependencies 67 for program install 71 dependency hell 67 desktop environment 10 See also GNOME desktop env
200. d to organize this book in that manner so that you will never be called upon to do something that you have not already learned I also like such books because they not only teach you how to do something but they also provide you with the chance to put those morsels of knowledge into practice with exercises I have there fore included several exercises or projects in this book so that you will have opportunities to apply your knowledge This book will serve as a reference text and will also provide a dynamic learning experience so you can learn by doing as they say The projects throughout this book have a secondary purpose as well By working through them you will properly configure and round out your Ubuntu system so that it can do anything you want it to do By the time you finish with this book your system will have all the bases covered If that is still not enough to satisfy you you will be happy to know that you will have access to even more an unbelievably greater amount more via the online Ubuntu repositories which you will learn how to use in Chapter 5 If your interest is already piqued take a look at these chapter descriptions Chapter 1 Becoming a Penguinista Welcome to the World of Linux What s Linux What s Ubuntu What s a distribution Can I Will my Chapter 1 holds the answers to these and many other questions you might have as it introduces you to the world of Linux and what it takes to get it up and ru
201. ders and controls look in GNOME Let s set about doing just that Dressing Up the Bird 113 114 Chapter 7 The procedure is really quite easy Go to the System menu and select Preferences gt Theme The Theme Preferences window will open and show you a list of the themes that are installed on your system see Figure 7 12 The default theme in Ubuntu is called Human but as you can see there are several others To get the hang of things have a look at each of the themes listed by clicking them one by one The changes will take effect immediately Just click ing on a theme will change your window borders controls and even if you take a peek in your home folder the icons This is especially noticeable when you click Crux or Glider Each theme consists of a window border a set of controls and a collection of icons This being the case it is possible to mix and match these elements on your own For example let s say that you like the look and color of the quasi industrial controls in Crux but you prefer the window icons in Mist and the borders in Human Well you needn t despair because you can create a custom theme consisting of these three different elements r m Wii ia laaa H db Install Theme High Contrast Inverse White on black text and icons 9 amp Customize C open m High Contrast Large Print Inverse Large white on black text and icons Human Ubuntu default theme OELE M
202. derstand To start out with remember that 1 execute 2 write and 4 read Add any of those numbers together and you get the other permissions combos For example 1 execute 4 read 5 read and execute As you can see permissions aren t all that complicated The owner can read write and execute The group can read and write but not execute Others can only read Figure 8 8 The meaning of permissions numbers Now if you re more of a letters than numbers sort of person you ll be happy to know that there is another way to change permissions that is prob ably even easier In this approach you only have to deal with two groups of letters and the symbols and The first group consists of the following User owner of the file Group specified group of users Others anyone who is not the user or a member of the group All all of the above on g The second group consists of r Read w Write x Execute You might already be able to figure out how this is all going to work but PI spell it out just in case your intuition is worn out for the day Let s say you want to change the permissions of a file butterhaters txt for example so that all users on your machine can read and write to it After opening a Terminal window you can make the change by typing chmod a rw butterhaters txt and pressing ENTER Oops Just remembered that you don t want anyone changing the content of the file eh
203. dial a call If you hear a series of different tones almost a melody that you can recognize then you have tone dialing 7 Select Off or On in the Volume section of that tab depending on whether or not you want to hear your modem doing its dialing While testing things out it is a good idea to select On so that you can hear what is or is not happening 8 In the same tab now click the Autodetect button The system should then perform a scan of your ports as it looks for a live modem Once it finds one it will specify the correct port in the box labeled Modem port If it doesn t find one well that s not a particularly good omen in terms of the usability of your present modem but you can still give it a try by picking a port on your own Start out with dev modem and if that doesn t work after going through steps 9 and 10 try out the others one by one before finally opting for more dramatic measures 9 Once your modem port has been found or you ve chosen one on your own click the Options tab and then check the box next to the words Set modem as default route to internet Once you re done click the OK button 10 In the Network Settings window be sure to check the box next to the words Modem connection before closing the window Once the steps are completed and assuming your modem and system are in loving compatibility you should then hear your modem begin its dialing spitting and churning sequence as it mak
204. ding DEB package 298 Avidemux 290 backdoors 12 background checking for Firestarter running in 296 backgrounds for desktop 110 111 111 112 for Nautilus side pane 109 for Terminal 151 151 152 for windows in GNOME desktop 108 108 109 backups displaying files 141 before Ubuntu install 26 Base OpenOffice 215 Bash Bourne Again Shell 128 Battery icon on GNOME desktop panel 34 Beep 262 263 Bengali 210 bin folder 86 144 BIOS accessing setup 22 bitmap fonts 189 bitmap graphics creation with GIMP 234 237 235 with paint programs 238 blogs web resources 306 307 bookmarks for navigating in Nautilus 84 85 for network share 88 booting from live CD 22 borders for windows changing appearance 113 114 installing additional 115 116 Bourne Again Shell Bash 128 Breezy Badger 18 Briscola 146 146 150 downloading and installing 147 extracting tarball and renaming folder 147 launchable link for 148 moving folder to global location 148 playing 149 150 script preparation 147 148 browser embedded audio players 258 Browse window 43 43 burning data CDs and DVDs 92 92 94 ISO images to CD 94 in Mac OS X 303 303 304 in Windows 302 303 multisession CDs 95 bz file extension 140 bzip program 140 c cabextract 172 cable for providers without DHCP 50 51 CAD computer aided design QCad for 242 243 Calc OpenOffice 213 213 214 Calendar clock on GNOME desktop panel 34 calenda
205. dish J English Unit Figure 12 4 Installing additional language support Polyglot Penguins 205 206 NOTE Language Support is another graphical front end for APT and that being the case be sure to close all other APT related tools before using it Multilingual Login Once you have installed support for any additional languages you want you can log out of your current session and log in to a new one in a different language environment The actual switch is made from your login screen Just below the text box where you would normally type your username click the link that says Language after which a window with a list of the languages you have installed will appear Select the language you want to use in the next session by clicking once on its name and then clicking the OK button The language list window will then close automatically and you can proceed as usual by typing your login name and password pressing the ENTER key after each of course A little window will then pop up asking you if you want to use the language you ve chosen as your default language forever and ever You can either click Just for This Session or Make Default depending on your personal preferences Whatever you do end up choosing fear not it s no big deal to change back at a later point in time by logging out of your system logging back in to your system under your previous default language and clicking Make Default Your startup process w
206. ditor 117 117 GDebi 154 155 Gedit 209 210 Geyes applet 37 GIMP 234 237 235 dialogs 236 237 to resize images and convert formats 235 236 global location for TrueType fonts 193 194 uninstall 194 for Windows fonts 197 198 GNOME App Install 68 installing applications with 73 76 selecting applications for 74 GNOME Art Art Manager 112 113 113 116 GnomeBaker 95 96 GNOME Configuration Editor 117 GNOME desktop environment 23 32 33 bottom panel 34 34 35 hiding 112 customization 106 116 backgrounds 110 111 111 112 folder creation 106 107 107 icon sets 113 114 115 login screen 118 119 119 screensaver 121 122 splash screen changes 120 122 window backgrounds 108 108 109 Easter eggs 46 47 hard disk and trash icons added to 117 118 logout screen 48 menu manipulation 42 44 changing icon order 44 44 changing icons 42 44 panel customization 35 42 adding amusing applets 36 37 adding drawer 39 40 adding menu contents to panel 41 adding program launcher 37 37 38 adding program launcher to drawer 40 41 adding utility buttons 35 36 36 changing program launcher icons 38 39 39 moving things around 41 42 printing file to PDF 180 181 restarting panel 47 shutting down 47 48 top panel 32 34 33 icons 34 menus 33 printer icon 183 183 virtual desktops 44 46 moving running applications between 45 46 Gnome Security Suite 294 GNOME Splash Screen Preferences window
207. doing so makes you feel better it is probably better to focus your virus scanning activities on your Windows partition if you have one and on any files that you will be sending as email attachments particularly to Windows users Defending the Nest 297 298 Project 18 Virus Scanning with avast Chapter 18 While ClamAV may be the virus scanner of choice in the Linux world my personal favorite is still avast which defended me during my Windows years I think it is easier to use and for what it s worth nicer to look at On the downside it does require you to register every year so that you can get a license key but that is hardly a monumental task and it is still free at least for home and noncommercial use which if my target audience for this book was correctly predicted should include you If nothing else it is worth a try so just go for it 18 1 Downloading the avast DEB Package and License Key First you have to get the avast file and license key You can do this by opening your web browser and going to www avast com eng download avast for linux edition html Once you re there click the Download button for the DEB package of the avast Linux Home Edition When the Firefox what do you wanna do with this file window appears accept the default gdebi gtk by clicking OK Once the download is complete you can of course save the package to your hard disk and double click it to open the Debian package installer
208. dows with Sandra Both HWiNFO and Sandra should give you the information you need about your motherboard but if they don t or if you don t feel like bothering with them you can always just open up the case of your computer and look at your board You needn t worry about damaging anything because you don t need to touch anything so don t You may need a flashlight to find it but the model name and number should be stamped on there somewhere either in the middle of the board or around the edges Mine for example says quite clearly in the middle of the board AOpen MX46 533V You should be looking for similar information Once you have all your information you can do a variety of things to check out your hardware s compatibility with Ubuntu You can simply do a Yahoo or Google search by entering your motherboard s make and model plus the word Linux This works for other hardware devices too You can also post a question to the Ubuntu User Forums at www ubuntuforums org or one of the other various Linux forums or mailing lists on the Web A listing of some of these is provided in Appendix C at the end of this book Just write that you are a newbie and want to know if anyone has had any experience using Ubuntu with the board or other hardware in question You will probably get quite a few responses Linux users are usually rather evangelical in terms of trying to draw in new Penguinistas Hardware Requirements NOTE A
209. drag a file or directory from your Music folder to the icon of the playlist in question Pretty cool Setting Album Art and Editing Tags with gtkpod Tag editing including album cover images is another area in which gtkpod can prove quite useful To edit a tag click any track in the playlist and select Edit Track Details the Details window for that track will appear Figure 16 5 In that window you can edit all of the tag entries artist album track title genre and so on and you can set the album cover art for the track Once you have finished making your changes click the Apply button and then click OK p The Shins Caring Is Creepy Cover General Podcasts Other Artist The Shins Album Garden State Title Caring Is Creepy Composer Genre Soundtrack Eset E Year 2004 Rating fo E a 0 Play Time 3 20 150 remove Cover Art A J CD Nr o Start time 0 00 000 Track Nr 2 13 Stop time 3 20 150 o Change all tracks AND e rE ah simultaneously ml l l Undo all Undo Track Apply X cancel gh ox Figure 16 5 Editing tags in gtkpod Copying Files from Your iPod to Your Hard Disk with gtkpod Like Rhythmbox gtkpod can copy tracks from your iPod to your hard disk To do this select the tracks or playlists you want to export hold down the CTRL key to make multiple selec
210. e For Linux users this used to be a problem because getting IE to work via Wine could be quite a geeky chore Not so anymore thanks to IEs 4 Linux which is a simple utility that helps you easily download install and set up Internet Explorer for use with Wine on your Linux system Before using IEs 4 Linux you need to have two things installed Wine which you may have installed while following along with the previous section and cabextract which you can easily download via Synaptic Once both packages are installed you are ready to proceed and you don t even need to go to the project home page to do so www tanaka com br ies4linux in case you re wondering Here are the steps 1 Download the IEs 4 Linux package by opening a Terminal window and typing the following wget http www tatanka com br ies4linux downloads ies4linux latest tar gz 2 When the download is complete extract the compressed tarball by typing tar zxvf ies4linux latest tar gz in the Terminal window and pressing ENTER 3 Move yourself into the ies4linux folder via the Terminal by typing cd ies4Linux and pressing ENTER 4 Run the script that will download and set up Internet Explorer for you by typing ies4linux and pressing ENTER 5 IEs 4 Linux will download and install Internet Explorer 6 but it will first ask you if you also want to download Internet Explorer 5 5 and Internet Explorer 5 01 Assuming you don t want these just press ENTER eac
211. e nas And it doesn t cost anything even if you call users overseas There are also for fee services such as SkypeOut which allows you aik ar not areund te taka calls Gat EB to call regular mobile and landline telephone numbers from your computer at a fraction Qsenices of what it would normally cost from a regular a telephone While it is true that Ubuntu comes a 5 324 211 Users online bundled with a VoIP package of its own called Ekiga Softphone it is not compatible with the much better known and more wide spread Skype Since it is very likely that the majority of people you know who are using a VoIP software package are using Skype it only makes sense to go the Skype route so that you can easily communicate with them It s nice software anyway Figure 9 3 Internet telephony made easy with Skype Installing and Running Skype To install Skype via Automatix click Chat Clients in the left pane of the Automatix window check the box next to the word Skype then click the Start button The Automatix window will suddenly metamorphose into a half Terminal window with a bunch of white text streaming down a black background in the bottom half of the window That stream of text will then stop at a configuration screen Once you re in that screen press the TAB key to highlight the OK button in red as shown in Figure 9 4 and then press ENTER In the next screen select Yes by pressing the TAB key once and t
212. e or folder you want to move and then select Cut from the popup menu Edit gt Cut will also do the trick At this point it will seem as if nothing has happened as the file will still be there so don t worry After that right click any open space in the folder to which you wish to move the file and then select Paste in the popup menu The file will then disappear from its original location and appear in its new one Can you use key combinations to do this you ask Sure Simply follow the directions I just gave but use CTRL X to cut and CTRL V to paste Copying Files and Folders Based on the instructions I just gave you can pretty well imagine the methods for copying files and folders as they are essentially a variation on the same theme Just right click the file you want to copy select Copy from the popup menu right click any open space within the target location and then select Paste Keystroke wise that would be CTRL C to copy and as before CTRL V to paste It is also possible to copy folders and files via the wonders of drag and drop though this involves more hands than required for a simple drag and drop move fortunately the two you have will do nicely Just press and hold the CTRL key while you drag the file or folder you want to copy to the target location Be sure to release the mouse button and then the CTRL key releasing in the opposite order will not work and you will find a copy of the file in its new locat
213. e yu Reset To Defaults Eg close Figure 17 4 Adjusting brightness and contrast settings in Totem Totem as an Audio Player You may have noticed while in the Display tab of the Preferences window that there was a Visual Effects section Well those visual effects aren t for the videos you play but rather are visualizations to accompany your audio files when played via Totem Figure 17 5 Yes Totem not only does video it does audio as well In fact it is somewhat oddly the default audio player for Ogg Vorbis and MP3 files in Ubuntu Just double click one of those files and sure enough Totem will be the application that pops up blasting your ears out with your favorite melodies Of course you can also play such files from the Totem Movie menu by selecting Open and then navigating to the songs you want to play If you have a CD in your disk drive you can even use Totem as a CD player by going to the Movie menu and selecting Play Disc Audio Disc fio Une Mieta venegas rento Movie Edit View Go Sound Help Time oo a Sidebar Playing 3 06 4 03 Figure 17 5 Totem as an audio player 286 Chapter 17 A Couple of Other Cool Totem Features There are a couple of other cool features in Totem that you might like to know about One is its ability to perform screen captures of whatever video you happen to be viewing at the time Just go to the Edit menu select T
214. e 5 8 Rubrica a very cool address book 5B 2 Downloading and Installing Selected Applications Once you ve made your selections click the OK button at the bottom of the Add Remove Applications window A new window like that in Figure 5 9 will appear showing what you are about to install Click Apply in that win dow after which you will be prompted for your password just as you were for Synaptic and for the same reasons so type your user password and click OK GNOME App Install APT actually will then begin the download and installation process showing its progress via the same progress windows you saw when installing applications with Synaptic Q Apply the following changes Please take a final look through the list of applications that will be installed or removed Add Sound Converter ru Convert Sounds From One Format To Another Rubrica Addressbook Manage contacts and addresses cancel Apply Figure 5 9 GNOME App Install tells you what it is about to install Rounding Out the Bird 75 76 When the installation is done a window like the one that you saw at the end of the Synaptic installation process see Figure 5 5 will appear Click Close GNOME App Install will close itself down and you ll be ready to run your new applications You can run the applications by going to the Applica tions menu and then looking in the submenu that matches the category in which eac
215. e advantage of this quasi fact by traveling back in time to the core system the Linux kernel that you had in place before your ill fated upgrade Just use your arrow keys to select a kernel that ends in a number lower than the highest 2 6 20 11 rather than 2 6 20 13 for example press ENTER and voila you are back to the system you have come to know and love Hopefully with all this disaster and recovery talk I haven t scared you away from the idea of updating your system After all chances are great that nothing like this will ever happen to you Still it is good to know that if things do go awry there is no need for panic You ve got backup Rounding Out the Bird 77 A TIDY NEST File and Disk Handling in Ubuntu No matter which operating system you are using you have to deal with files Some people are very organized placing every file in a logically named folder as soon as that file is saved for the very first time Then there are people like me who save everything to the desktop until it is so full of junk that they can no longer make out the wallpaper and only at that point do they start organizing in earnest if placing all of those files in a single folder called March17Cleanup can be called organizing Ah Of course files not only get stored on your hard disk but they are also copied to and from CDs DVDs external hard disks flash drives and other storage media and devices They are also often saved in archi
216. e and keyboard fete Education o Achilles Life Simulator PR Watch a simulation of artificial life and evolution pa Games oa AcidRip E ad 2 eee Re le gt A Graphics 7 7 x z Show unsupported applications j Show commercial applications D QE Internet v AbiWord Word Processor P ial Office WYSIWYG word processor based on GTK2 AbiWord is the first A Sd oth application of a complete open source office suite The upstream jp other source includes cross platform support for Win32 BeOS and QNX 4 as well as GTK on Unix Programming i Sound amp Video 59 System Tools This package contains the AbiWord binary built with GTK2 Version 2 4 4 OubuntuS Help Advanced Cancel 49 ok Figure 5 7 GNOME App Install 5B 1 Selecting Applications for Installation GNOME App Install like Synaptic can install multiple applications simul taneously so to give it a whirl we ll try installing a couple of applications that might be of interest to you Before getting down to selecting the applications however be sure to select All available applications in the menu button next to the word Show Doing this will enable you to view everything that is available to you in all the repositories you checked in Project 5A on page 68 Now that all that there is to be seen can indeed be seen let s start out by selecting the very cool and decidedly useful address book application called Rubrica shown in Figure 5 8 To
217. e icons freezes and general system meltdowns just happen much more often To be realistic and exceedingly honest I would say that 256MB is the absolute minimum you want to have I personally would recommend that you have at least 384MB of RAM in order for things to move smoothly and comfortably It is such a waste to have a pretty speedy CPU and not be able Becoming a Penguinista 17 18 to appreciate it because its hands are tied by a lack of memory It is sort of like trying to do jumping jacks in a broom closet Sure you could do it but you would be all contorted and you d be smashing your hands into the walls every 1 4 seconds Fortunately it is pretty hard to find a machine with only 128MB of RAM these days but if you do happen to have such a beastie you can at least take solace in the fact that memory is relatively cheap so go for it Good News for AMD64 Users It is again important to mention that the CD that comes with this book is designed to work on machines with i386 based processors which pretty much covers the vast majority of PCs out there If your machine has an AMD64 you will be glad to know that it will also work albeit not in 64 bit mode Sorry but no go Fortunately there is good news for those of you who were a bit dis appointed by the content of that previous paragraph Ubuntu is available in a native AMD64 version Check Appendix A for information on how to get it The information provided there will also
218. e the names of the fonts as the wildcard character was essentially telling your system to copy all files ending in ttf within the fonts2go folder Now that you are done check your results in OpenOffice org You should also back up the font files in the fonts2go folder to CD or floppy just in case you need to install them on another system and then trash the files Keep the folder however so that you can use it again in the future 11B 3 Uninstalling Globally Installed Fonts If you want to remove any fonts that you installed using either of the global installation methods introduced in this project you can do so in the follow ing manner 1 Open a Terminal window type sudo rm usr share fonts truetype MyFonts fontname ttf and press ENTER Be sure to replace fontname with the name of the font you are installing 2 Type your password and press ENTER when prompted to do so Project 11C Installing Microsoft Windows Core Fonts via Synaptic Like it or not the computing world is still pretty much a Microsoft world and that means that the vast majority of users even Mac users are using Micro soft core fonts That being the case it is inevitable that you will have to deal with documents using fonts such as Georgia Verdana Times New Roman and Courier to name a few Of course your system can substitute the fonts it has for those used in the document but in order for you to see things as they were intended and to a
219. e the section Version Compatibility on page 3 for more information This and all other versions of Ubuntu are available for download at www ubuntu com download No Starch Press does not provide support for Ubuntu However if the Ubuntu CD packaged with this book is defective broken or missing you may email info nostarch com for a replacement You are legally entitled and encouraged to copy share and redistribute this CD Share the spirit of Ubuntu The companion CD lets you try out Ubuntu 7 04 Feisty Fawn without making any changes to your computer and then install it when you re ready A fast crystal clear topical tour of the amazing collective accomplishment embodied in Ubuntu Cory Doctorow Boing Boing Ubuntu has been hailed as the Linux distribution for newbies and it s certainly the Linux for the less geeky among us Even the name is user friendly it s a South African term that translates roughly as humanity toward others and could also describe author Rickford Grant s approach to teaching Linux Full of tips tricks and helpful pointers Ubuntu for Non Geeks 2nd Edition is a hands on project based take itslow guidebook for those interested in but nervous about switching to the Linux operating system This edition has been updated for Feisty Fawn the latest Ubuntu release 7 04 which puts the spotlight on multimedia support and desktop effects Step by step projects build
220. e tuxpuck Finally bearing in mind all the warnings offered in Chapter 5 if you want to upgrade your entire system via the command line you can do so by typing sudo apt get dist upgrade but only after doing a sudo apt get update first A Couple of Other Biters You ll Be Using Soon Chapter 8 This is as good a place as any to introduce two more commands that you will be called upon to use in this chapter and elsewhere in the book 1n and tar You needn t practice with these yet as you will be using them very soon but you might as well know what they are all about in The 1n link command is used to create a link file that launches or activates another file located in a separate folder This is very useful when trying to activate a file that is buried deep in the subfolder of a subfolder of a subfolder somewhere on your hard disk The command is very often used with the s symbolic flag which provides essentially the same thing as the shortcut you ve come to know in Windows or the alias on the Mac The easiest way to use the 1n command is to first use the cd command to change the Terminal s location to the folder where you want to place the link Then you can type the 1n command on the command line followed by the path of the file you wish to link to For example let s say that you want to put a link in your home folder for an OpenOffice org Writer file of your autobiography called myLife sxw The file is pretty well bur
221. e within Linux To get started go back to the Terminal window type cd press the spacebar and then type the path to your Windows font folder Most likely the path to your font folder will be mnt windows WINDOWS Fonts but it might be slightly different mnt windows windows Fonts for example depending on the version of Windows you are using Once you ve typed what you need to type press ENTER Depending on whether you want to install your Windows fonts locally or globally the next steps will be different Installing Windows Fonts Locally To install your Windows fonts locally just copy the font that you want to install to your fonts folder by typing cp fontname ttf fonts in the still open Terminal window and pressing ENTER Be sure to replace fontname with the name of the font you want to install If you want to go wild and copy all of the fonts in your Windows font directory that s a lot of fonts mind you you can type ttf instead of fontname ttf Be sure that you have a space between cp and fontname ttf and between fontname ttf and fonts Once you re done you re done Installing Windows Fonts Globally To install your Windows fonts so that all users on your machine can use them just return to the still open Terminal window Then copy the font you want to the personal system font folder you created in step 1 of Project 11B 1 on page 193 and if you didn t perform that step then do so now by typing Font F
222. e you have done that a copy of the image will immediately appear in the Gallery browser where it will remain for future use To use one of the images in the Gallery just right click the image you wish to insert into your document and then select Copy or Link in the popup menu Data Source The second to the last button in the top row is the Data Source button Click ing this button opens a Data Source browser within a new pane in the top half of your document window From that pane you can then access and edit records stored within any databases you have registered in OpenOffice org From a database containing personal contact information such as Evolution s Addressbook for example you could simply do a search for an individual entry and then drag the name address phone number and or email address for that entry into your document rather than searching for the data else where and then typing it in all over again Styles and Formatting The final stop on our tour through OpenOffice s unfamiliar buttons is the Styles and Formatting button which is located at the far left side of the second row of buttons This button acts as a toggle for the Styles and Formatting window Figure 13 7 from which you can select and then apply styles to any of the various elements within your document Oh and if you just can t take your hands off the keyboard for a moment to fiddle with the mouse you can also open the window by pressing the F11
223. eans that you will not be prompted for your password when using the sudo command again within that time frame locate In contrast to the seemingly lightweight commands you have learned so far the locate command is really quite useful In fact you might well find it a much easier faster and more effective method of finding files than the graphical search tool in the Places menu Using the command is quite easy you simply type the command followed by a space and the name of the file you are searching for Before you can use this command though you will need to create a database of filenames for locate to use This is quite easily done by using the sudo command which you just learned about and then typing updatedb Whoa Nellie Yet another command followed by a tap on the ENTER key that would be sudo updatedb After you type your password when asked to do so it will seem that nothing is happening for a while but don t worry As long as the cursor in your Terminal is blinking progress is being made and when your user prompt returns you will have successfully created the database file After that you can go on and use the locate command Oh and in the future if you think that the process seems to be taking longer and longer don t worry it is The more files and applications you add to your system the longer it will take your system to catalog them all To take this new command out for a test drive let s look for the o
224. eathered Frenzy 197 198 sudo cp fontname ttf usr share fonts truetype MyFonts If you want to copy and install all of the fonts in your Windows font directory you can do so by typing sudo cp ttf usr share fonts truetype MyFonts instead After typing either of those strings press ENTER after which you will probably be prompted for your password so type it and press ENTER again The job will then be done Unmounting Your Windows Partition If you mounted your Windows partition manually you can unmount it imme diately after finishing your work with it or you can just wait until you shut down your system whereupon it will be automatically unmounted Before you can unmount it yourself you must first be certain you aren t accessing the directory either from the Terminal window or from Nautilus So before issuing the unmount command close any Nautilus windows open to that partition or if you are using the Terminal type cd to change back to your home directory Type sudo umount media windows that s u mount not un mount and press ENTER Customizing Your System Fonts Chapter 11 Now that you know how to get and install fonts you might be itching to use some of them to further customize your system To get started doing this just select Preferences gt Font in the System menu which will bring up the Font Preferences window shown in Figure 11 4 E Font pr
225. eatures Now you know how to view images in gThumb but so what right Well as I said gThumb does a lot more so much in fact that it is a really useful tool for the digital photographer With gThumb you can view your images as a slideshow by clicking the Slide Show button view them at full screen size View gt Fullscreen or just click the Fullscreen button rotate and mirror them Tools gt Rotate Images and convert their file formats from JPEG to PNG for example Tools gt Convert Format If you want to adjust the actual look of things you have still more options To access most of these editing options first select the image you want to tackle and then go to the Image menu and select Enhance Once you ve done that gThumb will have a go at making your image look its Sunday best if it supports your image format If your aesthetic sense is a bit different than gThumb s you can go the manual route vetoing the changes g Thumb made by clicking once on the image and then clicking the Do Not Save button You can then go to the Image menu and change the brightness contrast color balance and hue saturation of your image You can also resize and crop your images from the same menu If you want to print out one of your images doing so via gThumb is extremely easy Just click the image you want to print and then select Print in the File menu Saving Photos to CD in gThumb One of gThumb s very iPhoto ish features is i
226. ect P X Selection hk Draw o oon AUSELS on le DB 87 80mm 173 168 Figure 14 15 Sodipodi Project 14D Installing Picasa via Automatix It wouldn t be right to dedicate a whole chapter to Linux s graphical capabilities without mentioning one of the newest entries in the Linux application arena Picasa Those of you coming from the Windows world are no doubt familiar with this very popular image viewing organizing and editing application from Google and you will no doubt be pleased to discover that it is now available for Linux Picasa is not an open source application which may cause some Linux diehards to turn away but it is free feature rich nice to look at and decidedly cool Figure 14 16 It also gives you easy access to various online photo blogs photo finishers and product providers such as PhotoStamps Shutterfly Kodak and even Walgreens 14D 1 Downloading and Installing the Picasa Package The easiest way to get Picasa is via Automatix which you installed and learned to use in Chapter 9 Open Automatix Applications gt System Tools gt Automatix and once it is up and running click Office in the left pane In the right pane of the Automatix window check the box next to Google Picasa and then click the Start button at the top of the window The download and installation process will t
227. ed for Windows compatibility Just click OK if you come face to face with such a window unless you do intend to transfer the files to a Windows system in which case you had better go back and rename the files according to Windows naming conventions before you get down to the actual burning In particular avoid special characters and diacritics such as umlauts and accents and do not use the following characters which are reserved for Windows system functions lt gt l Once the burning gets under way its progress will be shown in a new window and then when the job is done you will be asked what you would like to do next Assuming you are done with your disk burning for the day click Eject and then click Close In case you are wondering the disks you burn in Linux will be readable in other operating systems Dealing with CD RW Disks CD RW disks are pretty much like CD R disks except that they can be erased and then written to again They are also quite a bit more expensive than CD R disks and generally cannot handle faster burning speeds Using CD RW disks is much like working with CD R disks If the disk is blank there is no difference in the process at all which makes things quite simple And if the CD RW disk already has data on it that you wish to replace with something else the process is only slightly different One of these differences is that Nautilus will treat your CD RW disk as a regular data disk rather than
228. eeneenaees 143 8B 4 Moving the pyWings Folder to Your LocalApps Folder cerees 144 BB S RUANING PY WINGS orra e a a heevisdes neds A OR 144 8B 6 Creating a Launchable Link for pyWings csecesteeeteeetteetteenteenaees 144 8B 7 Running pyWings Agan eseina naien a a E E E 145 8B 8 Adding Emblems to Your LocalApps Folder ceccesseeseeeseeeeeeeees 146 Project 8C Command Practice Review with Briscold scsssssssssssssssessssecsseseesesseeeers 146 8C 1 Getting Briscolas ins fice eA tee oe ble ee Ata IM Sechelt od Lt 147 8C 2 Extracting the Briscola Tarball and Renaming the Briscola Folder 147 8C 3 Preparing the Briscola Script ceccseceeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceteeeneenseenaees 147 8C 4 Moving the Briscola Folder to a Global Location 0eceeceeeeeeteeees 148 8C 5 Creating a Launchable Link for Briscola 0 cceeeseeeceeeteeeteeteeeeeeeeneees 148 Can Do the Same Thing with pyWings c cesceeeeceseeeeeeeeseeenteeeeeeeeeees 149 Playing Briscola nn ranna aa a a n tee 149 Customizing the Termin l iarna neen a e A REES 150 Tabbed Shell Sessions in the Terminal c csccssseceecesseeeseeeeeceneevseeeereeeneeeeeeeereees 152 9 AUTOMATIX AND NOT SO AUTOMATIX More Ways to Install Programs 153 Project 9A Installing DEB Packages Not Available via the Ubuntu Repositories AUtOMAtix ssscsssscssssssssesssseeseeseeee 154 9A 1 Getting and Installing Automot
229. el launcher for it so as to make things easier on yourself when you want to run the program Just go to Applications gt Internet gt Thunderbird Mail Client right click that entry and then in the popup menu that appears select Add this launcher to the panel You can then remove the Evolution launcher if you are so inclined Other Internet Applications NOTE Chapter 4 What I ve covered thus far in terms of Internet applications is just the tip of the iceberg might as well use that worn out phrase before there aren t any icebergs left right Ubuntu also comes with a couple of other Internet applications that you might want to consider These include the Instant Messenger client called Gaim Applications gt Internet gt Gaim Internet Messenger which allows you to do use any one of your MSN Windows Instant Messenger Yahoo Messenger AOL Instant Messenger AIM ICQ Gadu Gadu Napster GroupWise IRC or Jabber accounts or all of them simultaneously If you want to give Internet telephony a try Ekiga Softphone Applications gt Internet Ekiga Softphone also comes bundled with your distribution so you need not despair Gaim Internet Messenger has recently undergone a name change While the version that comes with Ubuntu 7 04 is still called Gaim future versions will be known as Pidgin You can go to the Pidgin project site www pidgin im to find out more There are still more Internet applications that you might
230. em before clicking the Import button Once you have selected your photos if you choose and clicked the Import button the images will be saved to your hard disk with the progress of the process indicated at the bottom of the Import Photos window When the process is complete the images you have just saved to your hard disk will appear in a new window as you can see in Figure 14 3 7 LASS File Edit View Go Bookmarks Image Tools Help g E E Q y Folders Catalogs Fullscreen Slide Show Search Comment Categories mi 2007 04 28 11 38 45 X5 F ne Show all z 39 images 80 9 MB 1 selected 1 9 MB 1944 x 2592 pixels 1 9 MB 12 November 2006 03 39 Figure 14 3 Imported images displayed in the gThumb image viewer Viewing Your Images with gThumb Chapter 14 The images that appeared in Figure 14 3 are being displayed by an appli cation called gThumb As you can see g Thumb is an image viewer but it can actually do a lot more Although not as elegant in appearance as Apple s iPhoto gThumb can actually perform many of the same functions and it can even perform some functions that iPhoto can t If you don t happen to be importing any images from your digital camera right now and would like to give gThumb a look you can do so by going to the Applications menu and selecting Graphics gt gThumb Image Viewer Getting to Know Some of gThumb s F
231. em Formats Chapter 16 All iPods have a formatted filesystem just like your hard disk In fact with the exception of the Shuffle and the Nano they actually have hard disks inside them The filesystem format that is in place on your iPod depends on which system you originally used it on If you first used it on a Mac it will be in Apple s HFS file format If you first used it on your Windows machine it will be in Microsoft s FAT32 format Actually in the short term it doesn t matter which filesystem formatted your iPod Ubuntu will usually mount either one allowing you to browse through all the files on your little white beastie If your iPod is HFS format ted however browsing and exporting tracks is just about all you will be able to do dependably assuming your system does mount it It is important that your iPod be FAT32 formatted if you want to really use it as you would in Windows or ironically Mac OS Determining Your iPod s Format How do you know whether your iPod is HFS or FAT32 formatted Well as I said it is basically a matter of knowing which system you ve been using your iPod with up until now When you first plugged your fresh out of the box iPod into your computer it really couldn t do anything yet At that time your Windows or Mac system popped up some wizard asking you to run the iPod Updater tool That tool is primarily a formatter which formats your device If you ve been a two OS sort of pers
232. em menu and selecting Preferences gt Screensaver The Screensaver Preferences window shown in Figure 7 20 allows you to do a variety of things such as set the length of time between module changes and the length of idle time before the screensaver starts up You can also opt to use only one screensaver module or no screensaver at all In random mode you can also omit the modules that you don t like by unchecking the boxes next to the undesired modules names This can be quite useful especially if certain screensavers seem to tax the graphic capabilities of your machine r Screensaver Preferences E Screensaver theme Galaxy Gears GFlux GLBlur Gleidescope GLKnots GLMatrix GLSlideshow GlSnake GLText z 5 7 Preview 10 minutes Regard the computer as idle after Th Activate screensaver when computer is idle O Lock screen when screensaver is active Hp A Power Management EJ close Figure 7 20 Setting screensaver preferences Project 7F Wrapping Things Up installing and Applying Firefox Themes Chapter 7 It s time to bring this rather lengthy exercise in customization to a close Now that you know how to do most of the things you might want to do in this area you can return to your own user account and use what you ve learned to make changes that suit your own tastes and desires If you ve really gotten hooked on this customization thing y
233. em will open and begin playing your movie If you ve got a copy of Red Detachment of Women on VCD that you re aching to watch you can do so in the same way Just pop the VCD in your drive Totem should start up and begin playing it Totem not only plays DVDs and VCDs but it can also play MPEG files and because you installed that big cocktail of packages I keep going on about it can play WMV files too You can play such files by either double clicking them directly or going to the Totem Movie menu selecting Open and then navigating to the video file you want to view Making Things Look a Bit Better in Totem One thing you may notice when using the Xine version of Totem is that videos seem to look a bit washed out This can be easily fixed by going to the Totem Edit menu and selecting Preferences In the Totem Preferences window click the Display tab and then lower the Brightness and Contrast sliders to points similar to those shown in Figure 17 4 You can of course change things to suit your own tastes Once you re done click Close Couch Penguins 285 B Pre iz rences fx General Display Audio Display Automatically resize the window when a new video is loaded Visual Effects Show visual effects when an audio file is played gt Type of visualisation goom o Visualisation size Small Color balance Brightness Contrast F Saturation Hu
234. ems move items and even change the icons that appear within the menus All in all you have a lot of control over things but for this project we ll limit our work to two of these areas changing icons and moving menu items 3B 1 Changing Icons Within Menus As you no doubt recall one of the problems with the OpenOffice org Writer and Calc launchers we added to the panel was that they shared rather similar icons If you go to Applications Office you will see that the icons for the various OpenOffice org modules although not the same are a bit similar One might also argue that those icons are also rather frumpy which may violate your personal sense of aesthetics as much as it does mine To remedy this state of affairs just follow these steps Right click the Applications menu and select Edit Menus 2 In the menu editor window that then appears click Office in the left pane The contents of that menu will then appear in the right pane 3 In the right pane of the window right click OpenOffice org Word Processor and then select Properties in the popup menu A Launcher Properties window will then appear 4 In that window click the Icon button Using the method described in Project 3A 4 on page 38 navigate to usr share icons hicolor 48x48 apps in the Browse Icons window that then appears 5 To make it easier on yourself when adding icons for the other Open Office org modules drag the apps button at the top of the Br
235. entially doing the same thing creating a PDF file of your document This is very handy as it allows you to create documents that cannot be altered by others and yet can easily be read regardless of what word processor program or computer platform the reader is using Best of all this feature which you would have to pay a pretty penny for in the Windows world costs you nothing as it is built in to your system In most GNOME applications you can print to PDF by going to the File menu of the application in question and selecting Print When the Print window Figure 10 5 appears select Create a PDF document in the Printer pane and then click the Print button B Print Printer Job Paper Layout Printer State Jobs Location Create a PDF document Generic Postscript td PSC 1510 Ready Office the messy one Settings Default Configure dp add Location 4 Save As output pdf Grint Preview amp Cancel hed Print Figure 10 5 Printing a file to PDF in most GNOME applications Printing Web Pages to PDF Printing to PDF is also a very handy way of saving a web page that you would like to keep on hand in its graphical entirety for future reference At this time Firefox does not support this feature though it does allow you to print a page to PostScript As long as you are strictly using the file on your own system or giving it to someone else with a Linux system you most
236. ents you will be face to face with your desktop in Ubuntu 32 5 ubuntu Username a Options UbuntuAcer RG Sun Mar 11 4 04 PM Figure 3 1 The Ubuntu login screen Welcome to the GNOME Desktop Ubuntu s implementation of the GNOME desktop is shown in Figure 3 2 and as you can see it isn t all that different from what you might be used to in a Windows or Mac OS 9 environment other than the fact that it has task bars or panels at both the top and the bottom of the screen There are also no desktop icons except when running a live session from the Desktop CD in which case you ll see a launcher to run the installation wizard labeled Install and a folder labeled Examples which contains a number of sample files Among these is a video clip of Nelson Mandela discussing the meaning of ubuntu the concept not the distro All in all it is a very uncluttered place to be and despite its superficial similarities to other OS desktop environments things in the GNOME are different enough to be interesting The main elements of the GNOME desktop are the panels at the top and bottom of the screen and the icons that appear upon those panels The desktop itself although empty at startup does see its share of action but I ll come to that later For now I ll focus on the two panels The Top Panel Chapter 3 Of the two GNOME Panels on your desktop the top panel is basically where all the action is As you can see there a
237. er It is generally best if you burn installation or live CDs at a lower speed than the maximum speed allowed by your drive in order to reduce the chance of error with 2X to 4X speeds considered optimal To do so click the Recorder Properties button in the CD Recording Wizard window and then drag the slider in the Properties window down to about 4X Next pop a blank CD into the drive and click the Next button The CD burning process should begin Once it s done the CD should pop out of the drive and if all goes well you ll have yourself an AMD64 compatible live CD You can then use it by following the directions found at the beginning of Chapter 2 for using the live CD that comes with this book NOTE If your CD does not seem to work there could be a problem with the ISO file you down loaded Find out by doing an integrity check as explained at https help ubuntu com community HowToMD5SUM Burning the ISO to CD in OS X Although Ubuntu no longer comes in PowerPC editions the 1386 editions can be installed and run on Intel based Macs You can also of course down load ISOs for other architectures on your Mac and then burn them to CD for use on other machines To burn an ISO file to CD in OS X first check to make sure the ISO image is not mounted by opening a Finder window and checking the disk area at the top of the left pane If it is mounted a white drive icon will appear in that location If the drive icon is there click t
238. er GRUB screen from which you can choose to continue booting up Linux or choose Windows in its stead After that bootup proceeds as normal for the system you selected This setup works fine so you needn t worry So as you see either way you decide to go you can t really go wrong Just be sure to back up your important files before starting the installation proceed with common sense patience and a positive attitude and you ll be fine In short Don t worry Getting Ready for Action Chapter 2 There is less you need to do to prepare for an Ubuntu installation than for many other Linux distributions Once you ve decided whether or not you want to go the dual boot route all you really need to have on hand is your single Ubuntu Desktop disk and for guidance and security this book The only mental energy you ll probably need to expend is to come up with a user name and user password just as you do for most other operating systems Usernames and User Passwords Your username is something that you will be using quite a bit You will input it every time you boot up your system so be sure it is something you can live with especially in terms of typing It can be just your first name or your initials or whatever you want it to be It must however begin with a lowercase letter followed by numbers and or other lowercase letters Mine for example is simply rg but you could use something like hope4u2pal though that would
239. er of different ways to add a launcher to the panel but let s start with the most conventional To add a panel launcher for OpenOffice org Writer follow these steps 1 Right click any open space within the top panel 2 Select Add to Panel in the popup menu to bring up the Add to Panel window 3 In that window click the Application Launcher button 4 Anew screen will then appear showing the contents of the Application menu Figure 3 6 Click the small arrow next to Office to expand that menu and then scroll down and click OpenOffice org Word Processor to highlight it 5 Click the Add button and then click Close to complete the process Select an item to add to Top Panel LD W Programs for Intemet access such as web and email i Office fe lil Office Applications Evolution The Evolution PIM and Email Client OpenOffice org Database Manage databases create queries and reports to track and manage your information e OpenOffice org Presentation Create and edit presentations for slideshows meeting and Web pages e OpenOffice org Spreadsheet Perform calculation analyze information and manage lists in spreadsheets OpenOffice org Word Processor Create and edit text and graphics in letters reports documents and Web pages Sound amp Video gt Multimedia menu System Tools System configuration and monitorina 3 Hep 4 Back dp Add Ed close
240. er rap nny a file View Search Go Help Sans AA Bold 4 galic 20 Script i Character Table Character petails Sylot Nagr n u u A A gi Tagalog Tagbanwa a a a k w zt Tai Le Tarl y Q Q g N oY Telugu Thaana mu A c a Vv 6 Thai Tibetan u u u Al A W hmnnh a Text to copy U 0 01 THAI CHARACTER KO KAI Figure 12 2 Inputting characters with the Character Map utility To input the character you want just select the language or character set in the left pane of the window and then in the right pane click on the character you want to input The character will appear in the little input box next to the words Text to copy at the bottom of the window Just click the Copy button and then paste the character wherever you want to place it In certain applications such as the various OpenOffice org modules this method will not work In these cases the program usually offers a method of its own In OpenOffice org for example you can click Insert in the menu bar and then select Special Character A selection window will open and you can select the character you want there Once you ve done that click the OK button and the character will appear in your document after which the selection window will close by itself Using the Compose Key Option If you only need to type an accent or umlaut once in a while and don t feel particularly keen on opening an application or going to a special menu to do so using the
241. er similar types of characters you will need to install a package called im switch Then you will need to install the appropriate input modules for the language you wish to type in The easiest and least problematic way of getting these packages is via the Language Support utility Just go to the System menu select Administra tion gt Language Support and then install support for the languages you want After the installation of the language support modules is complete there is still one simple step left Just log out and then once you re back at the login screen log back in A SCIM applet will appear at the right side of the top panel letting you know that SCIM is ready for action 12 2 Typing in Asian Languages with SCIM To get a feel for how SCIM works try using it with Gedit Applications gt Accessories gt Text Editor Once Gedit appears click the SCIM panel applet A list of the available languages that can be handled via SCIM will then appear in a drop down menu Figure 12 9 Remember however that the number of languages appearing in that menu will be dependent on the number of language packages you installed A i USAT R English Keyboard gt E Amharic Arabic Egypt Bengali Gujarati Hindi Japanese Kannada 2bul Korean 3bul 2bul shifted Malayalam 3bul 390 Nepali 3bul Final Panjabi 3bul No Shift Russian 3bul Yetgeul Tamil Telugu Thai Vietnamese Other
242. er than presenting it as the sole way of going about things Of course I am not going to cover every possible angle in this regard just enough to give you some exposure and experience and hopefully make you feel at least a little more at ease with the command line Who knows could you actually come to think of using the command line as fun Well I won t get too carried away Meet the Terminal The Linux Command Terminal application in your Ubuntu system can be run by going to the Applications menu and selecting Accessories gt Terminal When the Terminal opens it will in all its simplicity look much like Figure 8 2 a Ta ubuntuncer lee File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer s ff Figure 8 2 The Terminal application As you can see all it says is rg UbuntuAcer In this case the rg is my username UbuntuAcer is the name I gave my computer during installation and the tilde signifies that Iam in my home folder If it were to say Music for example it would mean that Iam currently in the Music folder within my home folder Of course all this will be different in your case as your username and computer name will be different If your username is jfrogand your computer s name is wetrock for example the command line will say frog wetrock If all this is sounding rather obtuse to you just think of it this way username computer_name in the Terminal is the equivalent of your home
243. er windows open it gets sort of hard to find what you re looking for in all those open windows It can also slow things down a bit This is where Firefox s tab feature comes in handy To see how it works try it out yourself right here and now Open your Firefox browser by click ing the launcher on the top GNOME Panel or going to Applications gt Internet gt Firefox Web Browser then Google the word nyckelharpa using Firefox s handy search box which is next to the word Goat the top right corner of the browser window see Figure 4 6 By default Firefox will perform searches for keywords entered in the search box using Google You can if you like select other search engines by clicking the G icon in the search box and then making your selection Amazon com eBay and Yahoo are available to name a few and you can even add others For now however let s stick to Google for our present search by typing nyckelharpa in that search box Once you ve finished typing press the ENTER key after which a page of Google results should appear in the main pain of the Firefox window While tabbed browsing is no longer as unique as it once was Safari has the feature built in though you have to enable it yourself and Internet Explorer now has the same functionality available as a downloadable add on it is implemented and enabled by default in Firefox x gt G nyckelharpa Figure 4 6 Performing a Google search from the Fire
244. erate a name for your computer based on your username rg laptop in my case but you are free to change this to something else if you like I changed mine to UbuntuAcer RG Once all of the fields are filled in as mine are in Figure 2 5 click Forward Ready to install The final page of the wizard Figure 2 6 lists the details of your soon to be installed system and hard disk partition setup along with a point of no return warning You ve come this far so you might as well go for it even though there s no turning back Click Install Who are you What is your name Rickford Grant What name do you want to use to log in rg If more than one person will use this computer you can set up multiple accounts after installation Choose a password to keep your account safe cee ee Enter the same password twice so that it can be checked for typing errors What is the name of this computer UbuntuAcer RG This name will be used if you make the computer visible to others on a network Step 6 of 7 amp Cancel Back m Eorward Figure 2 5 Providing your username password and computer name in the installation wizard Ready to install Your new operating system will now be installed with the following settings Language English Keyboard layout U S English Name Rickford Grant Login name rg Location America New_York Migration Assistant If you continue the changes
245. ererences i e Application font Sans 10 Document font Sans 10 Desktop font Sans 10 Window title font Sans Bold 10 Fixed width font Monospace 10 Font Rendering O Monochrome Best shapes abcfgop AO abcfgop abcfgop AO abcfgop O Best contrast D Subpixel smoothing LCDs abcfgop AO abcfgop jabcfgop AO abcfgop Help X Close Figure 11 4 Setting system font preferences As you can see you can specify font preferences in five categories applications documents desktop window titles and the Terminal fixed width font The choices you make take effect immediately so you will soon know whether or not you can live with them Unlike the other aspects of custom ization those choices could drive you stark raving mad Sure it is easy and fun to live with the gaudiest desktop imaginable the wildest and most mis matched color scheme on the planet and the goofiest icons ever to be seen by post Neanderthal man but if your font selections get too out of hand watch out You do have to be able to read the results after all Making Things Look Better The fonts you see on your screen generally look quite smooth and clean If you are using an LCD monitor however you may find that fonts will look even better if you select Subpixel smoothing LCDs in the Font Preferences window If you re not sure whether you need to do this just give it a try and see if you notice any difference GNOME appl
246. es bundled with Ubuntu Sound Juicer Sound Juicer Sound Juicer Figure 15 1 is a relatively new program that is pretty straight forward to use and quite capable in terms of what it does It isn t perfect though and it still can be a bit quirky In addition unlike many of its ripping cousins Sound Juicer does not automatically create a playlist for the songs you rip and encode and it lacks a simple means by which to adjust the encoding bitrate Cn Sound juicer z Joe Disc dit Help Title Delight Slight Light KISS artist ESER Genre Duration 41 41 Track Title Artist Duration M1 YIL 4 YOMWATS ESHE 4 23 M2 Nobody Else PESHE 3 20 M3 Bo TAID BESHE 4 55 Ma BLEDSOT ES BESS 4 59 M5 Home Towna 3 5 PES HE 3 52 M6 EXD LAiCGood Night RAR OR BESEER 3 45 7 Imita Doturn MAA cho 2 22 b gt Play extract Figure 15 1 Ubuntu s default ripping and encoding application Sound Juicer Tux Rocks 247 248 NOTE Chapter 15 Despite these limitations there are still many people who prefer Sound Juicer to the competition so you might as well give it a try to see how you like it To get started just place the CD you want to rip in your drive Sound Juicer will start up automatically and display the title of your CD the artist s name and titles of all the tracks in the application window It is important to mention at this point that if you are not connected
247. es the connection with your provider Once it does you can go on and start your browsing emailing or whatever else it is you do online When you are ready to end your Internet session Click the Deactivate button to bring it all to a close What to Do if Your Modem Isn t Compatible What I ve just described is pretty much a best case scenario What happens however if your modem and Ubuntu do not see eye to eye Well there are a few options My first more radical suggestion is to dump those extra movie channels from your cable service nothing all that great on them anyway and pay for cable Internet service instead If that is not an option then you have two ways to go One is to try to geek around with your modem to see if you can get it to work This is a slightly more complicated process but there are instructions at https wiki ubuntu com DialupModem Howto If you are faint of heart or a novice user you may find what the process entails to be a bit more than you re willing to deal with The simpler although costlier way to get your modem to work is to change your modem In this case changing to a true hardware modem Hardware modems in case you are not familiar with the term are modems that are not software dependent and thus work with whatever system you happen to use with them You can think of them as telephones without a handset Such modems come in two forms internal and external As for the internals the USRobotic
248. es veloc iui dekendiebvecadaatvelsnadesaas alec iea 241 Blenden ae aT a EEE EEr E E E E S 242 QC o AEEA AAE 242 TUPAN s a a a E T Ta E A TES 243 15 TUX ROCKS Music la Linux 245 A dio File Formats psiu ce oe ae E adele hav a A A tee 245 Project 15A Installing MP3 Support for Audio Apps sesesesesssssseseseesoessesesosesessesesoseseseee 246 A dio Rippers and Encodensiinsr tensorin eA e E lade n a iei eii 247 SOUNG JWICOr aaan esate deus ptutcamighe eechasnenadats suenaeet Tan NARA iaaa 247 Audio Playersict ih avec clei wave teste er e Uh Geli ates deans Gps atee eats 249 Rhythbox sane Aerts cells tilt kook Si cc ana de latte aa Seidl 249 Exaile An amarok like Audio Player for GNOME ceense 254 Cr atinig Audio CDSs aei e a a nadersaua E a a seats E a 257 Burning Audio CDs with Rhythmbox ccseceeseeeeeeeenseeneeneenteeeneeenseennees 257 Burning Audio CDs with Serpentine ccseceesseseteeeesesesesneeenteesteesneenneees 257 Project 15B Listening to RealMedia Streams with RealPlayer sssssscsssesssssesseees 258 Installing RealPlayer c csecsecseeseseeeseceneceneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseesneeenresereees 259 Setting Up RealPlayer and Testing Your Installation cseseseeeseesteeeeeees 260 Playing MP3 and Ogg Vorbis Streams with RealPlayer sceseeeseereeeees 260 Going to Town with RealPlayer c cecceseseeseeeseeseeeeeeeeneestseseeesneeeseeenes 260 Other Cool Audio AP
249. ession CDs c rpa ot aas aai ai aaen aaa Tira Ea D TIAE KAER Enei 95 Burning Subsequent Sessions c cccceceeeceeeseeeeseseeeeeeesteeseresteeesteeenteeneeeas 95 USB Storage Devices i enaena e as snsilego oy aa er a eaa T se sees 96 Putting USB Storage Devices to Work s aessiseseieserieeisrireristrsrrisererisrrsneses 97 Project 6 Creating and Extracting Compressed Files ssssssssssssssssecscsseseeseeseeseeeesses 98 Contents in Detail ix 7 DRESSING UP THE BIRD Customizing the Look and Feel of Your System 101 Project 7A Creating a New User Account csssssssssssccssesssesssessssesesesssssscessssssosesoees 102 Logging In to Your New Account cccceeecseecessneeeeeesneeecessaeeeesnaeeeeneaaees 104 Project 7B Customizing Your Desktop Environment ss sccssssssssssssscecsesseseeseeseeseceers 106 7 Be ls Creating Folders ve deea e a a a AN AE T T 106 7B 2 Adding Emblems to Folders c cecsscesseeseeesseeseeeneessseseteeeneeeneeenes 107 7B 3 Setting Window Backgrounds and Emblems Again ceeee 108 7B 4 Dolling Up the Side Pane and Emblems Yet Again cccceeseenees 109 7B 5 Changing the Desktop Background cceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeseseeetteeeneeeses 110 7B 6 Downloading and Installing the Art Manager GNOME Art isese 112 7B 7 Changing Window Borders Controls and Icon Sets s s s 113 7B 8 Installing Additional Window Borders Controls and Icons
250. ey allow you to take images or pages of text and input them in digital form into your computer in much the same way as you would duplicate a document on a copy machine However even as digital cameras are rapidly overtaking traditional film cameras as the photographic device of choice for the masses the number of people using scanners to transfer their non digital images into digital form is slowly decreasing Despite this trend scanners are not in immediate danger of extinction because there are more images around than those you photograph yourself In some ways you could even argue that scanners are becoming a bit more common due to the fact that they now often come as part of the increasingly popular multifunction printers Even though scanners have been around for a relatively long time support for them in Linux is still a bit spotty Fortunately this is changing for the better with every new Linux release The back end the essentially hidden part of your system that handles scanner recognition and support in Linux is called Sane while the graphical interface for Sane is called XSane shown in Figure 10 9 If you are wondering whether Linux will be able to recognize your scanner or if you are trying to figure out what type of scanner to buy you will probably want to go to the Sane website www sane project org sane mfgs html be 1500 series PSC_ 1500 series serial h _ O x Istogram PSC_1500_seri x ele xX RIR MEMEA i 2 ima
251. f the two partitions by using the slider in the middle of the window Fig ure 2 4 If you have no operating system on your hard disk or if you intend to eliminate what you currently have and replace it with Ubuntu you should instead choose the second option Guided use entire disk and then if given a choice select the main drive onto which you want to install the system Once your selection is made click Forward Wading and Diving 27 28 Chapter 2 R a SeA Prepare disk space How do you want to partition the disk Guided resize IDE1 master partition 1 hda1 and use freed space he 50 36 2 GB New partition size a O Guided use entire disk O Guided use the largest continuous free space O Manual Step 4 of 7 X Cancel 4 Back m Eorward s 4 Figure 2 4 Partitioning your hard disk or not Migrate Documents and Settings If your machine already has another operating system on it the installer will scan your hard disk to try to find settings folders and documents that it can transfer over to your new Ubuntu system Just check the boxes next to the items you want to trans fer assuming Migration System finds something it s still kind of buggy as of this writing and then click Forward Who are you On the next page of the installation wizard you are asked to provide your real name your login name and a password The wizard will automatically gen
252. f look better in your digital photos and a collection of all those firewall antispam antivirus and anti adware programs that you really need to protect yourself in the Windows world Now do the math After you pick yourself up off the floor you will understand that we are talking big bucks here On the other hand for the price of this book you will have all of the things you wanted and more in the Linux world Despite the Becoming a Penguinista 11 12 worries that many people have making the move to Linux means not only savings for you but also more computing versatility You will not be hamstrung at some point along the way because you don t have this or that program when you need it most you ll have it all from the get go or else be able to download it easily and at no cost You might counter with the fact that there are a lot of freeware applica tions out there for other operating systems but c mon let s face it these are often rather limited in terms of their capabilities The programs with a little more oomph are mostly shareware and most shareware programs these days are limited in some way or they only let you use them for a short time unless you are willing to pay for them Sure their costs are relatively low but 25 here and 35 there eventually adds up to a considerable chunk of change There is also the problem that some of these programs unbeknownst to you install backdoors or keyloggers or make your
253. filenames assigned by your camera and as they appear in the Import Photos window check the box next to Keep original filenames Finally there is the question of where you save these date and time named folders The default location is in your home folder which is con venient enough however if you take a lot of photos you will find that after some time your home folder contains so many folders full of imported images that it is difficult to find anything Therefore you may want to have your photos downloaded to a more specific location such as a Photos folder Brush Wielding Penguins 227 228 To do this click the drop down menu button next to the word Destination and select Other This will bring up a Choose Destination Folder window In that window navigate to your Photos folder or create one by clicking the Create Folder button in that window and then select that folder by clicking it once Once your selection is made click the Open button after which you will be returned to the Import Photos window with your new destination folder now listed in the Destination box at the top of the window 14A 3 Saving the Images to Your Hard Disk Now that everything is set up you can save all of the photos in the Import Photos window by clicking the Import button If you are in a pick and choose sort of mood you can save only the images you want by holding down the CTRL key and then selecting just those images by clicking on each of th
254. folder in Nautilus Typing in the Terminal is straightforward enough you just type as you usually do You can also delete and insert letters or phrases by using the DELETE and BACKSPACE keys and the cursor keys For practice try the following Type I like strawberries so very much 2 Change strawberries to cherries because cherries are in fact so much better Just use your left cursor key to move the cursor in front of the first s in strawberries 3 Tap your DELETE key as many times as necessary to erase the word strawberries uh that would be 12 times methinks 4 Just type cherries and then use your right cursor key to move the cursor back to the end of this meaningful sentence Now that you ve completed this fascinating bit of typing practice press the ENTER key As you will almost immediately see the Terminal s response to your efforts thus far is merely a dismissive bash I command not found Although you ve typed a string of text that has meaning to you it means absolutely nothing to your system In fact the system was so shortsighted Simple Kitten Ways 127 128 that it could see nothing other than the first word you typed in the Terminal I and because I is not a valid command the system had no idea what do to with it Shells You may be wondering what this bash business is all about and why it is talking to you Well Bash Bourne Again Shell is one of the many shells that are used in Linux systems an
255. for this warning is that even though you may have yet to add a single image to your computer your system is already chock full of them If you were to accept the default Picasa would be filled with all sorts of stuff that you really wouldn t want there It is supposed to be an organizer for your photos after all With that in mind select Only scan the Desktop and then click the Continue button Picasa will then scan your desktop for images and add any images it finds to its library Working with Picasa should be very straightforward but if you want to find out more check out http picasa google com linux On that page you will find a basic overview links to more Linux specific information including FAQ and forum pages and a Picasa tour A Few Other Graphics Apps to Consider In addition to the graphics applications I have covered in this chapter there are still more available One comes preinstalled with your system while the others can be grabbed via Synaptic or for some easy browsing via the Add Applications tool While you can experiment with what s available I will point out a few others worth noting If nothing else these applications will give you an idea of the breadth of stuff out there waiting for you F Spot Photo Manager In addition to g Thumb Image Viewer your system comes with yet another application for your image viewing and managing needs F Spot Photo Manager Figure 14 17
256. for you to fill in all the holes left in your distro due to licensing and copyright concerns In case you don t get what I m talking about I am referring to MP3 playback and encoding unen crypting DVD playback and allowing you to write to NTFS partitions on your hard drive Sure you can accomplish all this without Automatix but using it makes the process a no brainer 9A 1 Getting and Installing Automatix Getting and installing Automatix is a very simple process To get started go to www getautomatix com and then click the Installation button On the next page click the 2 1 Ubuntu 7 04 Feisty 386 link near the top of the page and then click the URL below either Ubuntu 7 04 Feisty 386 or Ubuntu 7 04 Feisty amd64 depending on the type of processor you have in your machine At this point Firefox will bring up a window asking you what you want to do with the Automatix DEB package either option will do For the sake of experience however let s accept the default Open with GDebi Package Installer by just clicking OK Within a moment or two GDebi yet another APT front end will appear with information about the package you are about to install Figure 9 1 In that window click the Install Package button after which you will be prompted for your password Once the password formalities are complete things should start looking rather Synaptic esque with the same orange progress bars zipping back and forth in progress windows
257. fox search box The top result should be the American Nyckelharpa Association and you are now going to open that page in a new tab rather than in the same or a new window To do that right click the link and in the popup menu that appears select Open Link in New Tab You can if you prefer make things a tad easier and dispense with the popup menu selection step by simply clicking the link with both mouse buttons simultaneously or by holding down the CTRL key as you click the link Either way the new page will appear in a new tab while your original page of search results remains ready and waiting in the other tab see Figure 4 7 I am pretty confident in saying that once you get used to this feature you will wonder how you ever got along without it E E Eile Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help gt O _http n www nyckeinarpa org 7 gt G nyckelnarpa Getting Started B Latest BBC Headlines G nyckelharpa Google Search The American Nyckelhar B X A N A HOME ABOUT MEDIA LEARN EVENTS STORE LINKS what is a nyckelharpa learn here Q Print amp QUICK LINKS The American Nyckelharpa Association About the ANA Membership Benefits Dedicated to the Swedish folk instrument nyckelharpa ___NyckelNotes D http www nyckelharpa org resources index htm Figure 4 7 A link opened in a new tab in Firefox Other Firefox Features Popup
258. from the logout login approach in that you remain logged in to your original account while you log in to your other account or while someone else with an account on your computer logs in to theirs Going this route keeps all of the windows or applications you have open These windows will not appear in the account you are switching to but they will be there conveniently waiting for you when you switch back to the account from whence you came This is a good way to proceed if you plan to be switching back and forth between your two accounts It is also a good approach when say your child needs to log in to his or her account for a moment to do a quick email check burn a CD to play on the way to the beach or print a file for school When your child is done you can quickly get back to what you were doing before without having to reopen files web pages or whatever else you happened to be dealing with at the time of the switch You can switch users in much the same way you would using the logout login approach After clicking the Quit button in the top panel you can click Switch User instead of Log Out You are then delivered to the login screen where you type the username and user password for the other account each step followed by a press of the ENTER key just as you would normally log in To get back to your original user account after going the switch user route just click the Quit button at the right corner of the top panel click
259. from then on out will be the same as that for installing packages Project 5B Installing Applications via GNOME App Install While Synaptic is great for just about everything when it comes to browsing to see what cool or handy applications are available for you Ubuntu s other APT front end GNOME App Install is probably a more satisfying way of going about things due to its graphical nature To get a feel for that application make sure Synaptic is closed you can t run Syanptic and GNOME App Install at the same time and then open GNOME App Install by going to the Applications menu and selecting Add Remove The Add Remove Applications window shown in Figure 5 7 will then appear As you can see items in GNOME App Install are categorized pretty much in the same manner as in the Ubuntu Applications menu itself If you click any of the category icons in the left pane of the window you will see a list of all the items available for that category in the top right pane installed items are checked while those that are not installed are unchecked Not surprisingly you will find that the checked items within each category mirror those in the relevant submenu of the Applications menu Rounding Out the Bird 73 74 NOTE Chapter 5 a All Applications Search AbiWord Word Processor Q ncessibilty o Ae Word Processor Accessories o Abuse TS A side scroller controlled by both mous
260. g type pywings in the Terminal window and press ENTER Your personal pyWings oracle should appear again You ve managed to cut down on the number of keystrokes required to run pyWings from the Terminal However if you are really into this pyWings thing and want to use it often it will probably be handiest to add a launcher to your panel a drawer or the Applications menu Simple Kitten Ways 145 146 To add a pyWings panel launcher for example right click any open space in the panel and select Add to Panel When the Add to Panel win dow appears click the Custom Application Launcher button In the Create Launcher window that appears type pyWings in the Name section anything you want in the Comment section Your Obtuse Guru for example and assuming you created a launchable link in Project 8B 6 on page 144 type pywings in the Comment section For an icon click the No Icon button and then look around until you find an icon that suits your fancy I like gnome eog png myself Once you ve made your selection click OK in the Browse Icons window and then click OK in the Create Launcher window 8B 8 Adding Emblems to Your LocalApps Folder Now that pyWings is successfully installed and working it is probably a good idea to add an emblem to your new LocalApps folder so that you don t inad vertently dump it in the Trash someday You have already learned how to do this in Chapter 7 so I won t give you the step by step instru
261. g Internet Explorer 172 173 173 running application in 172 Windows Explorer in 171 Winmodems 55 Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP 53 wireless access point WAP 53 wireless connection determining availability 54 setup 52 55 activating wireless card 53 54 hardware 52 52 53 releasing and renewing wireless connection 54 55 web resources 307 WMV files Totem for playing 285 word processors See also text editors Writer OpenOffice 212 212 213 Workspace Switcher on GNOME desk top panel 35 45 46 write permission 89 chmod change mode to change 136 write protected folders performing commands in sudo for 132 Writer OpenOffice 212 212 213 X Xandros 13 XCF file format 236 Ximian Evolution See Evolution for email Xine video processing back end 285 INDEX 327 328 INDEX Xmahjongg 162 compiling and installing 162 166 configure and make for 164 downloading and extracting files 163 164 installing 165 166 running 166 X MultiMedia System XMMS 262 Xnest 105 106 XPaint 237 238 XSane 184 184 185 Xubuntu 18 X Window System 11 Y Yahoo Messenger 66 YamiPod 275 276 277 277 system setup to automatically launch 277 278 Z Zip files 98 Zoom Telephonics 57 COLOPHON Ubuntu for Non Geeks 2nd Edition was laid out in Adobe FrameMaker The font families used are New Baskerville for body text Futura for headings and tables and Dogma for titles The book was printed
262. g game the idea is simple enough Each tile has an image and there are four of each tile in the pile You must match pairs of like tiles that are open on at least one side When you click the two matching open tiles they will disappear The object of the game is thus to remove all the tiles from the board A very simple solitaire game 9C 1 Downloading and Extracting the Xmahjongg Files To get started you will first have to download the Xmahjongg source code You can get this from the Xmahjongg project page at www Icdf org xmahjongg Download the tarball xmahjongg 3 7 tar gz or a newer version if there is one Do not download any of the other file types available on that page If you prefer you can instead download the Xmahjongg tarball by using the wget command that you learned in Chapter 8 Just open a Terminal win dow type the following command and then press ENTER wget http www lcdf org xmahjongg xmahjongg 3 7 tar gz Once you have the file on your hard disk untar the xmahjongg 3 7 tar gz file either via the command line as you learned to do in Chapter 8 or via the simple double click method To make it easier for you to follow along with the directions I ll be giving you be sure to place the untarred Xmahjongg folder in your home folder Then you will be ready to roll Normally at this point you would look through the folder to find some instructions for dealing with the package just as you did in Chapter 8 for B
263. g the directions just given you are really performing two operations in a single line cd and sudo rm r xmahjongg 9C 4 Running Xmahjongg As a general rule programs compiled from source do not automatically install a launcher in your Applications menu you must instead run them by command Although you can run a program for the first time by typing a com mand in the Run Application panel applet it is better to run the program for the first time by typing the command in your Terminal window If anything has gone amiss during installation the Terminal will tell you what the problem is whereas the Run Program method would just leave you wondering what s going on To run Xmahjongg just type xmahjongg in a Terminal window and then press ENTER If everything goes as it should you can create a program launcher for Xmahjongg in your Applications menu on the GNOME Panel or ina panel drawer Project 9D Running Java Apps Risk In Chapter 8 you learned to run a couple of applications based on scripts such as the Python based pyWings and the Tcl Tk based Briscola but it just wouldn t be right to finish up our discussion of applications without mentioning what might be well considered the granddaddy of all scripting languages Java In this project you will learn how to install the Java Run time Environment and how to install and run the Java based version of the classic board game Risk 9D 1 Installing the Java Runtime Environ
264. gana katakana and most other languages written with an alphabet Hangul letters are grouped in pairs triplets or even quadruplets which are written as a general rule clockwise The IME therefore must take the input usually based on a Korean alphabetical keyboard layout while it is being typed and it must adjust the size spacing and positioning of each of the letters as it puts them into appropriate clusters see Figure 12 8 g oe aE a H HA i Figure 12 8 An example of the clustering process in the Korean IME Project 12 Installing Asian Language Input Support for SCIM Chapter 12 So what do you do if for example you want to be able to type Chinese Japanese Korean Hindi Thai or Nepali while still in your usual English environment What if you want to be able to type all of those languages in the same document Can you do it You bet There are actually several ways of going about this but the one of the most straightforward to use is Smart Common Input Method SCIM the base for which comes preinstalled in Ubuntu SCIM supports most Asian languages including Chinese Japanese and Korean and it provides a number of input methods for many of these 12 1 Downloading and Installing SCIM Input Method Modules Despite coming preinstalled on Ubuntu SCIM will not be able to do any thing for you right out of the box In order to enable SCIM so you can input CJK and oth
265. ge File Preferences View Window xSane options hanced image 6 m icc S A N E r Hg i C Oliver Rauch E ia es Ge R mM i E fal size 2 b o0 130 422 24 160 7 KB e Acquire proview 4 42 mx 14 31 cm i A e Standard options PSC_15 x SANE Figure 10 9 Scanning with XSane NOTE There you will be able to see whether your scanner is supported or get tips about what scanner to buy As I have mentioned before you can also try out the Ubuntu forums www ubuntuforums org and ask for Ubuntu specific recommendations there Scanning with XSane To run XSane go to the Applications menu and select Graphics gt XSane Image scanning program XSane will then perform a search for an attached scanner If it finds one it will start up If it doesn t it will pop up a tiny window that says No devices available You can do little else at that point other than click the Close button If you do run up against this problem you can try running XSane as root by going to the Applications menu and selecting System Tools Run as different user When the Run program window appears type xsane in the Run box and then press the OK button If your stars are in alignment XSane should detect your scanner pop up a message that it is dangerous to run XSane as root and then open up in its full multi windowed glory If your scanner still isn t detected a trip to www sane pro
266. go through all of this just to keep using the live CD so let s go for the second option by clicking the Restart now button removing the live CD from your drive when it is automatically ejected and pressing ENTER when prompted on screen to do so Your machine will then restart Installation is complete You need to restart the computer in order to use the new installation You can continue to use this live CD although any changes you make or documents you save will not be preserved Make sure to remove the CD when restarting the computer otherwise it will start back up using this live CD rather than the newly installed system e EE TERET m Figure 2 8 A final warning before taking the plunge After that well that s basically it You now have Ubuntu installed on your machine Congratulations After a few moments you will see the login screen so to find out what to do then go on to the next chapter See you there Aloha A NEW PLACE TO CALL HOME Getting to Know the Desktop Now Ubuntu is up and running and you are ready and raring to go If you are running Ubuntu from your hard disk you will first see the login screen that will appear each and every time you boot up Figure 3 1 There s no need to keep the login screen waiting so type your username and press ENTER After that you will be prompted for your user password in the same screen so type it and press ENTER again Within mom
267. h time when asked Type y and press ENTER if you do want them 6 When asked what language version of Internet Explorer you want press ENTER for English or type the two letter code of the language you want and then press ENTER 7 You will be asked if you want IEs 4 Linux to install the Flash 9 plugin and create a Desktop shortcut for you You should want this so just press ENTER Type n and press ENTER if you don t want it After that IEs 4 Linux will begin downloading installing and setting up Internet Explorer When it is done you will find an Internet Explorer like launcher on your desktop which you can then double click to start up your own Wine run version of Internet Explorer 6 shown in Figure 9 15 File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Ea Back 7 gt A Qsearch i Favorites Meda G 3 Address http www tatanka com br ies4iinux page Congratulations x Go Links Home Contribute Download Blog FAQ Forum Beta amp Es 4 Li n ME Explorer 6 5 5 5 on Lin See ranGooge Congratulations languages Engich gt UBEBIBUMIbteetbeta 475 Power Efficient Servers Linux Thin Clients with exclusive ie7 Repair Internet Explorer 2006 Highly Rated IE Hee pain Faeroe based Rackable Systems ne a egning from Devon support Servers Storage anb gle Support Help this project ww ironsystems com Your IE was successfully installed Internet Explo
268. h application was located within GNOME App Install That would be Office for Rubrica and Sound amp Video for SoundConverter which you ll learn more about in Chapter 16 As you can see installing applications via GNOME App Install is quite simple and if you paid heed to my warning you also know how easy it is to uninstall applications Just check and click Apply to install uncheck and click Apply to remove Can t get much easier than that you have to admit Performing System Upgrades via the System Update Panel Applet Chapter 5 At the beginning of this chapter I mentioned that there were two graphical front ends for APT but I must now admit that I understated things a bit there are actually a few more though these are more specialized The one covered here for example is strictly used for updating your system Before updating individual packages via Synaptic therefore it is probably a good idea to save yourself some time by first checking for available updates via the System Update panel applet To perform the update make sure that Synaptic and GNOME App Install are both closed you just can t run two APT front ends at the same time as I told you click the System Update panel applet and the Update Manager window Figure 5 10 will appear 6 Update Manager Pes folrx L You can install 97 updates Software updates correct errors eliminate security vulnerabilities and provide new features acpi sup
269. he arrow next to that entry to eject or unmount it After that click Applications in the same Finder window and then look for and open the Utilities folder In that folder find and then double click Disk Utility If the ISO is not listed in the left pane of the Disk Utility window when it opens go back to the Finder window locate the Ubuntu Live CD ISO you just downloaded and then drag it to the left pane of the Disk Utility win dow just below the listings for your current drives Once the ISO file appears in that list click it once to highlight it Your Disk Utility window should then look something like that in Figure A 2 808 ubuntu 7 04 desktop i386 iso A S A D a m 0 O z Burn New Image Convert Verify Info Open Log o First Aid Restore E 233 8 GB Maxtor 6L250M0 Z Macintosh HD e To repair a disk or volume select its icon in the list on the left and click Repair Disk F1 240 5 MB TOSHIBA Tra To repair disk permission problems on a disk or volume that has Mac OS X installed ja Ti select its icon and click Repair Disk Permissions TOSHIBA Click the Verify buttons to test the disk or permissions without changing anything To repair your startup disk start up from your Mac OS X Install disc CD or DVD then choose Utilities gt Disk Utility B ubuntu 7 04 desktop i sis ney Verify Disk Permissions verify Disk Repair Disk 5 Disk Description ubuntu 7 04 desktop i386 iso Disk Write St
270. he firewall until you have created additional policy 4 Back ElsSave ouit Figure 18 2 The last screen of the Firestarter setup wizard If the wrong network device was selected a warning window will appear telling you so In that case you can do a bit of trial and error manipulation by clicking the Preferences button in the main Firestarter window and then clicking Network Settings in the Preferences window that appears Fig ure 18 3 In that window select one of the other devices listed in the drop down menu next to the words Detected device s and then click the Accept button Once back at the main Firestarter window click the Start Firewall button and see what happens If you still can t start the firewall repeat the process I ve just described this time selecting a different network device E Preferences X Interface Network Settings Events Internet connected network device Policy Detected device s Ethernet device eth1 Vv Firewall Local network connected device Network Settings a Detected device s Ethernet device eth1 ICMP Filtering ToS Filtering n Advanced Options Enable DHCP for the local network cancel 4P Accept Figure 18 3 Selecting network devices in Firestarter Once your firewall is up and running there is nothing more that you really need to do You can simply look at the Firestarter window Figure 18 4 to see
271. he jump buttons the odd little buttons to the left of the page number selector to begin jumping If you are dealing with a document containing various heading levels like all of the chapters in this book you can also use Navigator to switch among those levels Say you ve decided to add a new main heading at the last minute to a document you ve been writing All of the headings you had before thus need to be dropped down a notch the former main heading becoming a subheading and so on By double clicking the word Headings the text of all the headings you have listed in the document would then appear You could then select a heading in that list and then click the Demote Level button that s the one at the far right of the second row of buttons to move it down a notch Gallery To the right of the Navigator button is the Gallery button By clicking this button the Gallery a library of graphical elements for use in your documents or web pages will appear in a separate pane at the top of your document window see Figure 13 5 The elements within the Gallery range from various types of lines to buttons to colored three dimensional doughnuts and you can even add items of your own Inserting a graphic into your document is a simple enough task even when not using the Gallery All you need to do is go to the Insert menu select Picture From File and then locate the image file you want to insert It can be handier to use the Gallery ho
272. he words Create subfolders in order to keep things organized Once you have set things up and are ready to convert click Close in the Preferences window and then click Convert in the main window Sound Converter will then begin doing its stuff Pluggin In the Penguin 279 Prefere Where to place results O Same folder as the input file Into folder home rg ConvertedMusic I Choose Create subfolders artist album g Delete original file How to name files Same as input but replacing the suffix gt o Replace all messy characters Example filename rg ConvertedMusic Artist Album bar ogg Type of result Ogg Vorbis O MP3 O FLAC O wav Quality High gt Target bitrate 192 kbps 4 close Figure 16 11 Setting conversion preferences in SoundConverter Linux on Your iPod One thing you might notice if you do a Google search for information about using your iPod with Linux is that it is possible to actually replace your iPod s Apple designed operating system with a form of Linux Now I am not advocating that you do this and I most certainly have not done so myself but some folks are interested in geeking around with whatever gadget they have in their hands If you re such a person or just curious check out www ipodlinux org Other MP3 Players Although Apple s iPod kind of dominates the portable audio player market place it i
273. hen begin A small window will appear telling you that you need administrative rights in order to proceed Click Grant and you will be prompted for your password Type that and click OK to begin the installation Automatix will show the progress of the download and installation and let you know when it is done Brush Wielding Penguins 239 240 Chapter 14 Fi File Edit View Folder Picture Create Tools Help a a Import 5 C D Folders on b ee se els o Droeson Pa Soa hs Ae Set S a p D J y 4 Slideshow ot Timeline kada hall E Desktop 13 Py x N BA E 13images 11 2006 2007 04 28 E finished 17 00019jpq 12 24 2006 10 59 29 PM 2592x1944 pixels 1 8MB rN i Hod Ss A k O Cea om 6 aly g 3 Print Email Collage BlogThis ponr g m a Figure 14 16 Picasa 14D 2 Running and Setting Up Picasa Once Picasa is installed you can run it by going to the Applications menu and selecting Graphics gt Picasa The first time you do this you will be greeted by a Picasa License Agreement window Agree to what you re asked by clicking I Agree You will then be asked in another window and again only the first time out whether you want it to scan your entire computer for images the default selection or just your desktop Do not I repeat do not accept the default Completely scan my computer and all network directories for pictures The reason
274. hen pressing ENTER After another second or two of rolling white text you will be back to the regular Automatix window and Skype will have been installed You can go ahead and quit Automatix Once all the pieces have been installed you can run Skype by going to the Applications menu and selecting Internet gt Skype After setting up a Skype user account I would advise you to restart your computer Skype seems to have better sound quality after an initial restart Also remember while we re on the topic of sound quality that it is best to use Skype with a headset Trying to talk with a stick microphone could cause feedback or echoes because the microphone will pick up and transmit sounds from the speakers mK Automatix2 keea Setting Up and Running Scripts as ee X amp cancel Please wait hiene diaa Configuring skype Skype End User License Agreement EULA IMPORTANT PLEASE READ CAREFULLY INTERNATIONAL VERSIONS ARE AVAILABLE IMPORTANT version francaise sur French version available at http www skype com go eula fr IMPORTANT Ap CRAMP HO HD Ei a E Simplified Chinese version available at http www skype com go eula sc Figure 9 4 Installing Skype via Automatix 9A 4 Installing Other Packages with Automatix NTFS Partition Write Support If you have Windows installed on another partition and want to play around a bit more with Automatix right now then I would suggest install
275. hen the side pane is hidden in this way the Side Pane entry in the View menu is still checked indicating the side pane is still in view though your eyes tell you differently So there it is the side pane s little secret No it s not a particularly interesting secret but one that should not only provide you with an added layer of convenience but also some peace of mind A Tidy Nest 81 82 File Edit View Go Bookma gt gt tf Forward Up Forward Up B tE B Bee Places gt x r Kd rg f z Desktop Desktop L File System CD ROM 1 LA TOSHIBA 2 items Free space 66 0 GB 2 items Free space 66 0 GB Figure 6 3 Showing and hiding the Nautilus side pane File Handling in Nautilus Chapter 6 Since Nautilus is primarily a file manager it only makes sense to get down to the business of using it at that level Of course most folks who use computers today are already familiar with the basics of drag and drop and a few other means of creating folders and copying cutting and moving files But for those who are unfamiliar with one way or another of performing these essential procedures I thought it best to spell it all out If you find this all a bit redun dant please bear with me for the good of the masses Creating Naming and Renaming Folders Creating a folder is a simple enough task and there are two ways of going about it The easiest in my opinion is to rig
276. her partition of your hard disk you can take advantage of the fonts you already have on your Windows partition This can be as easy as what you did in Projects 11A and 11B or a bit more difficult all depending on whether or not you installed the Automatix read write NTSF and FAT32 Mounter in Chapter 9 If you did install it your Windows partition should already be mounted and you can just scoot right down to Project 11D 3 If you did not install the Automatix Mounter you can either go back and do so now or you can mount your Windows partition manually If you are going to go this more cumbersome manual route continue on to 11D 1 Font Feathered Frenzy 195 196 Chapter 11 11D 1 Finding Your Windows Partition Before you can actually mount your Windows partition you need to find out where it is and in what filesystem it is formatted either File Allocation Table FAT or New Technology File System NTFS As is so common in Linux there are a couple of ways to do this If you are a command lover you can check things out by opening a Terminal window typing sudo fdisk 1 that s the lowercase L there not a numeral J and then pressing ENTER You will be prompted for your password so type it and press ENTER A list of the partitions on your hard disk will appear Figure 11 3 SHG Valo on UbUntur File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg RG Vaio on Ubuntu sudo fdisk l a Password Disk dev hda 80 0 GB 80026361856 b
277. her window Figure 14 2 will appear displaying the photos currently in your camera In this window you can do a little housecleaning and setup before actually saving photos to your hard disk Destination rg s ele i ee categories Canon z PowerShot Delete imported images from the camera A95 normal froial O Keep original filenames W Rotate images physically mi a IMG_3970 JPG IMG_3971 JPG IMG_3972 JPG f i Hep X cancel Import Figure 14 2 Importing digital photos from a camera If you would like to delete all of the photos on your camera after importing them check the box next to the words Delete imported images from the camera If you would like to delete only a few images before getting around to the business of importing click on the image or images you want to delete holding down the CTRL key if you are selecting more than one and then click the Delete icon As you can see there is also an option that allows you to keep the original filenames assigned by your camera You no doubt understand what this means so Ill tell you what not selecting this option means instead When you import images from your digital camera they will be saved in a folder and named in date and time format such as 2006 02 19 19 08 13 while the images within that folder will be saved in numeric format such as 0001 jpg 0002 jpg and so on If you prefer to keep the
278. ho they are at any given moment the whoami command simply tells you which user is currently logged in Try it out by typing whoami after the and then pressing the ENTER key Remember that commands are case sensitive so type accordingly The Terminal will now tell you the username of the person currently logged in If you are logged in as frog you should get frog as the answer to your command finger If you enjoyed discovering who you are with the whoami command then you might enjoy finding out even more about yourself using the finger command The finger command can be used in a number of ways but a very simple one is finding out about a particular user Try this out on yourself by typing finger and then your username In my case that would be finger rg Once you ve typed the command press ENTER and see what you get You can see my results in Figure 8 3 E TG UbUNtHACET a Bek File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer finger rg Login rg Name Rickford Grant Directory home rg Shell bin bash On since Sun Apr 1 18 44 EDT on 0 messages off On since Sun Apr 1 19 13 EDT on pts 1 from 0 0 No mail No Plan rg UbuntuAcer s J Figure 8 3 Output from the finger command As you can see my login name is rg my real name is Rickford Grant my home directory is home rg I am using the bash shell for typing my com mands I have been logged on since Sun Apr 1 at 18 44 EDT and I have no
279. how e Michael Feldman s Whad Ya Know comedy game www notmuch com e A Prairie Home Companion Garrison Keillor et al www prairichome org e Radio Netherlands pop music www rnw nl e Sounds Eclectic alternative world music www soundseclectic com Other Cool Audio Apps The applications I have covered so far are only a taste of what Ubuntu has in store for you in its repositories You can start out by browsing though the offerings listed in the Add Applications tool or Automatix You can also per form searches in Synaptic for other applications you hear about on the Inter net or that I mention in this section Try them out keep them if you like them or remove them if you don t After all it doesn t cost you anything in Linux To give you a starting point I will mention a few applications that I think might be worth investigating Other Audio Players If the music players that I ve covered in this chapter have whetted your appetite for more you are in luck there are plenty a few of which I will briefly introduce now Listen The very appropriately named Listen is a nice variation on the Exaile theme though many find it more intuitive to use Listen provides album cover art and lyrics fetching and display onscreen display of currently playing track info Wikipedia searches Internet radio streams including Last fm similar artists ratings Figure 15 14 and a whole lot more Check it out by downloading and in
280. ht click any empty space within a Nautilus window and select Create Folder in the popup menu that appears If you prefer using menus to right clicking empty space you can instead start things rolling by going to the Nautilus File menu and selecting Create Folder Regardless of where you made your Create Folder selection a new folder with the name untitled folder will appear in the Nautilus window The name box of the folder will be highlighted and surrounded with a black box which means that you can immediately give that folder a name by simply typing one nothing to click or do other than that Press ENTER or click any open space in the Nautilus window to complete the job If you later decide that the name you gave your folder needs some tweak ing or even a complete revision you can rename it by right clicking it and selecting Rename in the popup menu Alternatively you can click the folder once to highlight it and then select Edit Rename After that you can type the new name for the folder and then press ENTER or click any open space in the Nautilus window to seal the deal Moving Files and Folders Perhaps the easiest of all file manipulations you can perform in Nautilus is moving a file by means of drag and drop I am pretty sure that anybody who has wielded a mouse is familiar with that particular move There is another way of moving files and folders however cut and paste The easiest way of doing this is to right click the fil
281. ial up connection 56 Telugu 210 Terminal 40 126 127 127 128 closing 133 commands apt get 137 138 calendar 133 cd change directory 134 chmod change mode 136 137 cp copy 134 135 df disk filesystem 131 131 exit 133 finger 129 130 In link 138 locate 132 133 133 ls list directory contents 131 132 mkdir make directory 133 134 mv move 134 pwd print working directory 130 rm remove 135 rmdir remove directory 135 sudo 132 See also sudo entries tar 139 140 touch 134 whoami 129 customization 150 152 151 font color for 152 repeating recent commands 128 running program from 144 tabbed shell sessions 152 152 Terminal window for checking on Firestarter 296 testing RealPlayer 260 text conversion for scanned document 185 text editors AbiWord 220 221 221 Gedit 209 210 Pico editor 140 141 141 Thai 210 Theme Preferences window 113 114 114 themes for Firefox 123 123 in Gallery 218 for GNOME desktop 113 114 115 for Login Manager 118 119 for web albums in gThumb 231 third party drivers for printers 179 180 Thunderbird for email 65 65 66 Tips system in OpenOffice 216 Tk 146 Tomboy 222 222 223 tone dialing 56 Tools menu Firefox Add Ons 60 123 tooltips in OpenOffice 216 Torvalds Linus 10 Totem movie player 284 284 287 as audio player 286 for playing DVDs VCDs and multi media files 285 screen capture with 287 touch command 134 tra
282. ide to keep the faux Aqua theme remember to click the Save Theme button in the Theme Preferences window and give the theme a name Project 7C Placing Home and Trash Icons on the Desktop As you are already aware unlike Windows Mac OS X or other Linux distributions Ubuntu has a completely empty desktop upon installation A lot of people advocate this approach because it discourages the permanent use of the desktop as a location to store files and program launchers After all as the argument goes you don t place your trash can or file cabinet on the desktop in your office do your All such logic aside there are still many people who prefer to have their trash can hard disk and home folder on their desktops thank you very much If you are one of them as I am here s what you need to do 1 Press ALT F2 to bring up the Run Application window This keyboard shortcut is the equivalent of clicking the Run Application panel applet that you placed on the panel in your original user account 2 Run the GNOME Configuration Editor by typing gconf editor in that window and then pressing ENTER 3 When the Configuration Editor window appears click the small arrow next to apps scroll down to nautilus and click the small arrow next to that 4 Click desktop in that expanded nautilus section after which the options for that item will appear in the right pane of the window Figure 7 15 lo Configuration Editor de
283. ideo gt Movie Player You can also run it by simply placing a DVD in your drive because Ubuntu is set up to run Totem any time you do so If you don t happen to have a DVD on hand but you want to see Totem in action you can also bring it up by double clicking that Ubuntu video that comes with your system in the Examples folder Experience Ubuntu ogg Switching Totems Before going on any further I should mention that if you installed the two codec packages back in Project 15A you are not using the same Totem you were when you first installed your system How can that be you ask Well despite all that simplicity I talked about Totem can be an absolute pain in the proverbial posterior at times You may be one of the lucky ones but for me and many others Totem can be as cooperative as a cat on a leash mine excluded of course The problem is not actually Totem itself but rather the gstreamer back end that performs its video processing B Totem Movie Player bee Movie Edit View Go Sound Help Sidebar Stopped 0 00 0 00 Figure 17 3 Totem Movie Player Totem you see is merely a graphical front end that provides you with an easy way to use software that works in the background a back end which in this case is gstreamer When you installed the multimedia and DVD codec packages with Automatix that gstreamer version of Totem was replaced with aversion of Totem that utilizes the Xine video proces
284. ied in a nest of subfolders deep within your home folder home username Documentia personal self autobiography myLife sxw To create the link you would open a new Terminal window type the following command string and then press ENTER In s Documentia personal self autobiography myLife sxw Once you are finished the link will appear in your home folder as an icon matching the original file in appearance albeit sporting an arrow to signify that it is a link tar In Chapter 6 you learned to create and extract archives or tarballs but did you know that you can also create and extract tarballs using the command line The tar command is your key to doing this To create an archive you would simply type tar cvf followed by the name the final tarball will be and then the name of the folder or file you are trying to archive For example let s say that you want to create an archive of your photos folder and you want to call it pics4pals In this case you would type the following command and then press ENTER tar cvf pics4pals tar photos As you no doubt noticed there are some flags after the tar command in that string The c tells the tar program to createa new archive The v tells the program to be verbose or in other words to tell you what it is doing in the Terminal as it is doing it Finally the f tells the program that what follows is the file information If after creating the archive you suddenly reme
285. ieee a Ea a seeds dep ticie Baag Et 216 Getting to Know the BUuttons cccseccceseeesteceeeeeeceneecneeeaeesneeseseeeneeeneeeaes 216 Word Processing Done Lightly with AbiWord cccceecseeeseeeceeeeeeeeeestseeeneeeteeenseeses 220 Some Other Cool Productivity Apps ccccceseceseeeeeeseeeseeneeneesseecneecnaeenteeeneeneenaees 221 Sticky Notes is 2itaan et dancin bag a LW Aileen aera a Eoia lOS 221 TOMBOY saiae a nates ded aus A A S a A Aiea 222 GU COSI NEE ATE E A EAN 223 SODUS eneee aera a A aE e a E EN AEN 223 14 BRUSH WIELDING PENGUINS Linux Does Art 225 Project 14A Digital Cameras sssssscssssscesssssssssssssccscsscsessscsscsecsessessesseseeseesesseesess 225 14A 1 Connecting Your Camera and Starting the Import Process 1 150 001 226 14A 2 Setting Up and Cleaning Up Before Importing the Images 00 227 14A 3 Saving the Images to Your Hard Disk ssec 228 Contents in Detail xiii Viewing Your Images with gThumb cccccecceseesseceseceneceeseeseeeneeeeeeseeeesneeenteeereees 228 Getting to Know Some of gThumb s Features ccccceseseeesessteeeneeeteeeneeeaes 229 Saving Photos to CD in gThumb ceceseceeesseseeeeeseseeeeeeeesneesteeeeteeeneeeseeeses 229 Project 14B Creating Web Albums with gThumb ssscssssssessesscscssessccecssssecsesses 229 VAB V Selecting Mages s duine rge eats Me cced EE AE E ARE AAEN 230 14B 2 Selecting a Destination Folder
286. ies user groups and even private individuals These entities create Linux system and application collections called distributions or distros You could bypass such distros and try to collect everything you d need to set up a system all on your own but you would undoubtedly lose your mind in the process Most people even the geekiest opt for the distros The majority of these distros whatever their ultimate target audience basically consist of the same main elements the core operating system better known as the Linux kernel some sort of installer program to get all the system parts and applications properly installed on your machine the X Window System to provide graphical interface support one or more graphical desktop environments and a series of applications such as word processors audio players and games as well as all the files needed to make these things work There are of course a large number of distros Some are geared toward specific audiences such as businesses educators gamers students program mers system administrators and specific language users What makes each distro different is the specific software that is bundled with the Linux kernel as well as other convenience features like the package or application instal lation mechanism and the installer for the system itself Some distros are especially appropriate for home users due to their ease of installation Ubuntu a relative newcomer to the Linux wor
287. ies changes immediately upon selection so if you keep a window with text in it open behind the pref erences window you can easily see the effect of each of your selections as you make them Creating Your Own Fonts with FontForge After all this font talk it seems only appropriate that I end this chapter by giving you the means to create your own fonts or at least modify someone else s FontForge previously known as PfaEdit allows you to create or modify TrueType PostScript and bitmap fonts see Figure 11 5 The interface itself seems a bit dated but don t let that fool you FontForge is quite capable and easy to use ta Airmole airmole ttf UnicodeBmp a x File Edit Element Hints Encoding View Metrics CID MM V 87 0x0057 U 0057 W LATIN CAPITAL LET K L IM a l o V E Layer Blues Anchors HMetrics VMetrics auja ajaa alo ese didt Jedi fe e cja pe cma mamarga amam L I L UK amp amp amp amp b amp b Se ajs o o gt r afe o q o Wia a amp DATIN CAPITAL Ted ERV 1 En File Edit Point Element Hints View Metrics Window Help EO ee a E AE Ele of e57 3 Pp Te DJak aa FE fa i ia Mset i 34 AMse1 a E ig iJ af o Figure 11 5 Using FontForge to create and modify fonts Font Feathere
288. ifficulty 3A 1 Adding Utility Buttons to the Panel The GNOME Panel allows you to add a number of utility applets Each of these has some specific function such as tracking your stocks telling you the weather or performing some particular system related function To start out let s add a clearly useful utility to the top panel the Force Quit button The Force Quit button lets you quickly and easily deal with non responding windows Yes it does happen on occasion A window suddenly refuses to do any thing Regardless of what you want it to do or what it is supposed to be doing it just sits there as if it is on strike maybe it is With just one click of the Force Quit button your cursor becomes a powerful surgical instrument that will kill the window you click You definitely don t want to be without this button so here s how to add it to the panel 1 Right click any open space on the top panel 2 From the popup menu select Add to Panel after which the Add to Panel window will appear 3 In that window click Force Quit once to highlight it as I ve done in Fig ure 3 5 Click the Add button and then click Close to finish the job To reinforce what you ve just learned how to do let s add another utility to the panel the Run Application panel applet Once you start installing applications in Ubuntu you will find that some of those applications do not automatically install program launchers in your Applications me
289. iguration Protocol DHCP 50 cable or Ethernet for providers without 50 51 Easter eggs GNOME desktop environment 46 47 EasyTAG 264 Edgy Eft 18 editing audio Audacity for 264 265 265 editing digital video Kino for 287 289 Editing Profile window 151 151 Edit menu Nautilus gt Backgrounds and Emblems 233 Rhythmbox gt Plugins 253 Terminal gt Current Profile 151 Edubuntu 18 ejecting CD DVD 91 Ekiga Softphone 66 156 email Evolution for 64 64 65 Thunderbird for 65 65 66 emblems adding to folders 107 108 creating 233 234 selecting from Nautilus side pane 110 English language switching between Asian language and 210 etc folder 86 Ethernet for providers without DHCP 50 51 Evolution for email 64 64 65 launcher for 34 Ewing Larry 11 Exaile 254 254 256 255 Examples folder 80 executable files path for 145 execute permission 89 chmod change mode to change 136 exit command 133 Export to PDF button OpenOffice toolbar 216 external dial up modems 57 extracting compressed files 98 99 139 140 tarball for Briscola 147 F FAT32 filesystem 268 mounting Windows partition in 197 fdisk table finding Windows partition in 196 Feisty Fawn 3 18 file formats for audio 245 246 converting photos in gThumb 229 using GIMP to convert 235 236 file manager See Nautilus file manager File menu Nautilus gt Create Document gt Empty File 98 gt Create Folder 82 106
290. igure 15 13 right allowing you to use the embedded player just as you would the stand alone version shown in Figure 15 12 ung svensk musik A m ALG R ojo JO WwWwW srse Ladda ner webbradion Hj lp Webbradio fr n Sveriges Radio Bli g st DJ i P V lj dina l tar p P3 Svea Skicka in dina 3 svenska favoritl tar till p3svea sr se Ett P3 Svea kitt med skivor ligger 4 v ntar om du blir veckans g st DJ Sveriges Radios webbradio med 44 kanaler inneh ller hela FM utbudet inklusive alla de lokala kanalerna samt webbunika kanaler Dessutom kan du lyssna p tillf liga s ndningar s som sport kelia jist politik och musikevenemang TEE A N sta Webbradion ppnas i ett nytt f nster annat fall klicka p l nken MANGE SCHMIDT GLASSIGT Orsaken kan d vara att Du har blockering av popup f nster Litlistor P3 Svea inkopplat i din webbl sare ven f r Sveriges Radios sidor Det verkar som du varken har Windows Media Player V lj kanal P3 kanaler P4 kanalera m m6 eller Realplayer installerat Ga till v r supportsida och manuellt v lj ljudformat gt P3 gt P3 Rockster gt P3 Star gt P3 Street gt P3 Svea gt Din gata Done Done Figure 15 13 Embedded media players in Firefox before and after installing the RealPlayer plugin While on the topic of changes I should also mention that RealPlayer 10 is now theme compatible This means that if you change your s
291. igure 18 6 Entering your avast license key The main avast window Figure 18 7 will now appear but before you get started scanning away it is a good idea to check for any updates to your virus database New viruses are constantly appearing in cyberspace so you should keep avast s virus database up to date so that it recognizes any viral newcomers To perform the update just click the Update database button and let avast do its thing Tools Help Update database fouit Select folders to scan http www avast com Home directory Entire system Selected folders Type of scan Quick Standard Thorough I Test archives Information Current version of virus database 614 1 04 04 2006 Date of last full scan not done yet Update mode manual Scan for viruses Figure 18 7 avast virus scanner When avast is done updating the virus database you can get on to the work of virus scanning by first deciding whether you want to scan just your Home directory the entire system or selected folders You can also decide how thorough a scan you wish to perform via the three choices available in the middle of the window Quick Standard or Thorough Defending the Nest 299 300 Chapter 18 Which one of these sensitivity modes you choose depends on how thorough you want the scan to be The Quick scan just scans files that end in certain extensions exe scr com doc and so on becau
292. igure 7 2 Before using the graphika account you need to give yourself user privileges to install software while logged in to that account Normally this privilege is disabled by default on new user accounts as you probably don t want your kids workmates or anyone else with their own user account on your computer installing all sorts of weird stuff and screwing up your system settings New tiser account x Account User Privileges Advanced Basic Settings Username graphika Real name Graphics Lover gt Profile Desktop user Contact Information Office location Work phone Home phone Password Set password by hand User password 00000000 Confirmation 00000000 O Generate random password Password set to Figure 7 1 Creating a new user account f Users settings Name Login name Home dire i Rickford Grant rg Jhome rg root root Jroot ie Graphics Lover graphika home graf amp manage Groups T Ear Figure 7 2 The new user account displayed in the Users settings window To change the privileges for the graphika account click the graphika entry within the Users settings list to highlight it Once you ve done that click the Properties button A new window Account graphika Properties will then appear In that window click the User p
293. ike cherries so very much Considering what we have thus far this may all seem a bit silly but imagine that you re not typing goofy little words and instead have to deal with considerably longer strings such as a simple copy command which you ll learn about later in this chapter like cp Photos mypics stpierre coastal onthebeach1_27 jpg home frog photos_for_mom stpierre By typing that string you are copying an image called onthebeach1_27 jpg from the coastal folder to another folder called stpierre If you wanted to copy another photo in the coastal folder onthebeach1_16 jpg for instance you could simply press the up arrow key once use the left cursor key and DELETE key to move over to and delete the 27 replace it with 16 and then use the right arrow key to get back to the end of the command All in all it would be much simpler and much faster It would also help you avoid mistakes in typing Not so dumb anymore eh Nontoxic Commands As you now know all of this typing is easy enough but in order to actually do something useful with your Terminal you need to type commands and there are more of them than you could ever hope or need to know To get you started we will begin with some commands that are easy to understand nontoxic and completely kitten friendly S whoami There is no command as easy safe or even as seemingly useless as whoami Rather than help those with multiple personality disorders discover w
294. ill be installed 8823 kB of extra space will be used 4539 kB have to be downloaded O Download package files only X Sancel 2 apply Figure 5 4 Synaptic lets you know what additional packages will be installed 6 Click Apply in that Summary window after which Synaptic will begin the installation process showing you its progress in a separate window very much like the progress window you saw in Figure 5 3 in fact Rounding Out the Bird 71 72 Chapter 5 7 When the installation is complete a new window like that in Figure 5 5 will appear to let you know Click Close in that final window and then wait until Synaptic snaps out of its temporary state of grayness which signals the complete end of the installation process Ni Changes applied Successfully applied all changes You can close the window now Automatically close after the changes have been successfully applied D Details Figure 5 5 Synaptic lets you know when it s done doing its thing You can now run Monkey Bubble Figure 5 6 by going to the Applications menu and selecting Games gt Monkey Bubble Game Help Figure 5 6 Monkey Bubble Removing Applications via Synaptic To remove applications installed from a DEB package via Synaptic GNOME App Install or any other means search for the application you wish to remove either by clicking the Search button and typing the name of the application you w
295. ill then appear telling you that you will have to click the Reload button in order for your changes to take effect Click the Close button in that window and then click the Reload button in the main Synaptic window as you were just instructed to do Synaptic will then begin downloading package lists from each of the repositories you just added to its package database A window like that in Figure 5 3 will show the progress of the download and will disappear when the process is complete There will then be a brief period during which all of the panes in the main Synaptic window will be gray but don t worry this is only temporary Rounding Out the Bird 69 70 NOTE Chapter 5 Ubuntu Software Third Party Software Updates Authentication Statistics Downloadable from the Internet Canonical supported Open Source software main Community maintained Open Source software universe Proprietary drivers for devices restricted Software restricted by copyright or legal issues multiverse Source code Download from Server for United States gt Installable from CD ROM DVD To install from a CD ROM or DVD insert the medium into the drive Eg close Figure 5 2 Synaptic s repository list Because the contents of the various repositories change quite often it is advisable to reload the repository lists by clicking the Reload button every time you take Synaptic out for
296. ill then continue and everything will progress as it usually does Depending on what language you ve chosen once your desktop appears you will be in another linguistic world Your menus appli cations and even the little Tips windows that pop up when you run your mouse over a panel icon will all be in the newly selected language Figure 12 5 shows the System menu in a variety of languages Qrrur ysy BR YRFA w i rresy ty9 Fyb EPES BPA 4a PA wh A BO tov keess gt E Rhythmbox 32 392 7L 44 YRFAY JV gt Serpentine F4 4 CD 2Y1 3 SP Sound Juicer CD RRIAAY Jh US PFU 7 y yog QM HovE L aA F GB ww tr Figure 12 5 The Applications and Sound amp Video menus shown in Japanese Chinese Japanese and Korean Input Chapter 12 For most European languages and many other alphabet based non European languages pressing a letter on the keyboard simply prints that letter to the screen However Chinese Japanese and Korean require a kind of conversion process that is handled by a special application actually a set of applications called an Input Method Editor IME Of course this is a Windows world term but I will use it here for convenience s sake In any case each of these languages has its own IME and each is quite different due to the basic differences in the three writing systems Chinese While most people at least those in the linguistic know would think that Chinese would be the
297. ill want to put an end to this rather empty state of affairs by creating some folders in which you can organize your files in the future The first folder you will create will be for your documents which you ll call Documentia though you can of course change the name later if you like You can create a folder quite easily much like you do in Windows either by clicking the Nautilus File menu and then selecting Create Folder or by right clicking in an empty space within the window and then selecting Create Folder from the popup menu An untitled folder will appear Having a folder called untitled is of course a tad goofy so you will want to change that The text in the box below the folder will already be high lighted so just type Documentia and press ENTER Once you have done that the folder will show its new name Now you can repeat the process and create four more folders Photos for your photos of course Downloads where you can dump any used files you will download along the way in this book PDFs for PDF files and Music for music files you will later learn to rip from music CDs with the program Sound Juicer Once you have done all this your home folder window should look like that in Figure 7 5 nile File B Se UU apka File Browser FF File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help ra IQ we Up Reload Home Computer Search 2 4 graphika Q 100 Q view asicons Places a amp graphika a g k
298. in Linux Things have quite fortu nately changed since the appearance of a handy application called GPixPod GPixPod Figure 16 9 is admittedly still in development You can get GPixPod via Synaptic by doing a search for gpixpod Once it s installed you can run it by selecting Applications Graphics gt GPixPod File Edit View Tools Help re i Kal Open Add Album Add Photo s Delete About Quit Photo Albums Photo Album Full Resolution Thumbnails Vv NC Trip 100 IMG_3939 JPG 101 IMG_3991 JPG 102 IMG_3997 JPG Vv HolyTrinity 103 IMG_4012 JPG 104 IMG_4019 JPG LMU Photo Album NC Trip Photo ID 100 Photo path home rg Desktop Full Resolution 200 IMG_3939 JPG Original size 800x600 Status Saved Photo Database home rg Desktop Photo Database opened Figure 16 9 Adding photos to your iPod with GPixPod NOTE You cannot add photos to the GPixPod interface without first connecting your iPod to your computer You should also note that you cannot view images added to GPixPod s database in the right pane of the application window until you save your changes by clicking the Save button Converting Audio File Formats SoundConverter shown in Figure 16 10 makes it easy to convert MP3 files to Ogg Vorbis format or vice versa Because SoundConverter does not come bundled with Ubuntu you will have to install it if you haven t already done so To do so just
299. in your web browser If you prefer to check out the manual before installing Firestarter point your browser to www fs security com docs You will also find a pretty good quick tutorial there ClamAV Antivirus Software Linux Style Chapter 18 Despite the lack of viruses out there that can wreak havoc upon your Linux system your computer could still act as a transmitter of Windows viruses As a result there are a number of free antivirus scanners out there for Linux users interested in helping to protect Windows users from viruses These include Aegis available via Synaptic Panda Antivirus www pandasoftware com download linux htm f Prot www f prot com and numerous others For most Linux users however the virus scanner of choice is the open source contender ClamAV Although it can be used on a number of operating systems ClamAV is considered to be the Linux antivirus software package It is open source totally free and you don t have to worry about licenses or suffer the bother of renewing them Unfortunately on its own ClamAV is a command driven application which makes it a bit less user friendly Fortunately for all involved there is also a graphical interface available albeit a simple one by the name of ClamTk Both ClamAV and ClamTk are available via Automatix In fact they come bundled together with Firestarter in the Gnome Security Suite so if you want to give them a try just follow the directions for installing
300. ing ENTER When prompted for your password type it and press ENTER You can then create the launchable link by typing cd usr games pressing ENTER typing sudo 1n s usr share games pywings pywings py pywings and pressing ENTER once more Playing Briscola As I already mentioned Briscola is easy about as easy a card game as there is It is a trick taking game which means that you put out a card then your opponent puts out a card and the one who puts out the higher point value card wins the hand or trick Points are awarded on the basis of the cards involved in that trick The winner of the trick then goes on to lead the next trick meaning that the winner puts out his or her card first the next time around When all the cards are played the points for each player are then tallied and the player with the higher points wins All much simpler to do than it is to describe The Cards and Their Rankings Like many other Italian and Spanish games Briscola is played with a 40 card deck consisting of the following cards K Q J 7 6 5 4 3 2 and the Ace Traditionally it is played with either French suited cards hearts diamonds clubs and spades or Italian suited cards swords coins batons and chalices usually dependent upon the region in which it is played In the software version you have just installed you will be playing with French suited cards in the regional pattern of Tuscany Unlike most card games you are probabl
301. ing confidence building guidance and answers to a lot of absolutely inane questions Patricia Witkin for all her work getting the message out to the people being a great email buddy and turning me on to Haruki Murakami and last but not as the saying goes least William Pollock for not only taking a chance on the completely unknown writer that I was but also for turning me on to a great pupuseria in San Mateo Of course San Mateo California is a bit far off for a quick lunch now that I am in New Jersey but Speaking of New Jersey it wouldn t be just of me to go on without men tioning a few of the people who have helped me out since my arrival here I would like to thank my old friend David Lohrey who in addition to being so happy to have me out here that he moved to Japan five months later helped me get settled and acted as an ear while I was still going through culture shock Jeff and Graciela Munsey who helped make me feel at home here and so kindly came and looked after my beloved cat every day for two weeks while I was out of town Grace Hsu now a fellow black cat owner for her help thoughts and timely commiseration and Richard Roy who helped make me feel a bit more at home in the Garden State and continues to keep an eye out for my survival in these parts Turning now to my friends and colleagues let me thank Donald Hammang cycle pal Windows expert and keeper of the Great Saw Sheldon Rudolph lifelong friend artis
302. ing the package Automatix read write NTFS and FAT32 Mounter which you can find by clicking Miscellaneous in the left pane of the Automatix window This package allows your system to automatically mount your Windows partitions at startup and even more importantly it allows you to write data to an NTFS partition should you happen to have one Pretty useful if you re a dual booter and pretty much useless if you re not The procedure for installing the package is almost the same one you used when installing Skype Just check the box next to the words Automatix read write NTFS and FAT32 Mounter agree to do whatever you are asked to do along the way and then once the installation is complete restart your system Pretty cool Project 9B Converting RPMs to DEB Packages Using Alien While it is true that not all DEB packages make their way into the Ubuntu repositories it is also true that some albeit few applications are not available as DEB packages at all Some however are available as RPMs which are the packages used in Red Hat Fedora Mandriva and a few other Linux distribu tions While this may not sound particularly promising to you as an Ubuntu user there are a few rays of hope emanating from a handy utility by the name of Alien Automatix and Not So Automatix 157 158 Chapter 9 If you haven t guessed already what Alien does is convert RPM packages to DEB packages that you can install and run in your DEB based sy
303. int which you can download and install via Synaptic search for xpaint XPaint is similar to Windows Paint and MacPaint Even if you are a satisfied GIMP user there is still good reason to down load and install XPaint because in addition to its simple paint tools it can take screenshots of regions Figure 14 14 rather than just of a particular window or of the full screen If you have ever used the Mac OS X application Grab you may well be familiar with this feature By the way once installation is complete there will be no launcher for XPaint in the Applications menu so you will have to run from the Run Application panel applet or from a Terminal window by typing xpaint 237 Brush Wielding Penguins 238 Untitled Places gt e rg 1 Ed al 2 UOY y Figure 14 14 Taking screenshots of screen regions with XPaint Sodipodi Chapter 14 The GIMP like other so called paint programs creates bitmap images in various file formats These are images in which the location and color of every single pixel is recorded The image is essentially a collection of dots or bits The file you create is a rather hefty map of these bits hence its name and this map tells your system where everything in your image is supposed to go when it is displayed or printed Drawing programs on the other hand create vector images or drawings The vector image file is a collection of mathematical formulae representing the various shapes in y
304. interpret as one of those dreams come true not free sort of pieces of advice Great pyWings was written in a programming language called Python which actually creates scripts rather than true conventional programs You will learn a little more about this distinction in Chapter 9 but one of the differences I can mention right off the bat is that you don t actually have to install pyWings you are simply going to put it on your hard drive in your home folder and run it from there more or less as is 8B 1 Getting pyWings You are just about ready to begin installing pyWings but before you do you ve got to get it from the project s home page at http pywings sourceforge net download html Just scroll down the page to the section below the words Unix Linux X11 and click the HTTP link which will get you the file pywings 1 0 1 tar gz targz tells you that this is a tarbali the Linux world s answer to Zip files Be sure to place the file in your home folder so that you can follow along easily 8B 2 Creating a LocalApps Folder for pyWings As I mentioned before you will be installing the pyWings program locally in your home folder Installing a program locally means that you are installing the program and all its support and data files in your home folder This makes things a bit easier but it also means that the program will not be available to other users It also means that if you re not careful you might in
305. ion Navigating in Nautilus Navigating through your various folders and subfolders in Nautilus is quite straightforward In fact all is conceptually pretty much the same as what you are accustomed to in Windows and Mac OS You can simply move into and out of folders through a combination of double clicking folders and clicking the Back Forward and Up buttons Tabbed Browsing in Nautilus In addition to the hierarchal view option provided in the side pane there is another handy feature that can make your navigation chores even easier Nautilus s tabbed browsing feature These tabs they look like buttons actually appear in the navigation bar for each folder you opened on the way to the one you are currently viewing A Tidy Nest 83 84 Chapter 6 Say for example that you have a folder called gooseberries inside a folder called Dalarna inside a folder called SwedeStuff inside a folder called NordicStuff which itself is in your home folder As you click your way to that gooseberries folder starting with a double click on the NordicStuff folder Nautilus will display a tab for that folder and any folder opened before it Take a look at Figure 6 4 to see what I mean D E File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help e E Q z Back Up Reload Home Computer Search 2 4 rg NordicStuff SwedesStuff Dalarna gooseberries Q 100 Viewas icons Figure 6 4 Tabbed navigation in Nautilus
306. ion by double clicking its icon and then click Extract again Once the file is extracted you can close the Archive Manager window You will now have a new Risk folder within your home folder If you take a look in that folder you will notice the file Risk jar This is the game that you will be running via the command line In the future should you choose to download other Java based applications the file with the jar extension will be the one you will be trying to run 9D 3 Running Risk Now that you ve installed the Java Runtime Environment and downloaded and extracted the Risk Zip file you are ready to run Risk without any further work To get going open a new Terminal window and do the following 1 Move into the Risk folder by typing cd Risk and pressing ENTER 2 Type java jar Risk jar be sure to place a space between java and jar and press ENTER Risk shown in Figure 9 10 will soon appear after which you can start playing In case you re wondering here s what you did in that last line The first part of the command string java calls the Java Runtime Environment into action the jar flag after that tells Java that you are going to be running a JAR file and the last part is the actual file you are going to run Risk jar In the future if you choose to run other Java based applications just follow the same pattern java jar application_name jar Continents a Ahem lt Stats lt Paras Mission Undo
307. ip your audio CDs and encode them to space saving MP3 and Ogg Vorbis files you need to use another application to play them Fortunately this is an area where Linux shines as there is quite a selection of audio players available two of which I will discuss here Rhythmbox The default audio player in Ubuntu is called Rhythmbox see Figure 15 3 Rhythmbox using Sound Juicer as its ripper encoder seems to function pretty much like a simplified version of Apple s iTunes application though for better or worse iTunes it is not It is however a relatively easy to use audio player which despite some quirkiness in its early stages has developed quite a following in the Linux world Tux Rocks 249 250 Chapter 15 Music dit View Control Help it D z 5 S K J a amp 8 m Previous Play Next Repeat Shuffle Browse Ce Jour La by anouk from Automatik Kalamity 0 12 of 2 58 Source Search X All Artists Albums Titles E Play Queue Artist Album ubrary All 2 artists 8 all 2 albums 8 2 Podcasts Anouk 3 Automatik Kal y 3 a Radio Ranarim 5 Till Ljusan Dag Til The Light Of Day 5 Ej Recently Added fg recently Played ie My top Rated Qd Track Title Genre Artist Album Time 2 Une Apr s Midi De Chien world Anouk Automatik Kalamity 229 3 Mauvars Sang World Anouk Automatik Kalam ty 4 08 D Ce jour L World Anouk Automatik Kalamity 258 1 Spelemannen The fi Scandinavian Ranerim Ti
308. ir signal strengths If it turns out that you were not successful in making your wireless connection the system will tell you if that s the case there are a few pos sibilities beyond the annoying non compatible card scenario First of all double check to make sure your card is actually physically turned on I know that sounds dumb but I have been guilty of this oversight myself on numerous occasions Another possibility is that your network does not utilize DCHP in which case you will have to manually input your connection settings as provided by your network administrator or service provider Armed with that information simply follow the steps listed earlier in Setting Up a Cable or Ethernet Connection for Providers Not Utilizing DHCP on page 50 Just be sure to click Wireless connection instead of Wired connection in Step 3 Releasing and Renewing Your Wireless Connection There will be times when you want to turn your wireless card off such as when you use your laptop on an airplane or when you just want to flush the IP address in your network settings release and update the settings with the IP address of a new network renew as you might when moving your laptop from one wireless hotspot to another without rebooting your computer This last point might seem a bit mysterious to you so I will explain things briefly When you boot up your computer your wireless card NIC performs a scan of available networks WAPs in order
309. irefox to 181 power button on computer 48 PowerPCs 18 Ubuntu CD for 303 303 PowerPoint 214 Prairie Home Companion 260 printers 176 181 clearing after canceling print job 184 creating virtual PDF printer 181 183 Linux support for 176 setup 176 179 177 178 test page printing 179 without Linux drivers 179 181 connection checking 179 third party drivers 179 180 print job canceling 183 184 Printers window 178 printing to PDF 180 scanned image resolution and 187 188 privileges changing for user account 103 104 productivity applications GnuCash 222 222 Scribus 223 224 224 Sticky Notes 221 221 222 Tomboy 222 222 223 program launcher adding to drawer 40 41 adding to GNOME desktop panel 37 37 38 146 changing icon 38 39 39 for Briscola 148 for Keyboard Indicator 204 program shortcut See program launcher programming languages 160 programs See applications ps2pdf command 181 pulse dialing 56 Punjabi 210 pwd print working directory command 130 Python 142 pyWings 141 146 142 downloading and installing 143 extracting tarball 143 144 launchable link for 144 145 moving folder to LocalApps folder 144 moving to global location 149 running 144 Q QCad 242 243 QDVD Author 290 queued print jobs window displaying 183 183 Quit icon on GNOME desktop panel 34 Radio Netherlands 260 Radio Sweden site 259 259 RAM Linux minimum requirements 17 README file 147 rea
310. ironment Desktop folder 80 desktop publishing Scribus for 223 224 224 Device Manager 16 df disk filesystem command 131 131 DHCP See Dynamic Host Configura tion Protocol DCHP dial up Internet connection 55 58 external dial up modems 57 modem compatibility issues 56 57 digital cameras 225 229 connecting to computer 226 saving photos to hard disk from 228 setup and cleaning up before import 227 227 228 video camera 287 289 directories See folders directory tree pwd command for current location in 130 disk images See ISO images distribution 13 distros 13 Diva 287 DNS domain name service 51 docking dialogs in GIMP 236 236 237 domain name service DNS 51 downloading Art Manager 112 113 113 avast 298 Briscola 147 FontForge 200 from free sites 307 308 gtkpod 273 Login Manager theme 118 Picasa package 239 pyWings 143 SCIM input method modules 209 TrueType fonts 190 Ubuntu Desktop CD ISOs 301 304 Xmahjongg files 163 164 drag and drop for moving files 83 Draw OpenOffice 214 214 215 drawer on GNOME desktop panel adding 39 40 adding program launcher to 40 41 drawing programs vs paint programs 238 dual boot systems 2 installing Windows core fonts 195 198 setup 23 24 duplicating data CDs and DVDs 94 95 DVD 282 283 with data burning 92 92 94 duplicating 94 95 reading 91 drive regional encoding lock 283 Totem for playing 285 DVD Rip 290 Dynamic Host Conf
311. is book writing business in the first place and to round out the clan thanks are due to my cousin and friend Stephanie Garrabrant Sierra who tries to keep me on track whenever I am on the verge or in the midst of stumbling In the production of any book editors are so very important and I would like to thank my editor David Brickner who was in addition to being full of good ideas for this book a whole lot of fun to work with Carthik Sharma the technical editor who kept everything I wrote by the book and pointed out a few easier ways of going about things check out his blog by the way at http ubuntu wordpress com Elizabeth Campbell the production editor who kept all the stuff going into this second edition together and helped me identify my alter ego or at least another one Megan Dunchak who had the xviii unenviable task of being the copyeditor for this what s a publisher s template author and is cool enough to understand the value of a good D cell battery and Riley Hoffman who took a whole jumble of files images changes and more changes and laid it all out thus turning it into well a book Of course as the folks at No Starch Press were the ones who actually pub lished this book a great deal of thanks goes their way Each one of them has been so helpful in many ways Christina Samuell who managed this whole project and me in the process yikes Leigh Poehler for all sorts of things includ
312. ish to remove or by clicking the Status button in the bottom left corner of the Synaptic window clicking Installed in the pane above that and then scrolling through the list of installed packages that then appears in the top right pane Once you find the application in that list right click on its name and select Mark for Complete Removal to remove the application and any setting or configuration files for that application When the window that tells you what is going to be axed appears check through it carefully so as to make sure you aren t inadvertently uninstalling something you would mourn the loss of like your whole desktop environment for instance Assuming everything looks okay click the Apply button after which the process will be the same as that for installing applications Upgrading Applications via Synaptic As I mentioned you can also use Synaptic to upgrade applications installed in your system To do this click the Status button in the bottom right corner of the Synaptic window In the pane above that button then click the entry Installed Upgradeable after which a list of the installed applications with available upgrades will appear in the upper right pane Right click on any application listed there that you would like to upgrade and select Mark for Upgrade in the popup menu that then appears Repeat the right click procedure for any other application you want to upgrade then click the Apply button The procedure
313. isk will then appear in the right pane of the Nautilus window 2 Look for and then double click the folder named home When the con tents of the home folder you just clicked appear in the right pane there should only be one folder there your own folder which will have the same name as your own username For example mine as I mentioned earlier is named rg 3 Right click your folder and then select Properties in the popup menu 4 In the username Properties window mine says rg Properties click the Permissions tab 5 In the Permissions tab go down to the Group and Others sections and select None in the drop down menus next to the words Folder Access Be sure to do this in both the Groups and Others sections When you re done your window should look like mine in Figure 6 11 If so click Close aes Owner Folder Access File Access Group Folder Access File Access Others Folder Access File Access Execute SELinux Context Basic Emblems Permissions Open With Notes rg Rickford Grant Create and delete files gt None gt gt None a X a X unknown Allow executing file as program Last changed Mon 26 Mar 2007 07 04 25 PM EDT Apply permissions to enclosed files Help Ed close Figure 6 11 Changing the permissions of a home folder for priva
314. ist A mimmakstic appearance This theme does not suggest any particular font or background Help b 4 Close Figure 7 12 Selecting a theme in GNOME To create your own mix and match theme just click the Customize button in the Theme Preferences window A new window will open and you will find three tabs Controls Window Border and Icons From within each of these tabs you can select the components you prefer First click the Controls tab and select Crux Then click the Window Border tab and select Human Finally click the Icons tab and select Mist Now keep the Theme Details window open but open your home folder and take a look at what you ve done Hmm not bad But perhaps you don t really like the look of those Human window borders all that much To find something that suits you better click the Window Border tab again go down the list and click each entry until you see something you do like Metabox seems to do the trick for me and select that Better Now that you are satisfied you can click the Close button You will now be back at the Theme Preferences window where you will notice that at the top of the list there is a new theme entry called Custom Theme If you want to save this new combination for later use click the Save Theme button Doing so will open a dialog box in which you can name your theme and write a brief comment about it So name your theme write a comment if you like and then click Save Your
315. istening to MP3s or stopping doors on hot breezy days you will no doubt want to hook up your machine to a printer Despite the paperless office era that the personal computer was supposedly going to usher in it seems that the com puter s strength as a desktop publishing and general work tool has made producing high quality printed documents an even more attractive proposi tion than ever before Confirming That Your Printer Is Supported Setting up a printer to work with your new system is a pretty easy task but you do have to make sure that your printer is supported by Linux Fortunately it seems that printer support in the Linux world is getting much much better than it once was In general support for Epson Brother Samsung and Hewlett Packard printers is pretty good while support for other makers and other printer types is a bit spottier though improving If you really want to make sure your printer is supported and why wouldn t you the best thing to do is go to www linuxprinting org On that site you can check out the online database to see if your printer is currently supported and if so to what degree Listings for supported printers also include information on what drivers are best for your purposes If you re thinking of buying a printer there is also a page of suggested makes and models Read this before making your purchase decision You might also want to consult Ubuntu s list at https wiki ubuntu com Hardwa
316. it if you re so inclined Not only can you change the background and text colors in the Terminal but you can even display one of your favorite photos as a background as shown in Figure 8 13 or make the background trans parent well kind of transparent anyway File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help ps openofficeorg tif Used Avail Use Mounted on 2 16 67G 4 112K 244M 1 var run 244M var c 72K 244M b proc 72K dev i 28M 7 ules 2 6 20 13 Figure 8 13 A Terminal window with customized back ground and font colors To change the Terminal background go to the Terminal Edit menu and select Current Profile When the Editing Profile window appears click the Effects tab select Background image and then click the Browse button to navigate your way to the image you want to use Figure 8 14 Depending on the image you use for your background you may find it rather difficult to see the text once your image appears in the Terminal If so try moving the slider under the words Shade transparent or image background in the Editing Profile window If that still doesn t do the trick click the Colors tab deselect Use colors from system theme and then try some of the preset Foreground and Background combinations from the menu button next to the words Built in schemes I used White on Black in Figure 8 13 iG editing Profle Deta a General Title and Command Colors Effects Scr
317. it by clicking the Install button and then select it and apply it in the Desktop Background Preferences window which will automatically open If Art Manager does not automatically start downloading a list of available files when you make a selection from the Art menu just restart Art Manager and try again Now to get an appropriate window border for your new theme go back to the Art menu but this time select Desktop Themes gt Window Border Look for one called Hacked and install it by clicking the Install button When the Theme Preferences window automatically appears click the Customize button and click the Window Border tab In the list that appears in that tab click Hacked Close the Theme Details and Desktop Background Preferences windows to complete the task Next get a set of matching application control widgets by going back to the Art Manager Art menu and selecting Desktop Themes gt Application When the list is downloaded look for a file called Yattacier 3 and install it In the Desktop Background Preferences window that then appears click Customize as you did before but this time around click the Controls tab and select Yattacier3 in the list within that tab To round things up let s add some new icons to the mix by going back to the Art Manager heading to the Art menu and selecting Desktop Themes gt Icon Once the list is downloaded look for and install Snow Apple After that it s basically a repeat of the pre
318. it by going to the Applications menu and selecting Office gt AbiWord Word Processor This Ts AbiWord abw File Edit View Insert Format Tools Table Documents Help RBaeiealiaer pa m Normal frimes newroman 2 M A A A EE JO MMMM ee A Page 1 1 INS default en US i Figure 13 8 The other Linux word processor AbiWord Some Other Cool Productivity Apps In addition to the more traditional office applications there are a number of other applications either included with or available for your system that can be grouped together under the productivity label I will introduce a few of those to you here Sticky Notes Mac users will be well familiar with the digital version of the now ubiquitous little yellow Post It like notes called Sticky Notes Figure 13 9 that come as part of the GNOME desktop GNOME s Sticky Notes is a panel applet that you can add to your own panel by right clicking on any open panel space and then selecting Add to Panel in the popup menu that then appears When the Add to Panel window appears go to the Accessories section click Sticky Notes and then click the Add button You will then be ready for note taking action I want to get that new CD without any music just the sound of notes without tone What is 04 27 2007 x 1629999 Dont forget to tha get those eggs Figure 13 9 GNOME s Sticky Notes Penguins Back at Work 221 222
319. ix ecceceeceesseeeteeereeenseseneeeteeeneeenes 154 9A 2 RUNNING AUIOMATIX aessa eenen Kia E E R NE sso ensa aoens 154 9A 3 Installing Software with Automatix Skype ccccsesseeeteeeeeeteetseees 156 9A A Installing Other Packages with Automatix NTFS Partition Write Support cece ce o R E a 157 Project 9B Converting RPMs to DEB Packages Using Alien sscsccsssssssssssssesessesees 157 9B 1 Installing Alien neonain n a as 158 9B 2 Getting the TuxCards RPM ccceccceseseeereeetseceeeeeseeseestreseeeeneeeneeesas 158 9B 3 Converting the TuxCards RPM ccccseecseesseseteeeneestsesnsesenteeteeeeeeses 159 9B 4 Installing the Newly Generated TuxCards DEB Package eee 159 OB Running TUxC ard Sci eR e esetei EEE E E E ATETA 159 Compiling Programs from SOUrCE n seter eais seriei aienea niia aiarar A 159 Whats Source aianei a tte REE AEE E aE E ENEA IVES 160 Tarballs The Containers of Source cecceeeceeeceeseeeseeenseeeseeeseesseeneenaeenaees 161 THE Basics lyn eicselsieods Senatveusarennotns ane sbeabeetaebubetaleedaneaeabeabessiesyapesteosyedbana 161 Installing the Tools You Need ecceesseeceseseeeteeeseecseeeeeeesteeesseseeeeneeeneeeses 161 Project 9C Compiling and Installing Xmahjongg scssssssssssssssecsessecscseesseseesesseesers 162 9C 1 Downloading and Extracting the Xmahjongg Files ceceeeeeee 163 9C 2 Running configure and make for Xmahj
320. ject org or www ubuntuforums org might be in order to see if there are any known workarounds for your particular scanner model To actually scan something place the photo document or whatever it is you are planning to scan on the scanner bed and then click the Acquire preview button at the bottom left corner of the XSane Preview window which usually opens up at the right end of your screen Once the preview appears use the selection tools in the same window to define the exact area you want to scan and then choose your resolution and color depth settings in the main XSane window which usually opens up at the top left of your screen When everything is ready click the Scan button after which your scanned image will appear in a new Viewer window as shown in Figure 10 10 In that window you can perform some minor tweaks of the scanned image using the buttons and menu items provided and then save the image by going to the File menu and selecting Save If you scanned a document that you want to convert to text click the second button from the left the one that says ABCDEF and you will also be able to save the file as a text document If you happened to download and install a driver for your scanner or multifunction printer from the device manufacturer s site or elsewhere you may find yourself with another scanning application provided within the driver package If you prefer you can use that application instead of XSane to perform
321. jobs will appear as shown in Figure 10 8 Your errant print job will be listed in that window so click the name of the job to select it and then in the Edit menu select Cancel Jobs If you just want to stop things temporarily you can select Pause Jobs instead PECETE PrintinoDerauity me Printer Edit Name The American Nyckelharpa Association NyckelNotes the ANA Newsletter Figure 10 8 Canceling a print job via the print queue window After you do this the print job listed in the queue window will disappear and your printer will stop printing You can then close the print queue window This is a very easy process that you may well find is more effective than what you ve experienced in other operating systems In some cases things will be even easier particularly if you installed your printer driver yourself by means of the installer that came packaged with the driver In many such cases the driver will provide its own progress Gutenbird 183 184 window that will appear whenever you print a document If so you can simply click the Cancel button or equivalent in that window to cancel the printing job NOTE In some cases you may have to clear your printer after canceling a print job You can do this by turning your printer off waiting a few seconds and then turning it on again Scanners Chapter 10 Scanners are extremely useful and about as cheap a peripheral device as you can get Th
322. k is a wildcard character that in this case told your system to move any file beginning in pywings and ending in gz Fortunately we had only one item matching those criteria 3 Move over to the new pywings folder by typing cd pywings and pressing ENTER 4 Nowwe get down to the process of extracting the tarball itself using the tar command To do this type tar xzvf pywings gz and press ENTER Again notice that we used the asterisk to save ourselves some key strokes though we could just as well have typed 1 0 1 tar in its stead 5 Finally type cd and press ENTER to bring the Terminal back to your home folder 8B 4 Moving the pyWings Folder to Your LocalApps Folder The extraction process is now complete Before going on to running pyWings however let s move it to the new LocalApps folder you created in Project 8B 2 on page 143 To do this type the following command and then press ENTER mv pywings LocalApps 8B 5 Running pyWings Now that you have pyWings in place and ready for action let s start up the great oracle right now so that you can get a better perspective on how to deal with the aspects of life that trouble you In the Terminal make sure you are in your home directory type LocalApps pywings pywings py and press ENTER If all went according to plan pyWings should be up and running and will soon be making you a wiser person 8B 6 Creating a Launchable Link for pyWings The method of running
323. kages e _ build essential e checkinstall e libgtk1 2 dev Automatix and Not So Automatix 161 162 I should mention that although there are only three packages you need to mark for installation Synaptic will download and install quite a few more necessary packages in addition to these Nothing to worry about though just a heads up so that you don t go into a mid 1960s freakout Project 9C Compiling and Installing Xmahjongg Chapter 9 To get some hands on experience with compiling a program from source you will be working with a game called Xmahjongg which you can see in Figure 9 6 If you ve tried out the version of Mahjongg that comes with your Ubuntu distribution you will notice that this one is much easier on your eyes and is a bit more colorful check out the project site at www lcdf org xmahjongg to catch a glimpse of it in its full four color glory OOOO IIOOIYE T He wars ve ORCHID lt 1 SE 1 PE low o HHK Ell Figure 9 6 The Xmahjongg game Xmahjongg the version of Mahjongg that we ll be working with is avail able via Synaptic so it is not absolutely necessary to install it in this manner but Xmahjongg provides a perfect opportunity to learn how to compile a pro gram from source The amount of source code isn t all that great so it won t take too much time to do and it requires no tinkering In case you are not already familiar with this genre of Mahjong
324. ke many other trick taking games you are neither required to follow the suit of the card led in a trick in Briscola nor are you required to beat it if you can This means that if your opponent plays a club card you can play a card of any suit you like even if you have a card that can beat it all depending on your own strategy for ultimately winning the game Before getting started it is a good idea to first go to the Options menu and select Show Score This will allow you to know how you re doing as you play Once you ve done that you are ready for action and as your computer opponent is always kind enough as to allow you to lead you can begin by clicking the card you want to put into play Your compu opponent will then play its card Once you ve assessed the situation click on one of the blank spaces in your hand and the points for that trick will be displayed in the box labeled You if you won the trick or the box labeled Me if the computer won the trick Of course if the trick only involved the 7 6 5 4 or 2 cards no points will appear as those cards have no point value Want to Know More If you would like a more detailed set of rules for playing Briscola and just about any other card game in the world check out www pagat com Customizing the Terminal Chapter 8 As you now well know the Terminal is a very simple application in terms of looks It doesn t have to be however because you can spice things up a b
325. key DE i fa f 0 amp amp 1E Complimentary close Defaul First line indent Hanging indent Heading Heading 1 Heading 10 Heading 2 Heading 3 Heading 4 Heading 5 Heading 6 Heading 7 TT es Automatic Figure 13 7 The Styles and Formatting window Penguins Back at Work 219 220 To give you an example of how convenient using styles can be imagine that you are typing a bibliography page for some document you ve prepared You typed each entry as you might any paragraph as in Smythe W 2004 Reconsidering the need for speech between non human interlocutors beyond the age of seven The Journal of the Society of Elves Faeries and Garden Gnomes 20 2 125 147 Like most paragraphs you type the entry is formatted as a first line indent which is fine and dandy except for the fact that you want a hang ing indent which is the norm for bibliography entries Rather than messing around with tabs or margins to get things the way you want all you have to do is click your mouse anywhere within the paragraph and then double click the Hanging Indent entry in the Styles and Formatting window After that as if by magic though you know better the transformation is made Smythe W 2004 Reconsidering the need for speech between non human interlocutors beyond the age of seven The Journal of the Society of Elves Faeries and Garden Gnomes 20 2 125 147 You co
326. kinnable audio player Beep If you are an Internet radio junkie there is probably no application as useful to you as Streamtuner Figure 15 17 Streamtuner is as its name implies an online radio stream tuner It works by downloading lists of avail able streams from a variety of sources which you can then easily browse When you find something you like just select the stream click the Play button and the stream will open in the player of your choice though it works best with RealPlayer or XMMS If you will be using a different player for playback go to Streamtuner s Edit menu select Preferences and then in the right pane of the Preferences window change the default applications for playback most will be set as XMMS For example if you want your playback to be from Beep you would click Listen to a m3u file scroll to the right and change xmms q to beep media player q If you re installing Streamtuner you might as well install Streamripper which is a sort of Internet audio stream recorder It works in conjunction with Streamtuner allowing you to rip the streams you are listening to and even those you aren t listening to and save them as MP3 files To record a stream from within Streamtuner just right click the target stream and then select Record in the popup menu Stream Edit View Directories Help 6 SHOUTcast Yellow Pages Reload 18 Bookmarks Preselections SHOUTcast Live365 Local gt
327. ks or Navigation toolbars your choice Figure 4 8 a gt Hj lp med att lyssna a j NYHETER FR N SR EKOT Handels Vi tvingas varsla gt Now in Solvang CA Cloudy 55 F Wind ENE 4 mph Figure 4 8 The Forecastfox extension installed in Firefox 4A 1 Downloading and Installing the Forecastfox Extension To get started with the process of installing any Firefox extension you have to first quite logically find and download one To do this go to the Firefox Tools menu and select Add ons The Add ons window will then appear Figure 4 9 showing you the extensions themes and language packs you already have installed which at this point should be zero To add something to this rather empty state of affairs click the Get Extensions link at the bottom right corner of the window which will bring your browser to the Firefox Add ons site At this point you would normally browse for things that seem of interest to you check to make sure they don t have any special requirements such as Microsoft Windows a few do and then download and install the extension that has struck your fancy In this case we already know what we are going to install so PI just tell you where to find it naaran Sas 2 Extensions Themes Languages Get Extensions Figure 4 9 Seeing the extensions you have and getting more in Firefox To find the Forecastfox extension do a sear
328. l Ljusan Dag Till The 1 43 2 Stolt Ingrid Proud ingrid Scandinavian Ranarim Till Ljusan Dag Till The 4 06 3 Fager Som En Ros Fat Scandinavian Rananm Till Lyusan Dag Till The 4 03 15 Det Stod En jungfru T Scandinavian Ranerim Till Ljusan Dag Till The 3 03 Figure 15 3 The Rhythmbox audio player Running and Setting Up Rhythmbox To run Rhythmbox just go to the Applications menu and select Sound amp Video gt Rhythmbox Music Player The first time you run Rhythmbox you are greeted with a three step setup wizard To get through the first introduc tion screen click Forward In the second screen you should tell Rhythmbox where it is you keep or plan to keep your music files Use the Music folder you created in Setting the Default Folder for Ripped Files in Sound Juicer on page 248 Just click the Browse button to locate the folder graphically and then click Forward in the wizard window In the third and final screen click Apply and Rhythmbox will scan your Music folder and add any songs it finds there to its Library Adding Songs and Albums to the Rhythmbox Library If you are familiar with Apple s iTunes then you should understand the Library in Rhythmbox too as it is essentially the same concept though it does not physically move your files as iTunes does To add new albums to your Rhythmbox Library go to the Music menu select Import Folder and then navigate to the folder for the new album yo
329. l if you are going to be doing a lot of work in a foreign language or if you are studying a foreign language and want to give yourself as much exposure as possible to it It is also very handy when you have users with different native languages using the same machine At my former uni versity for example where my Japanese and Chinese students sometimes used my computer the additional language support allowed them to log in using their own language All in all it is a very useful feature Taking advantage of this feature in the GNOME environment is very easy and depending on the language you wish to use requires little in terms of special installation measures Basically all you have to do is install a group of support files for each language you want to add to your system You can do this quite easily by going to the System menu and selecting Administration gt Language Support You will be prompted for your password Treep pore at this point so provide what is required and arkta acaneaia the Language Support window Figure 12 4 om ar will appear In that window check the boxes next to the languages for which you want to vk install support Once you have made your a ese selections click the Apply button and the or ESAT Language Selector will begin downloading Input method and then installing the support packages al Enable support to enter complex characters you specified 2 apoy x cancei _ gox Swa Swe
330. large to bring about the change The graphical desktop environment GNOME that is included in your Ubuntu distribution is one example of the fruit of that development About the Penguin You may have been wondering about the penguin in the chapter title so I might as well explain that now The penguin was chosen by Linus Torvalds as the Linux mascot and what has come to be thought of as the Linux penguin was designed by Larry Ewing and is named Tux see Figure 1 1 This explains not only the ornithological references and graphics throughout the book but also why there are so many penguin icons in Linux distributions and so many programs that include penguin or Tux such as TuxRacer XPenguins and Pingus This combined with the fact that Linux is a revolutionary OS helps to explain why Linux users are sometimes referred to as Penguinistas Figure 1 1 Tux the Linux mascot Why Should I Use Linux People use Linux for different reasons For many it is a matter of power stability multilingual capabilities or even personal philosophy However for others crass as it may sound it is a matter of money Just think for a moment about what it usually costs to get started with an operating system Go to wherever it is you go to buy software and take a walk down the aisles Make a list in your head of all the things you want to buy and how much each costs an office suite a game or two maybe a graphics program with which to make yoursel
331. laying video streams or if you just happen to be a fan of Katie Holmes point your web 282 DVDs Chapter 17 browser to www katieholmespictures com movies shtml scroll down to the Videos section and then try out one of the many clips available there Once you have made your selection RealPlayer will pop up and begin playing the stream in a slightly enlarged window If the Beatles are more your cup of tea try The Birth of Beatlemania at NPR s All Songs Considered site www npr org programs asc archives beatles40 Be sure to click the Real Video link on that page Firefox will then pop up one of its what should I do with this thing windows with Movie Player listed as the default player Movie Player doesn t do as good a job with RealMedia streams so you definitely want to change things In that window click the drop down menu button which at this point says Movie Player and select Other When the Choose Helper Application window appears double click File System in the left pane of the window navigate your way to usr bin in the right pane and then scroll down until you find the file realplay When you find it click it once to select it and then click Open Once back in that original what should I do window check the box next to the words Do this automatically for files like this from now on Your window should look like that in Figure 17 1 If so click the OK button after which RealPlayer will start up and play the stre
332. ld is one of these joining other distros that have long been popular in the ease of use arena such as Mandrake SUSE and Fedora Core There are also many other new distros like Xandros and Linspire that are specifically geared toward making the transition for Windows users easier While many of these entities charge for their distros most also provide them free for download What Is Ubuntu Ubuntu is a completely free easy to use and extremely popular Linux distri bution that is geared toward the desktop user It is one of the hottest Linux distros in the marketplace today It is also one of the few Linux distros with what could be described as a social agenda behind it Becoming a Penguinista 13 14 Chapter 1 Ubuntu was the brainchild of South African millionaire entrepreneur Mark Shuttleworth who is probably better known for being one of the first space tourists the first African in space to be exact Shuttleworth invested over 10 million starting up the Ubuntu Foundation based on his belief in free software and in order to fix what he describes as bug 1 Microsoft s dominance of the desktop PC marketplace As Shuttleworth states in his blog available at https wiki ubuntu com MarkShuttleworth I believe that free software brings us into a new era of technology and holds the promise of universal access to the tools of the digital era I drive Ubuntu because I would like to see that promise delivered as reali
333. lescence Turning it into a Linux machine will ensure it several more years of working life Shame to put good hardware out to pasture so early after all But Is Linux Really Ready for the Desktop Chapter 1 Despite the advances Linux has made in recent years this question still pops up quite often and that s fair enough But consider this When you install a program on your present Windows system and get an error message saying that the program can t run because some DLL file is missing or when you connect a piece of hardware and can t get it to run no one asks if that operating system is ready for the desktop In my own experience I have found no reason to doubt that Linux is ready Sure Linux has its occasional quirks but so does every other operating system Linux is ready and able If my mother hardly a computer wiz can do the work she needs to do and can keep herself amused till the middle of the night using her Linux system without blowing the whole thing up then I think it s pretty safe to say that you ll do all right too What Is a Distribution An operating system consists of a lot of files that perform a lot of different functions And because there is no Linux corporation to package and distribute the files that make up Linux the task of getting Linux onto your computer in working order along with the applications that you are likely to want has fallen to a varied group of entities companies universit
334. lick Library in the left pane and then drag the artists albums or single tracks you want from the right pane to your iPod s icon in the left pane The copy progress will be shown in an orange progress bar in the lower right corner of the Rhythmbox window Copying Files from Your iPod to Your Hard Disk One feature that isn t available in iTunes at least not without the installation of a special freeware plugin is the ability to copy songs from your iPod to your hard disk or even to an external USB drive Luckily Rhythmbox and in fact just about all Linux audio players with iPod support allow you to do this quite easily To copy music from your iPod with Rhythmbox select the tracks you want to export hold down the CTRL key to make multiple selections or use the tabs to select whole artists or genres if you like and then drag the selected items to your desktop music folder or wherever you want them This approach works well enough but it doesn t work perfectly for AAC files which end with a m4a extension While these files can be copied using the process just described the copied files will not have their original filenames The file Over You AAC m4a on my iPod became ZPAD m4a on my desktop The files themselves are fine though in fact if you add them to your Rhythmbox Library they will appear with the original name and artist information If you would like the files that you see in a Nautilus win dow to have a recogniza
335. likely won t notice any difference between PS and PDF files as they look and act pretty much the same To printa web page to PostScript go to the Firefox File menu and select Print When the Print dialog window appears select Print to file and then give your file a name being sure to keep the ps file ending Click Print and within seconds the file will appear on your hard disk Tbis is all fine and dandy but if you want to distribute the document to a broader audience the PostScript alternative just won t do as most Windows users won t have any way to view the file So what can you do Well one way is to create the PS document and then convert it to PDF using the ps2pdf command This is very easy to do though it doesn t always work so well You may find for example that the text within your PS document vanishes in the output PDF file or that the text appears while the graphics vanish Giving it a try can t hurt though so here s how you do it Just type ps2pdf filename ps filename pdf in your Terminal and press ENTER Yup that s all there is to it Project 10 Creating a Virtual PDF Printer If you aren t satisfied with the results of a ps2pdf conversion but you still want to be able to print web pages to PDF there is a fairly simple solution create a virtual PDF printer By doing so you will be able to print to PDF in any application that allows printing sorry gamers Gutenbird 181 182 Chapter 10
336. listed below will be written to the disks Otherwise you will be able to make further changes manually WARNING This will destroy all data on any partitions you have removed as well as on the partitions that are going to be formatted The partition tables of the following devices are changed IDE1 master hda The following partitions are going to be formatted partition 1 of IDE1 master hda as ext3 partition 5 of IDE1 master hda as swap Step 7 of 7 amp Cancel 4 Back Figure 2 6 Ready to install the final page of the installation wizard Wading and Diving 29 30 Chapter 2 10 The partitioner will then do whatever writing to disk it must in order to finish the partitioning process after which the installation itself will seamlessly begin without any additional input necessary from you or anyone else The progress of the installation will be indicated in a window like that in Figure 2 7 so that you don t have to fret and so you ll know how much more time you have left to veg in front of the TV Installing system m Detecting file systems Figure 2 7 Keeping track of the progress of the installation Installation complete As you can see in Figure 2 8 you ve now come to the end of the first phase of the installation You are given the option of either continuing to use the live CD or restarting the machine and run ning Ubuntu directly from your hard disk Well you didn t
337. lity issues http www linmodems org Find out if your modem is supported http www sane project org Check to see if your scanner is Linux compatible and look for fixes if it isn t http www linux laptop net Have laptop want Linux Check it out here http www tuxmobil org Info for using Linux with anything that isn t stuck to your desk laptops PDAs phones etc Wireless Connections If you use a wireless card to connect to the Internet and have trouble getting your card to work or if you just want to know where all the free wireless hotspots happen to be the following sites should help http www hpl hp com personal Jean_Tourrilhes Linux http www ezgoal com hotspots wireless Free Downloads If you find yourself looking for more goodies to play around with you should be able to find plenty of free stuff to download at one of these sites Applications and Other Packages http sourceforge net http www freshmeat net http www gnomefiles org Resources 307 308 Free Fonts http www fontfreak com http www fontparadise com http fonts tom7 com News and Information These sites are mainly informational keeping you abreast of what s going on in the Linux world DistroWatch focuses on the various distributions available out there whereas Linux Today and LinuxPlanet fit better in the online magazine newspaper genre http www distrowatch com http www linuxtoday com http w
338. live CD or still haven t made up your mind what to do you can skip right over the rest of this chapter and go on to the next one to get started working with the Ubuntu desktop If however you haven t installed Ubuntu yet and are ready and raring to do so then you had better stay right where you are and read on Single or Dual Boot Setup If you don t already have Windows installed on your machine you can skip right over this section If on the other hand you do then you are going to have to decide whether or not you want to keep it It is possible to have both Windows and Linux installed on the same machine and for them to happily coexist This is known as a dual boot setup It has also become incredibly easy to set up such a system I started out with a dual boot setup however I eventually found that I used the Linux side of things exclusively Having so much disk space being taken up by a Windows system I didn t use seemed a waste of prime real estate so eventually I just dumped the whole thing and went for a straight Linux only setup My feeling is that unless there is some application that you really need that is not avail able on the Linux side probably some game then go for the Linux only setup and just forget about Windows Linux has most of what you will need anyway and because the applications in the OpenOffice org office suite can read and write Microsoft Office files you ll still be able to collaborate with Windo
339. ll worries about compatibility aside there are some minimum hardware requirements that you will need to meet e Any computer with an 1386 based processor or an Intel or AMD 64 bit processor e About 2 gigabytes GB of hard disk space though having at least 10GB would be a bit more comfy e Sufficient memory RAM The CD that comes with this book is designed to work on machines with 1386 based processors basically all the Pentium chips including Celeron Xeon and the new Core Duo as well as processors from AMD Though this CD will install Ubuntu on a computer with an AMD or Intel 64 bit processor it will only run in 32 bit mode To make full use of your 64 bit processor you need to download the 64 bit version of Ubuntu As for RAM the official specs tell you that you need a minimum of 128 megabytes MB to run Ubuntu While you can no doubt get by with this you d get by much better with more My basic rule of thumb no matter what OS I am dealing with is that you need the recommended not the mini mum memory plus at least 128MB Regardless of what the official specs say put in more You won t regret it Saying that the more memory you have the better may sound a bit simple and perhaps even cavalier but trust me on this one When you have too little memory no matter what system you are running weird things happen Appli cations seem to take years to open or don t open at all menus take forever to render their littl
340. llow others to see your documents the way you intended web pages are good examples it will probably behoove you to install those Microsoft core fonts on your own system Fortunately for you there are two ways to get these fonts One is to download and install them via Synaptic while the other for those of you with a dual boot setup is to simply copy them from your Windows partition In this project I will explain how to perform the first of these procedures so if you re a Windows less Ubuntu user or a dual booter who thinks the Synaptic approach is easier here s what you need to do 1 Run the Synaptic Package Manager System gt Administration gt Synaptic Package Manager and provide your username when prompted 2 Click the Search button In the Search window that appears type msttcorefonts and then click the Search button in that window 3 The msttcorefonts package should now appear in the list pane of the main Synaptic window so click on the package name select Mark for installation in the popup menu and then follow the standard proce dures you learned in Chapter 5 for installing a package via Synaptic When the process is complete your new Microsoft fonts will have been successfully installed and ready for immediate use by every user account on your machine Project 11D Installing Microsoft Core Fonts from Your Windows Partition for Dual Booters If you re a dual booter with Windows installed on anot
341. lly download them in the form of one or more disk images which are commonly referred to as ISOs because such files end in the iso extension An JSO is an image of a CD s file contents which means that it is the CD minus the media itself To put it another way if CDs had souls the ISO would be the soul of a CD take away the CD s metal and plastic and the remaining data would be an ISO As it is impossible to download a physical CD over the Internet the bodiless ISOs are the next best thing For example to get a working copy of Ubuntu from the Web you need to download an ISO which you then burn onto a blank CD in order to give the images their bodies back so to speak In the process you create the working installation disk that you need to install Ubuntu Fortunately burning an ISO to disk is a pretty simple chore Just open a Nautilus window and locate the icon for the ISO file you want to burn to disk Right click the ISO file and in the popup menu that appears select Write to Disc Once you do this the Write to Disc window will appear just click the Write button and you ll be on your way Duplicating Data CDs Chapter 6 Duplicating CDs and DVDs is also easily accomplished in Ubuntu Just right click the desktop icon for the disk you want to copy and then select Copy Disc in the popup menu The Write to Disc window will then appear Click the Write button in that window and the Nautilus CD DVD Creator will begin copying
342. lthough your digital camera is not a USB device in the traditional sense chances are that every time you connect it to your computer in order to transfer photos you are doing so via a USB connector Among the most popular USB devices out there are those for file storage These include external hard disks flash memory card readers and the tiny finger sized devices known as flash drives Figure 6 16 Flash drives are especially popular today and deservedly so they are quite inexpensive extremely handy when you need to transfer fairly large but not gigantic amounts of data from computer to computer from work to home for example and pretty safe in terms of cross platform including Linux compatibility Figure 6 16 USB storage devices Putting USB Storage Devices to Work Let s start with some good news here by pointing out that working with USB storage devices is really easy Just plug the device into one of the USB ports on your computer The LED on the device will do a bit of blinking as the system reads what s on it and after that a disk icon for that device will appear on your desktop A few moments later a Nautilus window will open revealing the contents of the device You can then copy files to and from the device using the drag and drop or copy and paste procedures I mentioned earlier in this chapter Once you are done and wish to remove the device right click its desktop icon and select Unmount in the popup menu
343. lves You can use these icons to move windows from one workspace to another using a basic drag and drop maneuver A New Place to Call Home 45 46 iaka Figure 3 14 The Workspace Switcher shows icons of windows you have open in each workspace For example let s say you want to move Firefox from workspace 2 to workspace 1 To do this you would simply click the tiny icon within the second box of the Workspace Switcher and drag it to the first box after which the icon would appear there because the Firefox window itself would have moved there Finally if you like to keep your hands more on your keyboard than on your mouse you can also move a window from workspace to workspace by using hotkeys With the window you want to move active on top of the pile so to speak press and hold SHIFT CTRL ALT and then use the left and right cursor keys to move the window to the desired desktop Wanda Revisited GNOME Easter Eggs Chapter 3 Well now that we ve finished with our work in this chapter it s time to goof around a bit by revisiting our precocious piscean pal Wanda Knowing what you now do about Wanda the Fish you might find it odd for me to start talking about her again but Wanda has a few more tricks beneath her fins In fact she is a good means by which to introduce two of GNOME s most famous Easter eggs Easter eggs in case you don t know are hidden snippets of code that programmers seem to love to sneak into thei
344. ly below the applet telling you so You can then close the Network Settings window and surf to your heart s content If you are wondering what Internet protocol IP and domain name service DNS are all about you can simply think of them in this way the DNS translates the easy to remember URLs that you have come to know such as www yahoo com into numerical or IP addresses that the Internet can understand The address http www yahoo com thus becomes http 216 109 118 68 You can type the numerical version into your browser later to see for yourself More Than Webbed Feet 51 52 Setting Up a Wireless Connection Chapter 4 Laptops have made the computer a more versatile tool With the right wireless hardware you can now surf the Web just about anywhere you can catch a wave so to speak Whether you happen to be at your breakfast table on your backyard deck in the library of your university or at your local Starbucks Port City Java or Dunkin Donuts you can now go online without having to physically hook up your computer to anything Fortunately the process of setting up wireless networking in Ubuntu is quite easy little different than what you just read in Setting Up a High Speed Connection on page 50 In fact as I just mentioned chances are that everything will just work from the get go Hardware If you lead a solely wired existence or are just inexperienced in this particular area there are a few things w
345. ly writes with such a language is a set of instructions called the source code or source Your computer however cannot actually understand any of that source on its own It is as if the computer speaks ancient Greek and the source code is all written in French The computer therefore needs some sort of interpreter to help it out The various languages that programmers use are called high level languages they are relatively easy for programmers to read The computer on the other hand only understands low level languages which are quite diffi cult for most mere mortal programmers to deal with To convert the high level language instructions to a low level language the computer needs some other program to translate This can be done while a program is running in which case the translator program is called an interpreter Applications that run using an interpreter are usually scripts The pyWings and Briscola applications in Chapter 8 are exam ples of such script applications The problem with such scripts is that they can be slower than most of the applications you re familiar with because the computer must run an inter preter interpret the source code and run the actual application all at the same time This is like having a French book translated into Greek by a live interpreter very slow indeed As an alternative most programs use a compiler instead of an interpreter A compiler translates the high level source code into low level
346. m as if nothing at all happened and your installation attempt was a bust Well despite this lack of system acknowledgment things were happening The first time you install a font in this way your system automatically creates a hidden fonts folder in your home folder and places the font there If you don t like this lack of immediate feedback you can check your fonts folder by typing fonts in the Location box of one of the Nautilus windows This will show you what fonts you have installed locally at this point there should be only one Now that you have installed your font you can go ahead and give it a try in one of your applications such as OpenOffice org Writer Any running applications need to be restarted before the new font will appear in that application s font menu 1 1A 3 An Alternative Approach to Installing Fonts Locally If you prefer truly immediate feedback on your installation progress you can try the following variation of the installation process which yields the same results as in Project 11A 2 on page 191 However because this installation method uses the fonts folder that is created in step 4 of Project 11A 2 you must either go through the process in Project 11A 2 with at least one font file prior to trying this installation method or first create the folder yourself by opening a Terminal window Applications Accessories gt Terminal typing mkdir fonts in that window and pressing ENTER Now that you
347. mber that there is one more file you want to add to the mix you can use the r flag to append the archive For example to add a file called cranky png to the archive you would type the following and then press ENTER tar rvf pics4pals tar cranky png Of course chances are that you will be doing more tarball extracting than creating so you no doubt want to know how to do that Fortunately the process is pretty similar to what you use when creating the tarball The main difference is in the first flag Rather than using the tar command with the c flag you would instead use it with the x flag which tells the tar program to extract the specified archive So if you want to extract a tarball called spicyfood tar type the following command and press ENTER tar xvf spicyfood tar What you have been doing thus far is creating and extracting archives which are basically just collections of files They are not however compressed In fact most tarballs you find will be compressed and you can tell by the ending tar gz That gz means that the archive was compressed using the gzip program Extracting a compressed tarball is just as easy as extracting a straight tar archive all you have to do is add the z flag which tells your system to use the gzip program to decompress the archive For example if you want to extract a compressed tarball called goosedown tar gz type the following command and press ENTER tar xzvf goosedo
348. me folks feel a bit more secure well feeling a bit more secure Chapter 18 tells you how to add a few lines of defense to your system Appendix A Ubuntu Desktop CDs for AMD64 Users The CD bundled with this book is designed to work with 1386 processors It will also work with AMD64 processors although not in 64 bit mode Want to run Ubuntu with an AMD64 processor in 64 bit mode It s easy enough to do Appendix A shows you how to download Ubuntu Desktop CD images and burn them to disk Appendix B Resources Are you crazy for Ubuntu and want to say so Check out a forum Do you have a hardware compatibility question Some websites seem to have all the answers Are you looking for free downloads or do you want to read up on the other Linux distributions Appendix B is a great place to start How to Use This Book It is possible of course to use this book as a mere reference text that you only consult when you have a problem to solve but that would negate the basic concept behind its design Instead I recommend that you go through the entire book chapter by chapter doing the projects along the way This will give you a much broader understanding of how things are done and of how you can get things done and it will reduce the chance for anxiety confusion and worse yet mistakes It is best to read this book and complete its projects when you are relaxed and have time to spare Nothing makes things go wrong more than working in a
349. ment In order to run Java based applications or scripts you need to first install the Java Runtime Environment This is an excellent chance to use Automatix again Just click Codecs and Plugins in the left pane of the Automatix window and check the box next to the words SUN JAVA 1 6 JRE in the right pane After that follow the process you learned earlier for installing packages via Automatix Once the installation gets going another Terminal like window will appear showing what s going on Don t panic you won t have to do anything with that window The whole Java package is pretty hefty in down load weight so don t get freaked out if it seems to take longer than you re used to Eventually a graphical Configuration window such as that shown in Figure 9 9 will appear In that window read and then agree to the licensing terms by checking the box and then click the Forward button More white text will roll by in the other two windows until the process is complete after which the Automatix window will be back to its usual graphical self You can then quit Automatix Configuring sun java6 bin Operating System Distributor License for Java v1 1 DLJ Operating System Distributor License for Java version 1 1 DLJ SUN MICROSYSTEMS INC SUN IS WILLING TO LICENSE THE JAVA PLATFORM STANDARD EDITION DEVELOPER KIT JDK THE SOFTWARE TO YOU ONLY UPON THE CONDITION THAT YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS CONTAINED IN THIS LIC
350. mes 231 web browsers See Firefox browser web pages in foreign languages 202 printing to PDF 181 from Write 212 web resources 3 blogs 306 307 on card games 170 for desktop wallpapers 111 downloading from free sites 307 308 on DVD Easter eggs 46 fonts 308 forums 305 306 free fonts 191 hardware compatibility issues 307 ISO recorder 302 for Linux printer support 176 Linux reference sites 306 on modem troubleshooting 57 MP3 streams 252 news and information 308 for printer drivers 179 rules for playing card games 150 scanner support 184 for Ubuntu Desktop CD 304 wireless connections 307 WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy 53 wget command 147 163 whoami command 129 Wikipedia 14 Exaile display of information from 256 256 Window List icon on GNOME desktop panel 34 window managers 10 Windows Microsoft burning Desktop CD ISO to CD 302 303 compatibility layer 169 filename compatibility 93 installing core fonts with Synaptic 195 installing Ubuntu on system with 23 24 reinstalling for performance improvement 24 security vulnerabilities 291 Wine for running applications 169 173 170 windows in GNOME desktop backgrounds for 108 108 109 changing appearance 113 114 minimizing all open 34 Windows partition copying fonts from 195 finding files 196 mounting 196 197 unmounting 198 Windows Selector applet 116 Wine for running Windows applica tions 169 173 170 installing 170 installin
351. miPod will appear as a small window until it reads the contents of your iPod after which the window should expand into something like the window in Figure 16 7 T 7 Song Artist Album Playlist Lyrics Playback Tools Edit Help Artist 10 of 10 selected Album 4 of 4 selected la th L Playlist Bonnie Somerville Garden State Frou Frou Summer Romance 87 Iron amp Wine The Thrill Of It All 3 Ranarim Till Ljusan Dag Till The Light Of Day Roxy Music Simon amp Garfunkel The Shins Thievery Corporation Zero7 FER Title 1 of 10 selected Album Artist Length Quality lyrics Size Caring Is Creepy Garden State The Shins 3 20 128kbits no 3 20MB In the Waiting Line Garden State Zero 7 4 33 128kbits no 4 38MB Lebanese Blonde Garden State Thievery Corpor 4 46 128kbits no 4 59MB Let Go Garden State Frou Frou 4 12 128kbits no 4 05MB The Only Living Boy in Garden State Simon amp Garfun 3 59 128kbits no 3 83MB Over You AAC The Thrill Of It All 3 Roxy Music 3 23 128kbits no 3 31MB Such Great Heights Garden State Iron amp Wine 4 12 128kbits no 4 04MB Winding Road Garden State Bonnie Somerville 3 27 128kbits no 3 32MB lt G e a C C E 00 00 00 00 9 10 songs 1 78 GB free Figure 16 7 Managing your iPod with YamiPod Setting Up Your System to Automatically Launch Floola YamiPod or gtkpod You can set up your system so that YamiPod or gtkpod automatically l
352. most complicated system because the writing system consists of thousands of characters it is in fact the simplest The Chinese IME simply takes the romanized keyboard input known as pinyin and converts it into Chinese characters or Hanzi For the IME it is essentially a simple dictionary lookup task big dictionary simple IME In the event that there is more than one character for the pinyin input a list of possible candidates will appear and the user can then simply select the appropriate character from that list Japanese The Japanese IME has a considerably more complicated task to perform as it has three writing systems to deal with Kanji ideographic characters borrowed long ago from China hiragana the phono alphabetic system used mainly for tense and case endings and katakana used mainly for words borrowed from other languages Still the standard input method for Japanese is primarily via the standard Roman keyboard layout plus a few extra special function keys Thus typing in Japanese is a two step process whereby the IME first converts the romanized text into hiragana as it is typed and then converts it to appropriate Kanji katakana or hiragana elements after the spacebar is pressed You can see an example of these steps in Figure 12 6 In the first line the IME has already converted the romanized input on the fly It has con verted rinakkusdenihongonyuuryokumodekimasu which means You can also input Japanese in Lin
353. mple While iTunes allows you to add files to your iPod it does not allow you to copy files from it The auto update feature is thus strictly a one way street This means that whenever you hook up your auto update enabled iPod to an iTunes enabled computer iTunes will automat ically add the tracks in its library to your iPod and more frighteningly it will remove any tracks from your iPod that are not present in its library I learned this the hard way when I took my wife s loaded iPod to work and plugged it into my office Winbox with its completely empty iTunes library When I brought the little Podster back home to her with nothing at all on it what ensued wasn t pretty If you have an iPod that is already in FAT32 format it is best for you to disable the auto update function on your iPod while it is connected to your Winbox before bringing your iPod into the Linux world To do this in Win dows start by connecting your iPod to your machine In the left pane of the iTunes window click your iPod in the Devices section and then click the Music tab in the right pane In that tab uncheck the box next to the words Sync music Figure 16 3 Next if you have a photo capable iPod repeat nearly the same process for your photos by clicking the Photos tab in the right pane and then unchecking the box next to the words Sync photos from File Edit Controls View Store Advanced Help LIBRARY di K JI Music Podcasts Photos Contacts Movies
354. mples LINUX MAGAZINE Highly recommended for both new Linux users and new computer users in general BLOGCRITICS In loving memory of Dr James Howard Cremin who along with his family gave me a place in which to find a sense of self during my early days of tumult and who managed to keep his cool when I blew out half the electricity in his house one Christmas morning I miss you UBUNTU FOR NON GEEKS 2ND EDITION A Pain Free Project Based Get Thinga Done Guidebook by Rickford Grant E wes PRESS San Francisco UBUNTU FOR NON GEEKS 2ND EDITION Copyright 2007 by Rickford Grant All rights reserved No part of this work may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage or retrieval system without the prior written permission of the copyright owner and the publisher amp Printed on recycled paper in the United States of America 11 10 09 08 07 123456789 ISBN 10 1 59327 152 2 ISBN 13 978 1 59327 152 7 Publisher William Pollock Production Editors Christina Samuell and Elizabeth Campbell Cover and Interior Design Octopod Studios Developmental Editor William Pollock Technical Reviewer Carthik Sharma Copyeditor Megan Dunchak Compositor Riley Hoffman Proofreader Stephanie Provines Indexer Nancy Guenther For information on book distributors or translations please contact
355. n Add wallpaper Remove Desktop Colors Solid Color Qe Figure 7 10 The newly wallpapered desktop 7B 6 Downloading and Installing the Art Manager GNOME Art Searching the Internet for wallpaper to install can in itself be a rather fun adventure but sometimes it can also feel like quite a chore Fortunately for you me and all involved in such things there is an even easier way the Art Manager The Art Manager also known as GNOME Art is a handy application that searches the art gnome org site and downloads a list with thumbnails of all the wallpapers that are available there It can also do this for the various window border controls and icon theme sets that you can use in the follow ing parts of this project Using the thumbnailed lists you can easily download and install whatever you want all without ever placing a cursor in your web browser Needless to say the Art Manager is decidedly cool Unfortunately the Art Manager is not installed by default however after having gone through Chapter 5 you know how easy it is to download and install applications like the Art Manager All you have to do is run Synaptic do a search for gnome arl and then install it You can then run Art Manager by selecting System gt Preferences gt Art Manager The GNOME Art window will then appear with absolutely nothing in it To put it to use and relieve that emptiness go to the Art menu and select Backgrounds gt GNOME
356. n t have any experience working with database applications so if the database module in AppleWorks is the extent of your contact with such applications you might want to try out a relatively easy to follow tutorial with a not so easy to follow URL at http searchopensource techtarget com tip 1 289483 sid39_gcil148271 00 html Math Finally we come to OpenOffice org Math As I am a bit out of it in terms of math I can t really tell you much more about Math other than that it is a mathematics formula editor that allows you to produce complex mathe matical formulae and then paste them as embedded objects into other OpenOffice org programs It is strictly an editor and does not calculate I think I am safe in saying that most common folk have no need for it in their everyday lives unless of course you write math textbooks for a living Like Draw OpenOffice org Math is not listed in the Applications menu but you can access it via the Run Application panel applet by typing oof fice math Oh and if you do happen to write math textbooks for a living you can also add a launcher for Math to your Applications menu just as you did for Draw by means of the Menu Editor In the open editor window just click Office and then click the New Item button In the Create Launcher window that appears type OpenOffice org Math in the Name box and ooffice math in the Command box Once you re done click OK The new item will then appear in the Menu
357. n a URL just right click the entry for the stream select Properties in the pop up menu and then make the appropriate changes in the Properties window Ah but where do I find these radio streams you ask For the largest collection of MP3 streams just go to www shoutcast com find a stream that seems interesting to you right click the Tune In button for that stream and then select Copy Link Location in the popup menu After that paste the URL in the URL box of Rhythmbox s New Internet Radio Station window and click Add You can then double click the stream in the right pane of the Rhythmbox window to play it Of course many broadcasters also offer live Internet feeds that do not appear on SHOUTcast lists An example of this would be Radio France which offers a number of streams The stream I recommend you try out is Fip which is an exceedingly cool collection of music of all genres you will be constantly surprised by what they play If you are worried about not under standing the language don t be there is very little talk and roughly 80 percent of the music played is in English I don t speak any French other than je suis fatigu but I have no problems at all If you want to give streaming media in general and Radio France in particular a try type http viphttp yacast net V4 radiofrance fip_hd m3u in the URL box of Rhythmbox s New Internet Radio Station window and then click Add Assuming you are already connected to
358. n install that By doing this you can remove the package quite easily using Synaptic whenever the desire strikes Having a DEB package for your application you don t need to keep the project folder and you can save on hard disk clutter To create and install the DEB package here s what you need to do 1 Make sure that Synaptic Add Remove Programs or any other APT installation tool is closed As I mentioned before you cannot have two APT tools running at the same time and after all checkinstal1 will be installing a DEB package 2 Assuming you are using the still open Terminal window in which you entered the make command type sudo checkinstall and then press ENTER 3 A message will soon appear in the Terminal telling you that the doc pak directory does not exist and asking you if the program should create it You want it to so type Y and press ENTER 4 The checkinstall program will then begin performing a mock install after which it will create the DEB package Before completing the pro cess it will ask you for a description of the package Type something like An easy to see Mahjongg game press ENTER and then press ENTER again Automatix and Not So Automatix 165 166 NOTE Chapter 9 5 You will then be presented with a screen such as that in Figure 9 8 giv ing you the chance to change the package information You don t need to change anything so just press ENTER 7 CO aevrunmncer yxmeanjonsas7 S A
359. n that window After a few seconds your web album will ready for viewing To see your new creation open a Nautilus window navigate to the target folder you created for your web album double click it and then look for the file index html within that folder Once you ve found it double click it Firefox will then open to your new album You can see mine in Figure 14 6 Brush Wielding Penguins 231 232 Chapter 14 Eile Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help Gt file nome rg BonnieInSC index htmi gt IG sampie gnucash files Getting Started J Latest BBC Headlines Bonnie in SC A Place to Go BEFORE It Gets Too Hot Done Figure 14 6 Viewing thumbnail images in a web album As you can see the web album presents your photos as a set of thumb nails in a photo or slide motif depending on the theme you choose with buttons there to connect you to whatever other pages your album happens to have Click any one of the thumbnails in your web album and that image will appear in enlarged form within the same window as you can see in Figure 14 7 Eile Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help KE c sa Gt O file ome rg BonnielnSC 007 00038 jpg htm lz gt Gl sampie gnucash files a etting Started G Latest BBC Headlines Bonnie in SC A Place to Go BEFORE It Gets Too Hot Done Figure 14 7 Viewing enlarged images in a web album Project 14C Emblems Again
360. n to the left of the Table button brings up the Hyperlink window from which you can assign links to specified documents not only to web pages but also to documents on an individual computer and even targets within that document While a hyperlink on a web page is something we have all come to take for granted the idea of hyperlinking between text documents sounds like a pretty radical concept It is in fact a rather old one that has been around since before you or I even heard of the Internet Navigator The fourth to the last button in the top row the one that looks like a starburst is the Navigator button Clicking this button brings up the Navigator window see Figure 13 4 which is a pretty cool navigational feature that comes in handy when working with lengthy or otherwise complex documents ew Ty ianrator Tr O s2 Hn Be am Tann A 00 E Headings E E Tables F Text frame Graphics OLE objects 4 Bookmarks Untitled2 active Figure 13 4 The Navigator window The Navigator allows you to easily bounce back and forth between pages in a document or even between elements therein such as sections links and so on Let s say that you have a document with lots of illustra tions in it like this chapter and you want to jump directly from graphic to graphic In this case you would double click the word Graphics in the main pane of the Navigator window and then click t
361. name for that matter though you can put anything you want in your own You will get the chance to create your own plan file in Project 8A on page 140 so if this all seems fun to you just hang in there Before moving on I should mention that you can also use the finger command to do a little domestic espionage of sorts Let s say your child Chris has a user account on your machine Chris who wants your permission to go to the movies claims to have been hard at work on the computer all day writing up a report for school Having your doubts you could type finger chris to see what the facts actually are It may be a bit underhanded and rotten but it works It also works both ways so others can check up on you as well You can give it a try right now by seeing when the last time you logged in to your graphika account was Just type finger graphika and then press ENTER You can even use the finger command to find out facts about people on other systems providing their network s finger service is active and you know their email address Typing something like finger username hostname com would do the trick Kind of cool but also kind of spooky I suppose pwd If you know who you are but aren t exactly sure where you are pwd print working directory should come in handy The pwd command tells you exactly where the Terminal is in your directory tree Let s say for example that my Terminal is in my personal home directory which
362. nd 137 138 158 archive See compressed files Archive Manager 168 Art Manager 116 downloading and installing 112 113 113 for installing splash screen 120 121 Art menu Art Manager gt Backgrounds gt Other 116 gt Desktop Themes 116 gt Other Themes gt Login Manager 118 gt Splash Screen 120 Asian languages installing input support for SCIM 209 typing with SCIM 209 210 asterisk as wildcard character 144 Audacity 264 265 265 audio See also iPods Audacity 264 265 265 Audio Tag tool 264 264 converting file formats 279 279 setting preferences 280 EasyTAG 264 file formats 245 246 Linux Multimedia Studio LMMS 264 players Beep 262 263 browser embedded 258 Listen 261 261 Rhythmbox 249 253 250 Songbird 262 262 Streamtuner 263 263 rippers and encoders Sound Juicer 247 247 249 Totem for playing 286 audio CDs creating 257 258 258 Audio Tag tool 264 264 AU file format 246 Autohide GNOME desktop bottom panel 112 automatic login 120 automatic playlists 252 Automatix 154 157 155 getting and installing 154 installing audio playback and encod ing support with 247 installing Java Runtime Environment with 167 installing Picasa with 239 installing RealPlayer with 259 installing software with 156 157 installing Wine with 170 read write NTFS and FAT32 Mounter package 157 running 154 155 auto update of iPod disabling 270 271 271 avast 298 300 299 downloa
363. ndow 5A 2 Installing Monkey Bubble Let s start using Synaptic by installing a game called Monkey Bubble just to see how things work What you will be doing is basically the standard method you would use to search for and install any package via Synaptic so it is a process well worth remembering Here are the steps In the main Synaptic window click the Search button 2 A Find window will appear Be sure that Description and Name is selected in the Look In menu to provide a more forgiving search type monkey in the Search box and then click the Search button 3 After a short period of time a list of results will appear in the upper right pane Look for monkey bubble and click it once to select it A description of that file will then appear in the bottom right pane 4 Right click that same entry and select Mark for Installation in the popup menu that appears 5 You are now ready to roll so just click the Apply button in the main Synaptic window after which yet another window Summary will appear telling you what is going to be installed what is going to be changed and what is going to be left alone Figure 5 4 ice Samman lea Q Apply the following changes This is your last opportunity to look through the list of markad changes before they are applied Y To be installed monkey bubble Unchanged acpi support apport Summary Show Details 95 packages will be held back and not upgraded 1 new package w
364. new theme will now appear in alphabetical order within the theme list under the name you chose Once that s all done your home folder window should look like that in Figure 7 13 and take a look at your panel and Applications menu while you re at it Ah tr s cool graphika File Browser File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help gt t Up Seo am Home Computer 2 View as Icons z 9 items Free space 66 3 GB Figure 7 13 Changing the look of the home folder window 7B 8 Installing Additional Window Borders Controls and Icons If you are excited about this customization thing but you re not satisfied with the theme choices included with the system you can download and install still other window borders controls and icons To show you how to do this I will walk you through creating a faux Mac theme which will look fairly simi lar to the standard Aqua theme of Mac OS X as you can see in Figure 7 14 4G Applications Places System Figure 7 14 An Aqua fied Ubuntu desktop Dressing Up the Bird 115 116 NOTE Chapter 7 Getting and Installing the Files You ll Need To get the files you ll need to do this take the Art Manager for another ride Once it is up and running go to the Art menu and select Backgrounds gt Other Once the list of available wallpapers appears in the Art Manager window scroll down until you find one called Real shoot install
365. nfigured graphical package installers that come with Ubuntu make installing applications even easier There are so many packages available for Debian systems like Ubuntu that you are likely to find more software out there than you ll ever know what to do with Up to date Some distros are updated at a snail s pace while others strive to be so cutting edge that they are often plagued with bugs Ubuntu with its reasonable six month release cycle tries to stay as up to date as possible while at the same time making sure that things are not released before they are ready for prime time In this way you are ensured of having an up to date yet less buggy distro at your disposal Dependable and robust I know these terms come across as mere hype but after you smack Ubuntu around a bit you come to understand what they mean Knock things down and around and they bounce right back this is very important for beginners who often have a knack for screwing things up Nothing turns a new user off more than a twitchy system that has to be velvet gloved all the time Desktop user oriented A lot of Linux distributions although quite capable in the desktop arena cater more to geeks and developers taking up valuable disk space with a lot of junk you ll probably never use Ubuntu s purpose is to grab desk top market share from the Redmond folks so the needs of the common end user are always in mind The result is that Ubuntu s GNOME desk top en
366. ng and bookmarking you ve just been learn ing you should pretty much be able to figure out how to get from here to there in your home folder Still it is probably a good idea to know where your home folder actually is in the scheme of things just in case you manage to get yourself really lost someday To understand this you should have a basic understanding of the Linux filesystem which as you will find is a bit different from what you were accustomed to in your previous operating system Unlike Windows the Linux filesystem all stems from a single point called root and is represented by a solitary forward slash Your own user account folder is located within a subfolder of root called home This is repre sented as home or to put it into words the home folder within root If your user account were to have the same name as mine rg the path to that folder would be home rg or the rg folder within home within root Whatever the name of your user account or the names of any other accounts you have on your machine happen to be just remember that when you are lost your folder and those for all the other folks with user accounts on your machine are located within the home folder If you re a more graphically oriented person the map in Figure 6 6 should help you out What s in All Those Other Folders Needless to say there is more to the Linux filesystem than the root home and user account folders There are several other direct
367. ng a Penguinista Welcome to the World of Linux ccccccccececcsceesseceeeceeeneeeceeeeseseectaeeecseeeeeeeesnaeeecsiseeenseeens 9 Chapter 2 Wading and Diving Running and If You Like Installing Ubuntu cccecceeeseeeceeeteeeeseseeesnseenteesnsesteeneesteeesaes 21 Chapter 3 A New Place to Call Home Getting fo Know th Desktops cnisia ete eotigatnia lease dae ein 31 Chapter 4 More Than Webbed Feet The Internet Linux Style cere ete abe dek ik cela See a ee eS aa AAN 49 Chapter 5 Rounding Out the Bird Downloading Installing and Updating Programs the Easy Way sccccsesstessteetteeetetnees 67 Chapter 6 A Tidy Nest File and Disk Handling in UBUn tits sesasi ac oBuecticcd siced sa ths ahaa A aa a aa ais 79 Chapter 7 Dressing Up the Bird Customizing the Look and Feel of Your System cccccccesceeseeseeseseeeseesneesneeeeseeseesneeenseeess 101 Chapter 8 Simple Kitten Ways Getting to Know the Linux Terminal and Command Line c cccceccceceeecetseesteetseetsteseneeens 125 Chapter 9 Automatix and Not So Automatix More Ways to Install Programs scccsccssscessscensceseceseceeeeneeseeeeneeneeeneeeeaseneeeneeenteenatees 153 Chapter 10 Gutenbird Setting Up and Using Your Printer and Scanner cccecceeseeceeseseeeeeeceeeneeeeseeeteeeneeseeeeess 175 Chapter 11 Font Feathered Frenzy Adding New Fonts to Your System sseseeeeeeesierisrisristrisrssrrstistrsressrreresrrsrissrrrt 189 Chapte
368. ngs is to do it all from within Rhythmbox To do this first create a playlist with the songs you want to burn to CD and then click the Create Audio CD button A confirmation window will appear asking you if you want to create the CD you ve just set out to create You no doubt do so click the Create button and copies of your tracks will be created in WAV format When that process is complete you will be prompted for a blank CD so pop one into your drive click OK and the burn process will begin When it s done the progress window will vanish and your new audio CD should pop out of your drive Simple Burning Audio CDs with Serpentine Another way to create play anywhere audio CDs from your ripped MP3 and Ogg Vorbis files is with Serpentine Audio CD Creator an application that comes bundled with your system To go this route go to the Applications menu and select Sound amp Video gt Serpentine Audio CD Creator When Serpentine appears add songs to the main pane by clicking the Add button and navi gating to the songs you want to add You can add any mix of songs in any mix of audio formats You can also add songs you have saved to a playlist by going to the File menu and selecting Open Playlist or Open Rhythmbox Play list depending on the type of playlist in question If you are a drag and drop kind of person you can also drag the icons for your audio files directly from one or more Nautilus windows or from playlists within Rhythm
369. nning on your machine Chapter 2 Wading and Diving Running and If You Like Installing Ubuntu The Ubuntu Desktop CD that comes with this book works as both a live and an install CD Chapter 2 tells you how to run a live Ubuntu session off the CD and assuming you catch the Linux bug after doing that how to install the full Ubuntu system on your hard disk as your sole operating system or in a dual boot setup with Windows Chapter 3 A New Place to Call Home Getting to Know the Desktop Regardless of whether you are an migr from the Windows or Mac worlds the Desktop is something you are already quite familiar with Chapter 3 will point out the differences between Ubuntu s GNOME desktop and the one on your previous operating system and it will teach you a number of cool tricks you can use to customize the look and feel of things A couple of nifty GNOME Easter eggs are also introduced Chapter 4 More Than Webbed Feet The Internet Linux Style Have computer will cyber travel could well be the mantra of the Internet age and that being the case Chapter 4 is an indispensable part of your Ubuntu experience In this chapter you will learn how to connect to the Internet and set up wireless connections and you will meet the various software entities that allow you to interact with the Web Chapter 5 Rounding Out the Bird Downloading Installing and Updating Programs the Easy Way Ubuntu comes bundled with most of the software
370. no technical reason for your Linux system not to work via their setup so just nag and push them until they give you the information you want After that make sure your modem is connected to a live telephone connection for example the phone jack in your wall and then do the following 1 Go to the System menu and select Administration Network After typing your password when prompted to do so the Network Settings window will appear 2 In that window click Modem connection to select it and then click the Properties button 3 When the Interface properties window appears check the box next to the words Enable this connection More Than Webbed Feet 55 56 Chapter 4 4 In the Internet Service Provider Data section of that window type the dial up connection phone number as given by your provider and the dial prefix if necessary to dial out of your current phone system some offices require that you first dial 9 for example to make a call out of the office 5 Type your username and password as given by your provider in the boxes in the Account data section of the window 6 Click the Modem tab and then select either Tones or Pulses in the Dial Type section of the window depending on the type of dialing scheme you have for your telephone service Most are tone dialers these days so you can choose that if you re not sure You can generally figure it out your self by paying attention to the sounds made when you
371. ns are clicked they launch the following applications Firefox Your web browser Evolution Mail The very popular Linux email program scheduler and task manager Help Access to the Ubuntu help files installed on your hard disk The Icons Right At the right side of the top panel are a series of icons that perform a variety of functions Some of these are indicators while some are applets that allow you to perform certain functions These consist of Update Notification Tool Tells you when there are system or applica tion updates and allows you to download and install the updates Only appears when updates are available Network Manager Applet Lets you see your network status and config ure your network devices When used with a wireless network connec tion indicates the wireless signal s strength and allows you to switch between wireless networks easily Battery Shows your current battery level when charging or discharging the battery Only appears on laptops Volume Control A volume controller Duh Calendar Clock Date and time date and time date and time Just as you suspected Quit Brings you to the logout screen from which you can logout shut down restart or switch users The Bottom Panel Chapter 3 The bottom panel as you can see in Figure 3 4 is a much simpler affair containing only the four items I will now briefly describe m The Gimp a Layers Channels Paths amp RGB 1 layer
372. ns from phone companies Most computers also have an internal 56Kb s modem or can be connected to external dial up modems for slower connec tions over regular phone lines Depending on what you ve got setting things up on your system should prove a cinch in the case of LAN connections and any others that make use of your Ethernet port such as cable modems 50 possibly a bit more work in the case of wireless connections and sometimes a bit of a challenge when it comes to the ol dial up connections In this chapter you will learn how to set up these connections and learn a bit about what Linux has to offer in terms of the most commonly used Internet applications your web browser and email client Setting Up a High Speed Connection Chapter 4 If you have a high speed Internet connection from your cable television com pany or if you are connected to the Internet by a LAN at your office you are really in luck because these setups are probably the easiest to deal with Most likely all you have to do is connect the Ethernet cable from the wall if you are using a LAN or from your cable modem to the port of the network card on your machine If you re using a wireless router then the Ethernet cable will connect to the wide area network WAN port of your wireless router After that once you start up your machine you should be ready to go with out any further settings to fool with If you like you can see if you re connected by
373. nsparent background for Terminal 152 Trash icon on GNOME desktop panel 35 adding 117 118 Tree view of filesystem 81 troubleshooting after system upgrades 77 modems web resources for 57 non responding windows Force Quit button for 35 36 printer setup 179 180 research on Web for 15 17 scanner 185 INDEX 325 326 INDEX TrueType fonts 189 installing globally 193 194 uninstall 194 installing locally 191 193 uninstall 193 selecting and downloading 190 Tux penguin 11 TuxCards 158 158 converting RPM 159 installing DEB packages 159 Tux Paint 243 243 Type 1 fonts 189 typing nonstandard characters 202 205 with Compose Key option 203 Keyboard Indicator GNOME Panel utility 203 U Ubuntu advantages 14 15 defined 13 15 installing 23 30 login screen 31 32 running directly from live CD 22 23 startup screen 22 Ubuntu 7 04 Desktop edition 3 Ubuntu Desktop CD 301 burning ISO images to CD in Mac OS X 303 303 304 in Windows 302 303 downloading ISOs 301 304 ordering 304 309 uninstalling globally installed fonts 194 locally installed fonts 193 universe repositories 69 unmounting Windows partition 198 updatedb command 132 Update Notification Tool icon on GNOME desktop panel 34 upgrades to applications with Synaptic 73 to system with System Update Panel applet 76 76 77 troubleshooting after 77 USB Mass Storage protocol 226 USB printer 176 USB storage devices 96 97 97
374. nt Folder Access Create and delete files Access Read only File Access gt r Group rg Group rg gt Access None gt Folder Access Access files gt Others File Access lt Access None lt Others Execute Allow executing file as program Folder Access Access files RELINUN Cente unknown File ACCABESS Last changed Mon 26 Mar 2007 06 45 54 PM EDT Execute Allow executing file as program 17 Help Ed close SELinux Context unknown Last changed Mon 26 Mar 2007 06 53 11 PM EDT Apply permissions to enclosed files Help EJ close Figure 6 10 Changing permissions in a Nautilus Properties window Keeping Your Home Folder Private Another exception to my you don t need to worry about permissions claim and a potentially important one at that is the state of permissions for your home folder particularly when other people have user accounts on your machine In Ubuntu when someone logs in to their own account on your computer they can click their way to your user folder and view its contents To remedy this situation and thus protect the sanctity of your home folder the privacy of its contents and the peace of mind ofits owner you you can change the permissions of your home folder Here s what you need to do 1 Open up a Nautilus window and then double click File System in the side pane The contents of your entire hard d
375. nter in the Printers window and select Properties in the popup menu 2 In the Properties window that appears click the Print a Test Page button Your system will send a test document to your printer and let you know it s done so in a small window which you can close The printer should print out the test document shortly If your test page didn t come out the way it should or if your printer wasn t configured automatically or correctly by the system check out www linuxprinting org and see if there are any special requirements or caveats for your model For the Driverless Among You As I mentioned there are some printers for which Linux does not yet have built in support For those of you who find yourselves with such printers there are a few routes you can take in order to get things to work Checking the Connections You d be surprised how many times I have triumphantly solved someone s printer problems by simply wiggling or replugging their USB or parallel con nectors Loose connections are often the culprit when your printer s model name fails to appear in the first page of the printer setup wizard If that approach fails browse to www linuxprinting org as it is sometimes the case that Linux can only support certain printers if they are connected via the parallel port even if they work via USB in other systems Third Party Drivers Recently more and more Linux printing drivers are becoming available If you d
376. nternet connection 52 52 53 hardware modems 57 Help icon for 34 Helper Application window 282 HFS filesystem 268 hibernate 47 hidden files displaying 132 141 plan file as 140 hiding Nautilus side pane 81 82 hierarchical notebook TuxCards as 158 158 high level programming languages 160 high speed Internet connection setup 50 51 Hindi 210 hiragana 207 History view of filesystem 81 Hoary Hedgehog 18 home folder 80 85 adding folders to 107 keeping private 90 viewed in Nautilus window 80 hotkeys See keyboard shortcuts HSQL 215 HTML See web pages HWiNFO 16 Hyperlink button OpenOffice toolbar 216 Hyperlink window 216 icons changing sets 113 114 115 for fonts 190 on GNOME desktop menus changing 42 44 changing order 44 44 on GNOME desktop top panel 34 installing additional 115 116 using existing as emblem 233 ICQ 66 IME Input Method Editor 207 import process for digital photos 226 Impress OpenOffice 214 im switch package 209 inkjet printer scanned image resolu tion and 188 Input Method Editor IME 207 inserting graphics in OpenOffice document 218 INSTALL files for source files 163 installing applications Alien 158 Art Manager 112 113 113 Automatix 154 with Automatix 156 157 Briscola 147 DEB packages 154 157 159 Exaile 255 Firefox extensions 60 60 61 Flash plugin 62 63 64 with GNOME App Install 73 76 selecting applications for 74 gtkpod 27
377. ntly used files Adding a drawer to your panel is very easy and is basically the same procedure that you used to add the Force Kill button to the panel Here is all you need to do 1 Right click any open space on the top panel 2 From the popup menu select Add to Panel after which the Add to Panel window will appear 3 In that window click Drawer once to highlight it and then click the Add button Close the window by quite logically clicking Close 3A 6 Adding Program Launchers to the Drawer The drawer you ve just added is of course empty at this stage so let s put it to good use by adding launchers for three useful yet less glamorous system utilities These are System Monitor which allows you to view your computer s running applications and processes memory and CPU usage and storage device usage Terminal in which you can type and execute commands slightly geeky I admit but very useful and Synaptic Package Manager which you can use to download and install applications Here s what you need to do 1 Right click the drawer applet in the panel and select Add to Drawer in the popup menu 2 In the Add to Drawer window that then appears and looks and behaves exactly the same as the Add to Panel window click the Application Launcher button 3 In the next screen click the small arrow next to Administration scroll down and click Synaptic Package Manager to select it and then click Add The Synaptic
378. nu This means that you have to open a Terminal window and type a command every time you want to run such programs which can get old rather fast The Run Application panel applet is one way around this problem A New Place to Call Home 35 Select an item to add to Top Panel Search Application Launcher Custom Application Launcher i E Accessories a qR Address Book Clock Deskbar Dictionary Look up Fish Search 2 E pf g x2 Bu D Geyes Invest Sticky Notes Tomboy Notes Weather Report Desktop amp Windows gt oo 8 m Drawer Force Quit Lock Screen Quit Show Desktop E Trash Window List Window Selector Workspace Switcher s Force a misbehaving application to quit e Help d Add Eg close L d Figure 3 5 Adding launchers and utility applets to the GNOME Panel To add the Run Application applet to the panel just follow the same steps you used in adding the Force Quit button but this time in step 3 highlight Run Application in the Add Launcher window instead of Force Quit If you later decide not to keep the Run Application panel applet on the panel or if you just prefer keyboard shortcuts to pointing and clicking it is worth noting that you can also bring up the applet by pressing ALT F2 3A 2 Adding Amusing Applets to the Panel The GNOME Panel not only allows you to add very functional utilities but it allows you to add quite seemingl
379. nvision it as a system for compu geeks an environment in which you do everything the hard way by command line In this era of graphical interfaces the idea of typing commands to get things done seems a dreadful throwback to the days of DOS and that puts many people off especially those who remember what it was like in the old days This reaction is fair enough but it is not really an accurate reflection of the reality of the Linux world After all most Linux users today utilize some sort of graphical interface They can and often do achieve all that they hope to achieve through drop down menus and mouse clicks alone Many are able to survive quite happily without ever once opening their Terminal The same could be true of you 126 Chapter 8 Be that as it may there is still much to be said for the power and conven ience of the command line The fact that the command line can now be utilized within a graphical environment also makes it much less forbidding The Terminal is just a tiny text based island in a sea of graphical bodies see Figure 8 1 Using the command line can be as pain free as anything else you do on your system and it can actually provide you with a little fun if you are willing to give it a try Applications Places system Q E3 Qi Sun Apr 1 10 38 pm B a w Layers Channels P o x Calculator x GNOME Sudoku JLo ji Calculator Edit View Help File Edit View G
380. o fork out money that I could ill afford to spend I was able to manip ulate my digital images rip songs from CDs create vector drawings create PDF files and do a variety of other things that I wasn t able to do under Windows It was only a matter of time before my dual boot setups became full Linux only setups I ceased to be a Windows user Since those early Linux days I have gone on to try out a number of other distributions including JAMD Xandros Damn Small Linux and most recently Ubuntu I am happy to report that things have continued to get easier and better and those early frustrations I suffered trying to get things to work with this machine or that piece of hardware are becoming more and more a thing of the past Best of all with the advent of live CDs which allow you to try Linux out before you actually install it you don t even have to take a leap of faith to get started Who Is This Book For Introduction If you are standing in the aisle of your local bookstore reading this right now you may well be wondering who this book is for If you also happen to see my previous books Linux for Non Geeks and Linux Made Easy on the same shelf or have at least heard about them you might also be wondering what the differences among these books are These questions are reason able enough To put it simply there are two differences the experience level of the target reader and the distribution covered in each book Linux Jor
381. o start the installation This will bring up the first page of the installation wizard Figure 2 2 Catala Welcome e tina Ready to install Once you answer a few questions the Banal contents of the live CD can be installed on this computer so you can run the system at full speed and without the CD Deutsch EAAnviKet Answering the questions should only take a few minutes English Please choose the language used for the installation process No localization This language will be the default language for the final system Esperanto Espanol Eesti Euskaraz Suomi Frangais Galego opreich nay fet Hrvatski Magyarul if you have Internet access read the release notes for information on problems that may affect you Bahasa Indonesia Release Notes Italiano Step 1 of 7 X cancel m Forward Figure 2 2 The opening installation wizard screen 3 Welcome choose language Choose the language you want to use dur ing and after the installation process and then click the Forward button No matter what language you choose you will always have the option of booting up in English once the system is installed You can also add sup port for other languages later 4 Where are you choose location The Ubuntu installer will select the default location for the installation language you have chosen If your location is different select the one appropriate for you by clicking directly on the wizard map
382. oK 254 iPod support 272 AMD64 processor 18 Ubuntu CD for 301 304 animation Blender for 242 242 antivirus software 292 avast as 298 300 299 ClamAV as 296 297 AOL Instant Messenger 66 appending file to tarball 139 applets adding to GNOME desktop panel 36 37 applications See also installing applications compiling from source 159 162 costs of 11 firewall 294 296 moving running between virtual desktops 45 46 restarting for new font display 192 Wine for running Windows versions 169 173 170 Applications menu gt Accessories gt Text Editor 209 gt Virus Scanner 297 gt Add Remove 73 gt Games gt Monkey Bubble 72 gt Graphics gt GIMP Image Editor 235 gt GPixPod 278 gt gThumb Image Viewer 229 gt Picasa 240 gt Tux Paint 243 gt XSane Image scanning program 185 gt Internet gt Evolution Mail 65 gt Firefox Web Browser 58 gt Gaim Internet Messenger 66 gt Skype 156 gt Thunderbird Mail Client 66 gt Programming gt FontForge 200 312 INDEX Applications menu continued gt Sound amp Video gt Beep Media Player 262 gt GnomeBaker 95 gt Movie Player 284 gt Rhythmbox Music Player 250 gt Serpentine Audio CD Creator 258 gt SoundConverter 279 gt Sound Juicer CD Extractor 248 gt System Tools gt New Login 105 adding Draw to 215 adding launchers to panel from 38 38 in Japanese 206 APT See Advanced Package Tool APT apt get comma
383. odec packages via Automatix back in Project 15A you now can Can Play Foreign DVDs Your computer can play DVDs of any broadcast standard NTSC PAL or SECAM and of any regional encoding This is a better setup than that DVD player you have hooked up to your TV because the vast majority of stand alone DVD players in the United States and I would venture to guess that the size of that majority is 99 9 percent do not allow you to play anything other than Region 1 NTSC disks NTSC being the broadcast standard in the United States and what its televisions are designed to display while the DVD region is 1 This information is usually provided on the back of DVD packages see examples in Figure 17 2 though the packaging for most disks produced for the US market does not include it NTSC PAL NTSC ARABIA Figure 17 2 Examples of regional encoding labels on DVD packages Despite the wonderful everything goes nature of your computer in terms of DVD playback there is a serious caveat to bear in mind Depending on the manufacturer of your DVD drive you will only be able to switch back and forth between DVDs of differing regional encodings four or five times After that the drive will be locked into the regional encoding of the disk you were playing at that time forever This is unrelated to your operating system it is strictly a hardware matter The only exception to this region lock rule are those DVDs labeled Region Free or ALL
384. of paths that the system checks for run commands so as to make the system aware of your new application s existence However let s try another method that I think is easier What you will do is create a link to pyWings a sort of launchable alias in one of the locations your system does check for commands To create this link you will be using three commands cd to change directories sudo to give yourself write access to the destination folder and In s to create the link 1 In the Terminal type cd usr games and press ENTER This puts you in one of the folders your system searches when you enter commands 2 Type sudo 1n s home username LocalApps pyWings pywings py pywings and press ENTER Note that there is a space between the words pywings py and pywings at the end of that command string The pywings at the end of that command string is the name that you are giving the link the name of the link thus becomes the command you will use to run the application If you type nothing the link will be called pywings py which would mean three more keystrokes for you every time you wanted to start the program 3 Type your password when prompted to do so and then press ENTER 4 Type cd and press ENTER to return the Terminal to your home folder 8B 7 Running pyWings Again Now that you have created the link you should be able to run the pyWings program much more easily To try it out quit pyWings if it is still runnin
385. oft Office you should still find it all pretty straightforward as the basic layout is pretty intuitive And if you are lacking in the intuition department the built in Help files are pretty good too To further help you along the Tips system works just like tooltips in the Windows and Mac worlds In case you aren t sure what I m talking about tooltips are those little yellow boxes that pop up to tell you what a button or menu item does when you place your mouse over that button or menu item Despite all the straightforwardness I am speaking of there are a few interface items that will most likely be unfamiliar to you That being the case I will briefly discuss those items I ll be using the word processor Writer as I describe these things so if you want to run OpenOffice org while following along Writer might be a convenient starting point for you too Getting to Know the Buttons Although you should pretty much be able to figure out what all of the buttons on the OpenOffice org toolbars do there are a few buttons common to all OpenOffice org modules that most likely require or at least deserve a bit more explanation Export to PDF This first button is situated to the left of the two printer buttons Print and Print Preview You can use this button to export or save your document as a PDF file in a manner that is similar to albeit easier than the one in Chapter 10 Hyperlink Clicking the Hyperlink button the butto
386. ok ccccecesceeeeeeceseeeeceeeesseenseeeeneeecseeeenaeees 7 About the Projects in This Booking sieo errre ae seas e e eashoranaeviactets 7 1 BECOMING A PENGUINISTA Welcome to the World of Linux 9 Whats HR UKE gt oo te ocd va 8b a a a a a a ds 10 About the Penguiniss devccpvacesecs2 duevsneeuapeia stats A a aaa Ra A E TTEA tenn ence tage EEA 11 Why Should Use LINUX aininn n i iE e E R E Ei 11 Is It All Just About Money ce ceccecccececeeeceecseeeeeesneeseaeesneesneesteeenteentesneeeens 12 But Is Linux Really Ready for the Desktop ecceccceeseeeseesceeeeeeeeeesteesnseeeeeentesteeeas 12 What Is a Distribution ission e E a EE TRAS 13 What ls Ubun nienia nei E A E E E Aa ONE 13 Why Ubuntu TReni ss isan aa a a e a Aia 14 Hardware Compatibili ssiri een r Er Ea ee Ea GAS 15 Diving Ms a aes a a Te S Ta S A 15 When Research Is Required c cceecceeseesesceseeeseceeeecneeenteeeeeeseeseeenreeereees 15 Hardware Requirement s 22sc ctcceccsane task cbse aea ae e e e e a EEEE 17 Good News for AMD64 Users cccceccecsecceeesceceeeeeeceeeeeseecesaeeecnaeeesseeecaeeecseeeesnees 18 Mixed News for Mac Users ccccccessceeeeceeecsseeeeseeecnececseecenseeecaeeecseeeeseeecseeeseeeee 18 Speaking Ubuntus d oA heat Ae tlh Ms Hota dle Osacit sue Meceee cata Chock oA Ate 18 Where Do lGo from Here ccs ean ye troa E conga eae e E Se caetheeeet fies 19 2 WADING AND DIVING Running and If You Like Installing Ubuntu
387. older Bookmarks Within Nautilus With all this clicking away to deeply buried subfolders it is worth mentioning another very handy feature of Nautilus bookmarks Yes Nautilus lets you bookmark folders to which you have navigated While you are no doubt familiar with creating bookmarks for web pages that you frequent you may be wondering why on earth you would want to create bookmarks within your filesystem Well imagine that you have a folder that you need to use often but it is even more buried away than my gooseberries folder in the previous section Getting there would take an excessive number of mouse clicks and all that clicking is bound to eventually give you a bad case of carpal tunnel syndrome While that is great for your HMO it is most decidedly not good for you Instead of maiming yourself you could click your way to that folder once and then in the Bookmarks menu of the Nautilus window select Add Bookmark After that whenever you want to get back to that buried folder you can just click the Bookmarks menu and the folder will be right there waiting for you in the drop down list Another handy thing about Nautilus bookmarks is that they also appear in Save As dialog boxes such as when you save an OpenOffice org document or download a file via Firefox In any Save As dialog box just click the Save in folder button and you will find your bookmarks Understanding the Linux Filesystem With all that path typing navigati
388. olling compatibility Background O None use solid color Background image Image file IMG_3991 jpg f Background image scrolls O Transparent background Shade transparent or image background None Maximum tel Eg close Figure 8 14 Customizing the Terminal window If you just want to make the background transparent select Transparent background and drag the slider near the bottom of the Editing Profile window to the far left You can also use the slider to adjust the shading of your background image if you choose to go that route Simple Kitten Ways 151 152 NOTE The transparency effect used in the Terminal is a pseudo transparency as it is really just a mirroring of the desktop image You will thus find if you have any icons on your desktop that when you pass the transparent terminal across such icon laden areas those icons will not appear in the seemingly transparent Terminal window all you will see is the desktop wallpaper or background color Depending on the colors present in your background image or in your desktop wallpaper if you ve gone the transparent route you may also want to change the font color for your Terminal to make things easier to see To do this click the Colors tab deselect Use colors from system theme and then make the appropriate font color selection Tabbed Shell Sessions in the Terminal Chapter 8 To wrap things up in this chapter
389. on t find your printer on that second page of the printer setup wizard just trying Googling the make and model of your printer plus the word linux In my case having a Samsung SCX4100 laser printer that did not appear at www linuxprinting org I searched for samsung SCX4100 linux This led me to www driverstock com which provides free printer drivers for most operating systems including Linux On that site I found not only the driver for my printer but also the driver for its built in scanner You might also want to check the website for the manufacturer of your printer as many now provide Linux drivers for a number of their printers Brother Lexmark Hewlett Packard and Samsung do to name a few Canon seems to be the main holdout as far as the big boys go There is also a German company www turboprint info that provides Linux drivers albeit for a fee for machines that are really hard to deal with and for high quality graphic solutions Gutenbird 179 180 Chapter 10 If you happen to find and download a driver for your printer that does not come with its own installer the driver file should end in ppd go back to the printer setup wizard click the Install Driver button on the second page and then navigate to the driver file you downloaded Don t forget to give the Ubuntu forums www ubuntuforums org a try to see if anyone there has any experience getting the printer in question to work on their system Trial and Error
390. on 35 42 42 adding amusing applets 36 37 adding drawer 39 40 adding menu contents to panel 41 adding program launcher 37 37 38 adding program launcher to drawer 40 41 adding utility buttons 35 36 36 changing program launcher icons 38 39 39 moving things around on 41 42 top panel 32 34 33 parallel port for printer 176 passwords 24 to access network share 87 87 for software install 292 for Synaptic 68 path for executable files 145 PCMCIA slot on laptop 52 PDF from AbiWord 220 creating virtual printer 181 183 printing to 180 printing web page to 181 saving OpenOffice document as 216 penguin 11 permissions chmod change mode to change 136 137 for home folder 90 91 within Nautilus 88 90 changing 89 for plan file 141 PfaEdit 199 photographs See also digital cameras adjustments in gThumb 229 deleting from camera 227 names for imported 227 saving to hard disk from camera 228 transferring with GPixPod 278 278 279 viewing with gThumb 228 228 229 Picasa 239 240 240 Automatix for installing 239 Pico editor 140 141 141 Pidgin Internet Messenger 66 pinyin 207 PiTiVi 287 Places menu gt Home Folder 80 191 Places view of filesystem 81 plan file 130 130 creating 140 141 permissions for 141 playing video streams with RealPlayer 281 282 Plugin Finder Services 63 plugins 62 podcasting 264 Popup Manager in Firefox 59 60 PostScript fonts 189 printing from F
391. on up until now and have been happily using your iPod on both a Mac and a Winbox then you can be sure that your iPod was formatted using FAT32 because Windows spews out chalk spittle when it tries to deal with anything that Microsoft itself didn t create In other words Windows can t read drives formatted by HFS while Mac OS can read both HFS and FAT32 drives If you are using an iPod Shuffle you can also be sure that it is FAT32 formatted because all iPod Shuffles are period Of course if you re a prove it to me kind of person you can seek truth from facts by just plugging your iPod into your iTunes equipped Mac or Winbox and seeing what it says in the right pane of the iTunes window next to the word Format If it says Windows you re ready to go If you don t have a Mac or Winbox handy you can check from within Ubuntu by going to the Applications menu and selecting Accessories gt Text Editor Choose Open and File System in the left pane double click etc in the right pane select the file mtab and then click the Open button to reveal the format of your iPod Just look for a line that says something like dev sda2 media ipod or dev sdb2 media ipod and see what is listed to the right of that If it says vfat then you know your device is FAT32 formatted If it reads hfsplus well you re just going to have to change it Reformatting Your iPod And how do you change your iPod from HFS to FAT32 format Well the ea
392. one Figure 12 1 A Japanese web page displayed in Firefox Changing the Character Encoding in Firefox Firefox usually automatically recognizes the language in which a web page is written and thus displays the page correctly Sometimes however the author of the page may neglect to include the character coding for that page in the HTML in which case Firefox not knowing that the page is prepared in another language will open it in the default language of your system The result is a page in which you see nothing but odd combinations of symbols and letters that have no meaning In this case try changing the character coding in Firefox to the language encoding you believe the page to be in Some languages employ more than one encoding scheme so if you re not sure give each one a try You can make your choices by going to the Firefox View menu and selecting Character Encoding From the submenu there you can select the appropriate coding for the language of that page Typing Nonstandard Characters Typing characters that are not standard in English such as B and a can be done quite easily in Linux without any modifications In most situa tions you can do this by using the Character Map utility included in your 202 Chapter 12 system which can be found at Applications gt Accessories Character Map Upon running Character Map a window like the one shown in Figure 12 2 will appear Teharact
393. ongg seceeseeeeeeeeteeeneeees 164 Contents in Detail Xi 9C 3 Installing Xmahjongg cseeceesceeseeseeceeseeeseeseeeeseeeseeeseeseesieenteensees 165 9C A Running Xmahjongg ccccecceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeseesseeeeeesteesssesereesteeeneeeses 166 Project 9D Running Java Apps Risk ssscsssssssssssessssssscssssscssssccsessessesscsseseesecsesers 167 9D 1 Installing the Java Runtime Environment cccecceesessteeereeetseeteeeses 167 9D 2 Getting the Risk Filesi neoini ieii cues Mens 168 ODI Running Riska ied tale Ait slender Sap teed ahi ata aa Meso a 168 Running Windows Applications with Wine cccccecescessesereeeesesseestseeseeenteeneeeaes 169 Installing and Checking Out Wine ccecceseceeeeeeeeeeenseeneeeneeeteeenieenseeaees 170 Installing a Windows Application in Wine cccsceeeeseeeseeeteeeeseeeseeeneentes 171 Running a Windows Application in Wine c ccceseesseeeteeeteeeteeneeneenaees 172 Installing Microsoft Internet Explorer ccceseeeseseteeeeseeeeeteeeenteeeneesneeeneees 172 10 GUTENBIRD Setting Up and Using Your Printer and Scanner 175 Printet Senai ii wat E ATE TETEE A E AE TEE E EET 176 Confirming That Your Printer Is Supported ceeccesceeeteeeteceteeenteenteeeneenes 176 Setting Up Your Printers aeei eton sales ser E aet EEEE A OET EEEE 176 For the Driverless Among YOu cssccsssecetseeeeeeeeeeeeeeentecneceteeenieeneenaees 179
394. ontents of the INSTALL file and start wondering what alien tongue it is written in In such cases when you have no idea what the INSTALL file is going on about which sometimes happens just look for a configure file in the package folder If you find one then just try doing things the way you will learn in this project 9C 2 Running configure and make for Xmahjongg Now that you have downloaded and untarred the Xmahjongg tarball instal lation is pretty standard though we will be finishing up in a slightly different way Here s what you need to do 1 Open a Terminal window and then move into the new folder by typing cd xmahjongg and pressing ENTER The next step is sort of a setup phase that runs the configure script in the xmahjongg 3 7 folder The configure script checks what files com pilers and other things it needs and then it searches your computer to see if those things are there and if so where Based on this information it writes a file called a makefile which is a set of instructions that will tell the make command in the subsequent step how to set things up specifically for your system configuration Configure the program by typing configure and pressing ENTER While you are running configure you will see lots of odd and myster ious things flowing through your Terminal window this is essentially a running account of what is going on each step of the way Depending on the program you are dealing with this
395. op Le File System Cee AUL rile Hroweer file gdt View Go gookmarks Help uJ 2 Up Reload Home B e grapa Q 100 Q viewasicons Places a i J lt 3 graphika 4 amp Desktop Exemp L File System 2 items Free space 66 3 GR 2 items Free space 66 3 GB cathedral rosaries Googl amp Synaptic Package Manager ise rg File Browser N Xnest img Figure 7 4 Using Xnest to log in to another account while still in your own Project 7B Customizing Your Desktop Environment Chapter 7 Whichever user account you ve decided to play with you are now ready for action We are going to start off easy by just creating folders but by the time we get to the end of the process you will have created a much wilder and depending on how you look at things gaudier desktop environment than you ve ever seen before All of this is in good fun of course and when you are done you should be able to completely and confidently customize things the way you want on your own So let s go 7B 1 Creating Folders To get started open your home folder Unless you ve been working on your own without me there should be nothing there at this point except for the Examples folder which I mentioned in Chapter 3 and a folder called Desktop which basically contains any files folders and shortcuts to programs that you have put on your desktop If you are anything like me you w
396. opening Firefox click your Firefox launcher in the top menu right next to the System menu and then once it starts up trying to navigate to a com mon site such as www yahoo com If the site comes up you know you re all set If you have a problem getting online and you are trying to connect to via a LAN or cable modem the problem could very likely be that your network card is not supported by Linux This is relatively rare but fortunately easily remedied by replacing it The problem could also be that your network or service provider does not automatically assign addresses via Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP DHCPis a means by which your Internet provider can automatically dynamically provide your system with the configuration information it needs in order to connect to the Internet If your provider does not utilize DHCP you will have to get the necessary information about settings from the network administrator or service provider and enter the settings yourself Setting Up a Cable or Ethernet Connection for Providers Not Utilizing DHCP To input your cable or Ethernet settings yourself first get the settings you need from your network administrator or Internet provider and then perform the following steps 1 From the System menu select Administration Network 2 You will be prompted for your password at this point so type it that would simply be your user password and click Continue 3 The Network Set
397. or burning the initial session ATidy Nest 95 96 File Edit Project Tools Window Help D B New Open Save Ej 4 r Desktop Places Name Modified Screensrecreucnassprig rouay Org i y Screenshot new file Properties png Today Desktop P Screenshot new folder Properties png Today L File System r Screenshot Windows Network workgroup on workgroup File Browser png Yesterday CD ROM 1 X ubuntu06 10_forFF zip Today sp Add JJ ubuntu Sax ogg 03 09 2007 ofl hon xX Add file s Remove selected Clear Welcome Data CD Contents Contents Size Full Path GnomeBaker data disk E filesystem odg 10 00 KB home rg Desktop filesys kyrkan jpg 780 62 KB home rg Desktop kyrkar E Marcho7 pdf 511 90 KB home rg Desktop March Resume2006_BLMFD_Rickford_Grant doc 33 50 KB home rg Desktop Resun gt 1 30 MB used 701 82 MB remaining 700MBCD aun Figure 6 15 Using GnomeBaker to create multisession disks USB Storage Devices Chapter 6 No chapter dealing with file handling and storage would be complete with out touching upon the topic of USB storage devices so that is exactly where I will now turn Unless you have been under a digital rock for the past few years you are no doubt well familiar with USB devices Your printer is very likely a USB device as is your scanner And a
398. oreign languages using Synaptic to find 69 locate command 133 133 logging in to user accounts 104 105 other account in separate window 105 106 login automatic 120 Login Manager 118 login screen bypassing 120 changing 118 119 119 displaying 47 multilingual 205 206 for Ubuntu 31 32 Login Screen Setup window 118 Login Window Preferences window 118 119 Security tab for automatic login 120 low level programming languages 160 ls list directory contents command 131 132 lyrics in Exaile 256 in Rhythmbox 253 254 machine code 160 Macintosh 18 Mac OS X burning Desktop CD ISO to CD 303 303 304 Mahjongg See Xmahjongg make clean command 161 165 make command 161 for Xmahjongg 164 makefile 164 make uninstall command 165 malware 291 Mandrake 2 Mandriva 2 Math OpenOffice 215 media folder 86 memory Linux minimum requirements 17 memory card reader for photo transfers 226 menu editor 43 44 44 215 menus on GNOME desktop adding contents to panel 41 manipulation 42 44 changing icon order 44 44 changing icons 42 44 Michael Feldman s Whad Ya Know 260 microphone for Skype 156 Microsoft Office 212 OpenOffice file compatibility with 215 216 Microsoft Windows See Windows Microsoft mirroring photos in gThumb 229 mkdir make directory command 133 134 192 modems 55 57 monitor identifying 16 Monkey Bubble 71 72 72 motherboard identifying 16 mounting Windows
399. ories at the same level as home though for the most part you really shouldn t be directly mucking around with them unless you know what you re doing Fortunately most of these folders are write protected so you should be fairly well protected from yourself Still it is natural to be curious about what those other folders are there for since well they re there So to satisfy your curiosity a bit Pll do a little explaining ATidy Nest 85 86 bin boot dev etc me home mom initrd grams lib lost found Figure 6 6 The location of your users folders within the Linux filesystem In Ubuntu there are four folders that contain most of the applications on your system The essential elements of your system are located in sbin Other elements that need to be there though they may not be used such as com mands and the like are located in bin Most of the applications that you actually think of as applications and use in a hands on way are located in usr Finally there are some add on applications such as RealPlayer that install themselves into opt Three other top level folders that might be of interest to you are etc lib and media The first of these etc is the location of all the configura tion files on your system The second lib is the home of all of the libraries that are required by your system or applications installed on it These libr
400. orth knowing To get started you need to have the right hardware If you just want to go wireless outside of the home then all you need is a wireless network interface card NIC These are often built in to modern laptops while for others they are usually add ons in the form of cards that pop into the PCMCIA slot on the side of your computer as seen on the right of Figure 4 3 Figure 4 3 All you need for a WiFi setup an access point and a network interface card There are however also some NICs that plug into one of your machine s USB ports or in the case of desktop models one of its PCI slots While support for NICs of this type has improved through the last couple of years there are still gaps and some can be rather tricky to deal with If you re looking for a sure thing Centrino IPW 2100 and IPW 2200 cards are definitely supported by Ubuntu As for NICs of the built in or PC card variety you will find support much better but even then you have to make sure or at least hope that the card you are using is Linux compatible No matter what NIC you are won dering about the easiest way to find out whether or not it will work is to just NOTE try it out The Linux kernel now comes with several wireless drivers built in and Ubuntu updates often provide new ones so if you use a card that is com patible with one of those drivers things will be smooth sailing If things don t seem to work check the Ubuntu forum
401. ou ll be happy to know that there are always more things you can bend to your will In addi tion to being able to customize your system sounds the splash screen that appears after you log in and the system fonts that are displayed in your menus and folders you can also play around with the many applications that allow customizations through the use of skins designed specifically for those apps Perhaps the most notable of these customizable applications is Firefox which you first met in Chapter 4 Firefox allows you to change the look of its buttons application controls and even background colors through the use of themes some examples of which you can see in Figure 7 21 You will be glad Eile Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help gy e gS g Se http www sr se P4 P iG Getting Started Rf Latest BBC Headlines se PARiks P4 sr se xX m BBC NEWS Americas Hicks X AF Aftonbladet Sveriges nyhetsp X Figure 7 21 Firefox themes to learn that downloading and installing these themes is a fairly straight forward process so to finally wrap things up I will end this chapter by providing you with the steps you need to follow 1 In Firefox go to the Tools menu and select Add ons The Firefox Add ons window will then appear 2 At the top of that window click Themes In the bottom right corner of that window now click the Get More Themes link 4
402. ou look in your home folder you will find the newly generated DEB package along with the original RPM 9B 4 Installing the Newly Generated TuxCards DEB Package You can now install the TuxCards DEB package by using the dpkg Debian package command with the i install flag and then pressing ENTER The command should be sudo dpkg i tuxcards deb If I haven t won you over to the world of commands not that I m trying to and you still prefer going about things graphically whenever possible you can install the TuxCards DEB package the same way you installed Skype in Project 9A by double clicking the DEB package and using the Package Installer window It all works out the same in the end so it s strictly up to you 9B 5 Running TuxCards Once TuxCards has been installed you can run it via the Run Application applet Just type tuxcards in the command box and then click the Run button Compiling Programs from Source For the beginner just the mention of compiling a program from source seems off putting enough The words compile and source seem to instill a sense of foreboding in the heart of the new user That certainly was the case for me anyway However this method of installing programs is a lot easier than it sounds In fact now that you have some experience using the Terminal and command line it is just plain easy a sort of one two three and you re done process Of course you can live long and prosper
403. our image This may sound rather unimportant to you but such drawings have advantages in certain cases One of these advantages is that vector image files take up less space on your hard disk than bitmaps Another and perhaps the most important advantage is that shapes in vector images retain their smooth edges when the images are enlarged A smooth circle created as a bitmap for example would begin to show jagged edges the jaggies when enlarged to any extent while the same circle in a vector image would remain smooth and round no matter how much you increased its size If you re interested in giving a drawing program a go then my pick for creating true graphics is Sodipodi the name is Estonian for mishmash see Figure 14 15 To download and install Sodipodi do a Synaptic search for sodipodi and then mark the file for installation Once it is installed you can run it from the Applications menu by selecting Graphics gt Sodipodi If you would like to learn how to use Sodipodi go to the Sodipodi home page at www sodipodi com Be sure to click the Galleries link at the top of that page to see examples of what you can do with the program Sodipodi hase color svg base 3 ka jo Ea B To ETETETT TEC rd ed ed T P Object x pieje HB A ellae Ele Sodipodi hase color svg base i G pe i 120 ji LEIME A n A E E U ANE A E E E wes phi titi g Obj
404. out There are also a couple of cool video editing apps that while not quite ready for prime time seem promising and are well worth keeping an eye on PiTiVi and Diva For the time being however the application of choice for the digital video camera user is Kino Kino shown in Figure 17 6 is an iMovie like application with which you can capture video from your camera and then edit it To install Kino run Automatix click Media Players and Editors in the left pane click Kino in the right pane and then click the Start button Once it s installed you can run Kino by going to the Applications menu and selecting Sound amp Video gt Kino Capturing and Editing Digital Video with Kino Once you have gone through the preparatory steps I ve just mentioned you are ready to capture video from your camera To do this connect your camera to your computer by FireWire cable if it isn t still connected turn on your camera to Play mode and then start up Kino Once Kino is open click the Capture tab to the right of the playback pane Couch Penguins 287 288 Chapter 17 Untied kno eee File Edit View Help DeB BpBIrT Sse xpe wle Storyboard MM aam D gt pom L Time Frames D Properties gt Figure 17 6 Using your digital video camera with Kino To get started capturing video you can use the playback controls located below the playback pane
405. out your system You would then follow this up with the make clean command to tidy things up in the Xmahjongg folder by getting rid of any unnecessary files This traditional approach works fine enough but things can get a bit messy if you find yourself wanting to upgrade or remove the application later on as you have to keep track of where everything is and remove each item piece by piece using a series of sudo rm commandes Sometimes an application package will provide a make uninstall routine but such routines don t always work perfectly aren t available for every package and require you to keep the project folder on your hard disk in order for you to perform the procedure If you are a traditionalist you can go ahead and install Xmahjongg in this traditional manner In the same Terminal window that you performed the configure and make steps just type sudo make install and then press ENTER You will be prompted for your password so type it and then press ENTER again Xmahjongg will then be installed and ready for use The Alternative Installation Method The traditional installation step is fine enough but because of the limitations I mentioned in terms of removing the application I recommend finishing things off in a slightly different way What you are going to do assuming you are willing to go this route is to skip the make install step and instead convert the compiled but uninstalled application into a DEB package and the
406. owse Icons window to the left pane of the same window Figure 3 12 From now on you will be able to navigate directly to this folder by double clicking that icon in the left pane lal usr share icons hicolor 48x48 apps Create Folder Places Name Modified Org Desktop File System CD ROM 1 ia apps Ee ie 4 Figure 3 12 Adding a folder to your list of places 6 Scroll down to and click openoffice org22 writer png and then click Open 7 The new icon should now appear in the Launcher Properties window If it does click Close and you will be able to see the change in the menu editor window A New Place to Call Home 43 44 NOTE 8 Repeat the process for each of the other OpenOffice org icons being sure to select the appropriate icons for each of the OpenOffice org modules openoffice org22 math for the Formula module for example Once you re done leave the menu editor window open to continue work on Project 3B 2 There is no alternative icon for OpenOffice org From Template so you can skip that particular item 3B 2 Changing the Order of Icons Within Menus While we still have everything open to the Office menu let s deal with what I consider to be another problem the order of the items in the menu While it is natural enough to have the email client Evolution at the top of the menu it doesn t make sense to have what is arguably the most commonly
407. p 2 B 4 3 KIX ple Get Mail Write Address Book Reply Reply All Forward Delete Junk Print Folders View all Sil Subject or Sender 5 Local Folders ej 0 Subject j Sender D Date v s Inbox JHello Rickford Grant gt 04 08 PM 5 Unsent Hey how you doing Rickford Grant 04 10 PM Drafts Sent 3 Trash Subject Hey how you doing From Rickford Grant Date 04 10PM To prapa Wow is this a dumb message or what I hope it finds you well Kl gt re Unread 0 Total 2 Figure 4 15 The Thunderbird email client More Than Webbed Feet 65 66 Thunderbird does not come bundled with Ubuntu so if you would like to try it out you will have to download it and install it yourself Now that you have set up your machine to connect to the Internet however you can easily do this after going over the contents of Chapter 5 okay so I m jumping the gun a bit again Just do a Synaptic search for thunderbird and then mark mozilla thunderbird for installation Once it is installed you can then run it from the Applications menu by selecting Internet gt Thunderbird Mail As I mentioned both Evolution and Thunderbird are equally capable and possess essentially the same features in terms of mail handling The difference is primarily a look and feel matter Why not try both Evolution and Thunderbird and see which you like better By the way if you find that you prefer Thunderbird to Evolution you can add a pan
408. p scrolling down the page a tad to the second TUX section and then clicking the download button next to the image size that best matches your screen When the picture appears in the browser window right click it and then select Save Image As In the Save Image window give it an easy to remember name 4wall_TUX 2_1024x768 jpg is exact but a bit much to deal with or use the one I gave it mightyTux jpg and click Save If you prefer you can download any wallpaper you like from wherever you like as long as it is in a supported format such as BMP PNG or JPEG It s all up to you Once you ve downloaded your wallpaper place it in your Downloads folder After that you can install it by going to the Desktop Background Preferences window and clicking the Add Wallpaper button In the Add Wallpaper window that then appears navigate to your new wallpaper click it once to highlight it and then click Open The wallpaper will then appear highlighted in the Desktop Background Preferences window and will soon thereafter appear on the desktop itself Figure 7 10 Once it does click Finish to complete the process Wallpaper from Net to Desktop Quick and Easy It is also possible to almost automatically set an image from the Web as your desktop wallpaper by right clicking that image within your web browser and then selecting Set as Desktop Background A small window will then appear in which you can preview what the download will look like on sc
409. p 0 2 9 6 Base System unive cO Atunnel O1ire2 2 JES Communication Bl D No package is selected Sections Status Origin Custom Filters Search Results 21321 packages listed 1060 installed 0 broken 0 to install upgrade 0 to remove Figure 5 1 Synaptic Package Manager Although the Synaptic interface may seem rather simple at first glance it is a very powerful program It not only allows you to search for download and install applications but it also allows you to find and install the less glam orous but equally important libraries and support files that you might need for use with other applications that come bundled with Ubuntu such as MP3 support or those you install by other means You can also use Synaptic to find other things such as fonts foreign language localization files and less common utilities and to update the software you have installed on your system when such updates are available Of course if you don t know what you re looking for you can browse through the packages available via Synaptic by clicking the Sections button at the bottom left corner of the window selecting a category of interest in the pane above that and then clicking the name of a specific package in the top right pane after which a description of that package will appear in the pane below 5A 1 Adding APT Repositories via Synaptic It is important to know that the packages that APT and th
410. pace to fire p to pause q to quit k d Figure 3 15 One of GNOME s Wanda related Easter eggs To put an end to Wanda s comings and goings you will need to restart the GNOME Panel There several rather inelegant ways of going about this but for now we ll do it by opening the Run Application panel applet again typing killall gnome panel and then clicking Run Your panels will disappear for a second or two but will shortly reappear Wanda however will be gone Shutting Down Now that you know your desktop environment so well you may feel like calling it a day and shutting down your machine To do so just go to the System menu and select Log Out Your screen will darken and then a small window Figure 3 16 will appear with seven choices to choose from Log Out Lock Screen Switch User Suspend Hibernate Restart and Shut Down Hibernate is not an option when running a live session from the Desktop CD Click Shut Down and the shutdown process will begin If however nothing seems to happen within a few seconds of clicking OK press CTRL ALT BACKSPACE in unison which will bring you to the login screen you saw at the beginning of the chapter Figure 3 1 Once there click Shut Down at the bottom of the screen This will bring up a small window asking you if you are sure you want to shut down Just click OK and shutdown will commence A New Place to Call Home 47 48 Chapter 3 Log Out Lock Screen Switch
411. particular artist or of a specific genre To do this just select Music gt Playlist gt New Automatic Playlist A window will appear in which you can specify what the list is to con tain You can even specify how many songs you want in the list Once you ve created your lists you can play one by clicking the list once and then clicking the Play button near the top of the window or by just double clicking the list Streaming Media with Rhythmbox In addition to allowing you to play the music you have on your hard disk Rhythmbox also allows you to play Internet radio streams in either MP3 or Ogg Vorbis format To add a stream click the Radio icon in the left pane of the Rhythmbox window and you will come face to face with well not all that much the first time around Still you can try out what there is to try Make sure you re online and double click one of the stations listed and your com puter should start to play music downloaded from that Internet radio station Once you ve had a taste of what Rhythmbox does with radio you will no doubt be hungry for more To add a bit more choice to your listening diet you can add new streams by clicking the New Internet Radio Station button When the New Internet Radio Station window appears type the URL for the stream and then click Add The stream will appear in URL form in the right pane of the Rhythmbox window If you would prefer the stream to appear in the list as a name rather tha
412. partition 196 197 Movie Player 282 moving GNOME desktop panel contents around 41 42 running applications between virtual desktops in GNOME 45 46 MP3 file format 246 installing support 246 247 ripper for 247 using RealPlayer for playing 260 MPlayer 290 MSN Windows Instant Messenger 66 msttcorefonts package 195 multilingual environment 12 See also language login screen 205 206 multisession CD burning 95 multiverse repositories 69 Music menu Rhythmbox gt Import Audio CD 251 gt Import File 250 gt Import Folder 250 gt New Internet Radio Station 252 gt Playlist gt New Automatic Playlist 252 gt Playlist gt New Playlist 252 mv move command 134 to change filename 147 names for files during CD burn Windows compatibility 93 for folders in Nautilus 82 Napster 66 Nautilus file manager 80 80 81 copying files and folders 83 to create playlist for burning CD 258 creating naming and renaming folders 82 file and folder permissions within 88 90 as FTP client 88 moving files and folders 83 navigating through folders 83 85 bookmarks for 84 85 with tabbed browsing 83 84 84 typing paths 84 as network browser 85 86 90 opening window 191 playing audio file from 249 249 side pane 80 81 81 customization 109 110 110 Navigator button OpenOffice toolbar 217 Navigator window 217 217 network browser Nautilus as 85 86 90 network interface card NIC for laptop 5
413. pen the Preferences window where you can change the output path by clicking the menu button next to the word Folder the button itself should say Home at this point and then selecting Other in the menu that appears After that browse to your Music folder click it once in the list to select it and then click the Open button Ripping and Encoding Sound Files in Sound Juicer To start ripping the audio tracks from the CD you have in your drive you first need to select the format in which you wish to encode the tracks To do this go to Edit Preferences and then in the Output Format menu select the encoding format of your liking The most of common of these is MP3 MP3 audio or in the Linux world CD Quality Lossy Ogg multimedia Once you ve made your choice click Close After that all you need to do is click the Extract button at the bottom of the Sound Juicer window to rip and encode all of the tracks on the CD If there are certain tracks you do not care to rip and encode just uncheck the checkboxes next to the names of those songs before you click Extract If you only want to rip and encode a few of the songs in the list it might be better to first go to the Edit menu select Deselect All and then check the checkboxes next to the songs you do want to rip before clicking Extract While the songs are being ripped and encoded Sound Juicer will show you its progress in the lower left corner of the window and when it s all done
414. penofficeorg22 writer png file that we worked with in Chapter 3 Just type the following and press ENTER locate openofficeorg22 writer png Your results should look like those in Figure 8 7 ee Ubuntuncers a File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer locate openofficeorg22 writer png usr share icons hicolor 48x48 apps openof ficeorg22 writer png usr share icons hicolor 16x16 apps openofficeorg22 writer png usr share icons hicolor 32x32 apps openofficeorg22 writer png usr share icons locolor 16x16 apps openofficeorg22 writer png usr share icons locolor 32x32 apps openofficeorg22 writer png usr share icons gnome 48x48 apps openof ficeorg22 writer png usr share icons gnome 16x16 apps openofficeorg22 writer png usr share icons gnome 32x32 apps openof ficeorg22 writer png rg UbuntuAcer Figure 8 7 The results of a locate search S calendar Pll let you experiment with this one on your own Just type calendar and press ENTER to see the somewhat interesting results S exit The exit command is a simple one that allows you to exit the Terminal Just type exit and press ENTER The Terminal window will close Commands with Some Teeth The simple commands you have tried so far are all of the safe and sane fire marshal approved variety they merely print information to your Terminal Now you are going to try to get some real tangible results from the commands you use These commands are also
415. phisticated parts On its own it can do nothing other than switch on and off and spin a disk or two In order for it to do anything truly useful it needs an operating system OS to guide it The OS takes an essentially well endowed but completely uneducated hunk of a machine and educates it at least enough so that it will understand what you want it to do You already know of and have probably used at least one of the many operating systems that exist today Windows DOS and the Mac OS are all such operating systems and Linux is yet another Linux is however different from these other operating systems both in terms of its capabilities and its heritage Linux was not created by a corporation or by some corporate wannabes out to make money The Linux core referred to as the kernel was created by computer enthusiast Linus Torvalds a Finn and a member of Finland s Swedish ethnic minority who wanted to create a better Unix like system that would work on home computers particularly his Rather than keeping his creation to himself Torvalds opened it up to the world so to speak and the Linux kernel which communicates with the hard ware and makes it accessible to the other applications and support libraries created by compu geeks around the globe who work to make Linux better and more powerful It is this combination of applications built around the core of the Linux kernel that is the essence of all Linux distributions today Linux has a
416. port W a collection of useful events for acpi From version 0 91build1 to 0 94 Size 32 KB apport N automatically generate crash reports for debugging From version 0 68 to 0 69 Size 49 KB apport gtk GTK frontend for the apport crash report system From version 0 68 to 0 69 Size 33 KB bluez cups N Bluetooth printer driver for CUPS From version 3 9 Oubuntul to 3 9 Oubuntu2 Size 25 KB bluez utils Bluetooth tools and daemons From version 3 9 Oubuntul to 3 9 Oubuntu2 Size 280 KB capplets data e M __canfinuration annlets far GNOME 2 data files E D load 93 1 MB ownload size check Install Updates D Description of update rel Eg close Figure 5 10 Upgrading packages en masse via the System Update panel applet In that window a list of all of the available updates will appear You can scroll through that list and uncheck the box for any application you don t want to upgrade but if you don t really know what you re doing you had better just leave it as is Either way once you re ready click the Install Updates button after which you will be prompted for your password Type your password and then click OK The updates will then be downloaded and installed with the progress shown in the same types of windows you saw when using Synaptic and GNOME App Install Once the installation is com plete you will be notified in a separate window Click Close in tha
417. press an archive you ve already created with the tar command Sure For example to compress the spicyfood tar archive we men tioned before you would type gzip spicyfood tar and voila you ve got yourself a compressed spicyfood tar gz archive Pretty cool don t you think Project 8A Creating a Plan Chapter 8 Well now that you have a bit of command experience it s time to get some practice and put all those commands to good use In this project we start off easy by creating a plan file like I mentioned in the section finger on page 129 The actual plan file is a hidden file as you can see by the period before its name which contains the plan or message that you add to that file That message will appear in the output of someone s Terminal when they use the finger command to find out more about you You may not need such a plan file but it is an easy enough way to get started working a bit more with commands and the Terminal itself so let s give it a try To start out we are going to open the Terminal based Pico editor to create the plan file To do this open a Terminal window type pico plan being sure to put a space between pico and plan and press ENTER Your Terminal should now look a bit different as you can see in Figure 8 9 a rg UbuntuAcer eee File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help GNU nano 2 0 2 File plan me Get Help W WriteOut Read File Mj Prev Page iN Cut Text 8 Cur
418. put methods supplied for the languages you have chosen may include some that you are not familiar with For example the default Korean set is not based on the standard keyboard the only one I m familiar with and it does not have Hangul to Hanja conversion capa bilities like the hiragana to Kanji ones included by default in the Japanese module Fortunately this is easily remedied by using Synaptic to install additional input modules Which package you download depends of course on the language in question To add additional modules for Korean install scim tables ko For additional Japanese input methods install scim tables ja Finally for additional Chinese modules install scim tables zh You can also use SCIM to conveniently type in other Asian languages that do not require special conversion routines such as Thai Hindi Telugu Bengali and Punjabi To get input support for these languages install scim tables additional 13 PENGUINS BACK AT WORK Getting Down to Business in Linux I have to admit it When I think about the joys of computing I tend to think of the more hedonistic self indulgent areas like gaming music and graphics Still as is the case for most computer users what I usually end up doing on my computer is work and writing this book falls into that category Fortunately Linux can get down to business and do it as well as the next OS I think it s safe to say that you are missing nothing and are pro
419. r 12 Polyglot Penguins Linux Speaks Your Language ccs ioeie e snes eet de E En e 201 Chapter 13 Penguins Back at Work Getting Down to Business in Linux cccccccscccceeeceeenssseeeeeceeeeeeeseseeesececeneneeesnsaeeeeeeenens 211 Chapter 14 Brush Wielding Penguins Linx Does Aria caiMee eat wth e e aa a a tas a Maced i SLL te a ai 225 Chapter 15 Tux Rocks WAT Ga LIA UX access stead ghee Seta bebe s thy ee ceida TNE sed aang ba eee PSE a ee 245 Chapter 16 Pluggin In the Penguin UbunTU aNd YOUR IPO zesse ireti an a E T dhalalaadtbeeanss E e 267 Chapter 17 Couch Penguins Video and DVD Playback in Ubuntu ccccccccccceecseceeeeeecneeeeseeecnaeeecaeeeseseecneeecsaeeeneees 281 Chapter 18 Defending the Nest SECUN o MOM aa ashe a a a E ae E E A fe lies te 291 Appendix A Ubuntu Desktop CDs for AMD64 Users ecceccecesseereeereeeneeeereeeeeenteseseeess 301 Appendix Bs Resources nm ertan enea ean A aq eStaash ac 205 sada Ra pea a Cae aE Tiaa Agendus TEk 305 WANS dese ssl etane EE a E e E E E sieved E sae 311 vi Brief Contents CONTENTS IN DETAIL ACKNOWLEDGMENTS xvii INTRODUCTION 1 Whorls This BookiFor cic ck sick te Al Ae te hh oot cont A diab A Ate A 2 Versi n Compatibili issar chest eccasents sh oenee ls EEEE E EEEN canes E E 3 Concept and Approdehiim erreen a aaa aaa E Re Aea aE iea Aar Ea TA Aa Ea S E SATAA 4 How to Use this Book naisao i nial ere EE E E E EE ER 7 About the Conventions Used in This Bo
420. r bz2 As you learned in Chapter 8 the files archived in tarballs can be extracted by using the command line but to keep things easy in this chapter you can just use the simple double click method that you used in Chapter 6 if you prefer The Basics As I mentioned before the process of compiling an application from source and then installing it is actually simple Basically after untarring the source tarball you would use the following commands to accomplish the task configure To configure a makefile which provides instructions for the make command make To translate the source code into object code that the computer can understand sudo make install To give yourself write privileges in protected folders and then install the application make clean To clean up the leftovers once the process is complete to clean up the mess I know that sounds like a lot of commands but as I always say it is easier to actually do than it looks like on the page so fear not Installing the Tools You Need Because Ubuntu is designed with the average computer user in mind it does not come with the various applications and libraries you need to compile appli cations from source Fortunately however just about everything you need to get the job done is available via Synaptic To get ready for the work at hand in this chapter and many other jobs you are likely to do on your own in the future perform searches for and install the following pac
421. r command 133 cameras See digital cameras canceling print job 183 184 capturing and editing digital video Kino for 287 289 288 card games Briscola 149 150 Car Talk 260 case sensitivity of commands 129 CD audio CD creation 257 258 258 in book 10 301 burning ISO images 94 burning multisession 95 capacity for audio 258 with data burning 92 92 94 duplicating 94 95 reading 91 saving photos to 229 cd change directory command 134 CD Creator window switching to 93 CDDB CD Database 248 CD drive changing boot sequence 22 CD Recording Wizard window 302 302 CD RW disks 93 94 Centrino IPW 2100 and IPW 2200 cards 52 character encoding for web page 202 Character Map utility 202 205 203 characters typing nonstandard 202 205 CheapBytes 304 checkinstall program 165 166 children Tux Paint for 243 243 Chinese language input 207 Smart Common Input Method SCIM 209 210 chmod change mode command 136 137 Choose a Layout window for keymaps 204 204 ClamAV 296 297 ClamTk 297 clipart adding to OpenOffice gallery 218 218 closing Terminal 133 color of fonts for Terminal 152 for Nautilus side pane 109 command line See also Terminal user reaction to 125 126 command line driven operating system 10 commands case sensitivity of 129 compiler 160 compiling programs from source 159 162 Xmahjongg 162 166 compressed files for audio 246 creating and extracting 98 99 tar comman
422. r desktop The default screen shown in Figure 7 18 is pleasant enough but you can choose something a bit wilder or at least more colorful if you are so inclined lt 3 ubuntu rastriceac rrianiager Figure 7 18 The default Ubuntu splash screen 7E 1 Enabling Automatic Login While the Login Window Preferences window is open it s as good a time as any to mention an option that may be of interest to you If you find it a bit of a drag to type your username and password every time you start up your machine you ll be happy to know that you can bypass the whole login pro cess If you share your machine with other users of course this isn t some thing you d want to do because anybody with access to your machine would have access to your user account I also wouldn t recommend doing this on a laptop since they are more easily lost or stolen thus leaving your data at risk to absolute strangers To enable automatic login click the Security tab in the Login Window Preferences window and then click the checkbox at the top of the page next to the words Enable Automatic Login After that click the arrow on the right side of the drop down menu next to the word User and select your username from the list Once you re done click the Close button The next time you start up your machine you will bypass the login screen and be delivered directly to the desktop 7E 2 Installing New Splash Screens Ubuntu does not come with any alte
423. r programs They are usually pretty useless things but they can be found in all operating systems numerous applications and even on DVDs to find out more about those go to www dvdeastereggs com A good example of an Easter egg is my first encounter with one on my first Mac an ancient Mac SE with a whopping 2MB of RAM On that machine you could bring up an image or was it a slideshow of the Mac SE develop ment team by pressing the seldom used debug key on the side of the machine and then typing G 41D89A Pretty cool I guess but I would never ever have stumbled upon it had I not read about it in some magazine As my example shows accessing these Easter eggs usually requires some unusual maneuvers ones that you would never perform in the normal course of things To see a Wanda related Easter egg in action click the Run Application button you just added to the panel type gegls from outer space in the Command box and then click Run You will then see an odd little game of the Space Invaders genre shown in Figure 3 15 in which Wanda defends our beloved planet from well gegls I guess To try out the other Wanda Easter egg open the Run Application panel applet again but this time type free the fish and then click Run Wanda will now appear swimming around your desktop If you then click directly on her she will swim away and out of the picture but she ll be back oH Level 1 Lives 2 Left Right to move S
424. rd which is very often different from your Internet logon password Your mail password is not actually entered during the various wizard steps so check the Remember this password check box when filling in the POP details When you first connect to your mail server you will be prompted for your mail password so you can type it at that time and you won t have to deal with it again An Email Alternative Thunderbird Evolution is without a doubt the most popular email software in the Linux world but despite its obvious attractions and popularity I have to say that I don t much like it though I can t quite put a finger on the reason why I just prefer the more straightforward Thunderbird for my email chores In con trast to the multifunctional Evolution Thunderbird Figure 4 15 is a more mail oriented program that is very straightforward to use yet includes most of the most important email functions you ve come to expect such as junk mail filters In fact it is remarkably similar to Outlook Express in terms of appearance and handling It also lacks the quirkiness that always seems to squirrel its way into Evolution in some form or another The fact that Thunder bird is also available in both Mac and Windows versions means that you may already be familiar with it or prepared to deal with it if you find it in use on another system you happen to be using File Edit View Go Message Tools Help am
425. re are of course other newbie friendly forums which although not Ubuntu specific should also be able to provide you with lots of helpful information Regardless of which forum you are posting in just be sure to mention that you are using Ubuntu which version you have Feisty Fawn in case you forgot and that you are new to Linux And remember to always seek clarifi cation when you get an answer you don t understand The same poster will usually come back and clarify things for you You should feel right at home at most of these sites though you will probably come to like one or two more than the others http www ubuntuforums org The official Ubuntu community forum Always a good place to start when you re in a fix have a question or just want to find out what s going on http www ubuntux org forum Another slightly smaller Ubuntu specific forum A good place to turn if you find UbuntuForums org a bit too much to wade through http www kubuntuforums net A forum dedicated to Kubuntu an official Ubuntu edition based on the KDE desktop environment http www justlinux com If you can t find what you want in the pre viously mentioned forums you can try this or the following two forums dealing with general Linux issues You are sure to find many Ubuntu users on any of them http www linuxforum com http www linuxquestions org Linux Reference These are sites many of which are geared towards newbies where yo
426. re three menus and two icons at the left end of the panel and a few icons and a clock calendar at the other end Figure 3 3 So that you understand what each of the panel items does I will now briefly describe each of them moving from left to right as seems to be the fashion these days C Applications Places system GQ 03 fH al sun mar 11 2 47 Pm 8 a Bills Figure 3 2 The GNOME desktop in Ubuntu The Menus At the far left of the top panel you will find a set of three menus These pro vide access to most of what your system has to offer in terms of applications locations and utilities These include Applications menu The access point to the majority of your applica tions a software manager and some system tools Places menu Your system navigator from which you can hide all open windows so as to expose the desktop access your home folder browse your computer s filesystem and connected networks and search for files on your hard disk System menu The access point for your system preferences software installer and administration tools This is also the place to go when you want to shut down or log out of your system lt B Applications Places System eoa e kv _r_ _ _ ee__ E3 fH will sun Mar 11 2 49 PM o Figure 3 3 The left and right sides of the top GNOME Panel A New Place to Call Home 33 34 The Icons Left Immediately to the right of the three menus are a set of two launchers When these ico
427. re trying to connect Bemember forever A Tidy Nest 87 NOTE Chapter 6 In some cases especially when trying to access shares on a Mac running OS X the double click method will not work You will not be able to access any share on a particular machine even though an icon for that machine appears in the Nautilus window In such cases double click the icon for the machine you are tying to access and then once open to an empty window go to the Go menu and select Location A text box will appear in the location bar just like in Figure 6 5 with the location of the machine you are trying to access already listed To that location add a forward slash followed by the username used on the target machine For example if the target machine is called cowboycats and the username is mewtoyou the location would be smb cowboycats mewtoyou You can also narrow things down to a particular folder on the machine as long as you know the path to that folder by adding to the path you ve already typed smb cowboycats mewtoyou Documents for example In case you are wondering the smb at the head of that path stands for server message block but to make things easier and perhaps more useful in terms of your memory you can just think of it as being short for Samba which is software used by Unix based systems such as Linux and Mac OS X in order to interact with Windows networks Once you ve made your way to the folder you
428. reSupport ComponentsPrinters Setting Up Your Printer If you have a USB printer get started by connecting it to your computer and then powering up the printer If your printer connects to your computer s parallel port you will first have to turn your computer off connect your printer to the computer turn on the printer and then start your computer Of course if your printer was connected and on during installation you can skip this step Either way your printer should be detected though you won t get one of those immediate new hardware found alerts that you do in Windows Once your system has restarted here is what you need to do 1 Go to the System menu and select Administration gt Printing 2 A Printers window will appear showing a printer icon with the name New Printer Double click that icon after which a setup wizard will appear Figure 10 1 The name of your printer should appear in the pane below the words Use a detected printer due to the wonders of plug and play which means that your printers scanners and other devices can tell your computer what they are Unfortunately just because your system knows which printer you have hooked up to it hardware wise doesn t actually mean it can communicate with that printer in terms of printing ditto for Windows and Mac OS X That s what drivers are for Adda Printer Step 1 of 3 Printer Connection This assistant helps you set up a printer
429. reen You can also adjust the position tiled or centered for example and background color for your desktop in this window Once you re done making adjustments click the Set Desktop Background button The image will then appear on your Desktop while the image file itself will be saved to your download location your home folder by default with the title Firefox_wallpaper pneg Dressing Up the Bird 111 112 Chapter 7 Hiding the Bottom Panel By the way you may have noticed that you can barely see the panel at the bottom of the screen in Figure 7 10 This is because the panel obscured the bottom of the new wallpaper which irritated me I went to the Panel Properties window by right clicking some empty space in the bottom panel and selecting Properties in the popup menu In the Panel Properties window I clicked the checkbox next to the word Autohide and then clicked Close The autohide function works just like it does in Windows or Mac OS X the panel stays out of view until you move your mouse into the general vicinity of where it should be You can make the same change if you like but that is an aesthetic matter that I will leave up to you Ah the sweet taste of artistic freedom CJ 44 Sat Mar 31 12 39 PM g T Applications Places system 0O Desktop Wallpaper No wallpaper mightyTux png PNG image 128 pixels x 96 pixels P Simple ubuntu PNG image 128 pixels x 96 pixels Style Fill Scree
430. rer Make aDonation Fixed A Fix your internet Donate any amount via ate problems Now Free Microsoft Support PayPal Today dilfix 28 Us B Donate now If you can see this page you got Internet Explorer running using IEs4Linux a E handy utility for installina 3 IF versions automaaically on inux Figure 9 15 Internet Explorer 6 running under Wine Automatix and Not So Automatix 173 GUTENBIRD Setting Up and Using Your Printer and Scanner Two of the most common computer peripherals are printers and scanners This only makes sense as it is those two tools that turn a web surfing game playing music churning number crunching box of chips into a meaningful production tool a virtual publishing house if you will These two tools help your computer convert digital infor mation into hard copy in the case of printers and hard copy into digital information in the case of scanners It is not surprising therefore that these tools often come together these days in the form of multifunction printers In this chapter you will learn how to connect these useful devices to your computer how to set them up and how to use them If you re more into working with your digital camera than with a scanner you might want to sneak a peek at Chapter 14 otherwise put on your printer s smock and follow on 176 Printers Chapter 10 Unless the only thing you use your computer for is playing games l
431. riscola In most source code packages this information is included in an INSTALL file like that in the xmahjongg 3 7 folder Figure 9 7 To read the INSTALL file just double click it and it will open in Gedit ree isl xmamongg 3y File Browser AHAA File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help ef uy Back Up Reload Home Computer Search 4 ra xmahjongg 3 7 Q 100 Viewasicons Places 1x i rg E images include liblcdf share T Desktop L2 File System ee ag Cop ifne d 2 Fre defi L src aclocal m4 config h in configure ant F Basie AC In sess AKIN 4 ance 9 T N configure in depcomp INSTALL install sh Fa Wek a N i auror ece sueor Cor lt Makefile am Makefile in missing NEWS I INSTALL selected 7 3 KB Figure 9 7 Identifying a package s INSTALL file In this case you can simply close the INSTALL file as it prescribes the same steps as I ve listed below However in the future when you install other programs from source you will need to follow the instructions in the INSTALL files that come with the source files for those programs With most INSTALL files the instructions will match those that follow though I would suggest using the alternative method Ill be presenting as a substitute for the make install step Automatix and Not So Automatix 163 164 Chapter 9 Of course it may well occur that you take a look at the c
432. rivileges tab and then check the unchecked box next to the words Administer the system as shown in Fig ure 7 3 Once you re done click OK and then exit the Users settings window by clicking Close Dressing Up the Bird 103 104 Chapter 7 Account User Privileges Advanced M Access external storage devices automatically M Administer the system M Allow use of fuse filesystems like LTSP Thin Client blockdevice M Connect to Internet using a modem Monitor system logs V Send and receive faxes Mi Use audio devices M Use CD ROM drives M Use floppy drives V Use modems Use scanners M Use tape drives 3 Cancel Hl ok v Figure 7 3 Changing user account privileges Logging In to Your New Account To use this new account go to the System menu and select Log Out or just click the Logout button at the far right corner of the top panel When the logout window appears click Log Out After a few seconds you will be back at the login screen Type your new username in that window and then press ENTER After that type the new password for the account and press ENTER again You will soon be at the desktop for your new user account Switching Users It s worth knowing that there is another way to switch users other than simply logging out of one account and into another This alternative approach is logically referred to as switching users Switching users differs
433. rnative splash screens for you to play with so in order to make changes you first need to download and install some splash screens with which to work This can be done quite easily by opening Art Manager System gt Preferences gt Art Manager and following these steps 1 Go to the Art menu and select Other Themes gt Splash Screen Art Manager will then download the available splash screens 2 Once the download is complete scroll through the offerings and select one that suits your fancy by clicking it once 3 After your selection has been made click the Install button after which Art Manager will download and install the file When it s done the GNOME Splash Screen Preferences window will appear showing the newly installed screen 4 Go back to the Art Manager and repeat steps 2 and 3 to add a few more screen choices to your repertoire 5 Once you have installed three or four splash screens close Art Manager 7E 3 Selecting and Activating Splash Screens When you have multiple splash screens installed on your system you can select and then activate them via the GNOME Splash Screen Preferences window Figure 7 19 which should already be open When it isn t you can bring it up by going to the System menu and selecting Preferences gt Splash Screen File Help Installed Splash Screens 5 Kumquat Se SS This splash screen theme was made using The Gimp Author minto e Metallic Stripes
434. rs to the bone is a part of life for just about everyone outside of a Jane Austen novel so you ll be glad to know that Linux is a very capable system in this regard Chapter 13 introduces you to the various productivity applications bundled with or available for your system Chapter 14 Brush Wielding Penguins Linux Does Art Those of you with an artistic bent will find Chapter 14 especially useful Working with your digital camera modifying images and building web albums are just some of the topic areas covered Chapter 15 Tux Rocks Music a la Linux Chapter 15 is the music lover s treasure trove You will learn how to rip CDs encode MP3 or Ogg Vorbis audio files and even find out how to create your own mix and match audio CDs from those files A number of audio ripping and playback applications are also covered Chapter 16 Pluggin In the Penguin Ubuntu and Your iPod Need I say more Have an iPod Want to use it in Ubuntu Chapter 16 tells you how Chapter 17 Couch Penguins Video and DVD Playback in Ubuntu Sitting in your dorm room trying to figure out how to play your DVD copy of The Baxteron your Ubuntu ized computer Just finished filming a video of your sibling talking while asleep and want to do some creative editing of the evidence Chapter 17 covers these and other video related topics Chapter 18 Defending the Nest Security Although Linux is about as safe and secure a system as you are likely to come across so
435. rsion of Ubuntu designed for use in the classroom and Xubuntu which is a lightweight version of Ubuntu based on the XFCE desktop Where Do I Go from Here Now that you know more about the world of Linux and Ubuntu and you ve got your disk in hand it s time to get down to it If you have already installed Ubuntu on your machine just flip ahead to Chapter 3 If your machine is still Linuxless though it s time to take it out for a spin and see if you like it So for now strap yourself down in front of that computer clip on your spurs and go straight to the next chapter It s time to become a Penguinista Becoming a Penguinista 19 WADING AND DIVING Running and If You Like Installing Ubuntu As I have already mentioned one of the great things about Ubuntu is that it comes on a live CD which means that you can try it out before you install it or never install it at all if that s what you prefer Better yet is the fact that unlike earlier editions of Ubuntu you don t need an additional installation CD if you do choose to install it the Ubuntu Desktop CD functions as both a live and an install CD And while in the good better best swing of things the best point of all is that installation from the live CD is actually much much easier than any other installation process you ve ever dealt with In this chapter I will be covering the basics of starting up and running Ubuntu from the live CD and then a
436. rtunately unless you live in Germany you cannot use GnuCash for online banking but as the GnuCash folks themselves say don t blame them blame your bank To install GnuCash just do a Synaptic search for gnucash and then mark both gnucash and gnucash docs for installation Once these are installed you can run the application by going to Applications gt Office gt GnuCash Finance Management 0tt lt t Cs s SCSCCCCCSCMBrg et File Edit View Actions Business Reports Tools Windows Help es A A Save Open Edit New Delete Accounts Account Name Description Total v Q Assets Assets 0 00 b m Current Assets Current Assets 0 00 D Equity Equity 0 00 gt fm Expenses Expenses 0 00 D amp Income Income 0 00 s grand total Assets 0 00 Profits 0 00 Figure 13 11 GnuCash Scribus To round things out we come to the open source desktop publishing applica tion Scribus shown in Figure 13 12 for those times when OpenOffice org Writer and Draw just don t cut it Scribus is designed to produce commercial grade output with support for professional publishing features such as CMYK colors PostScript handling and creation of color separations to name but a few Penguins Back at Work 223 introduce here what s in Iside this issue Choose Ready J Pos 136 172mm v Pos 138
437. s also a much less attractive target of digital evil doers who very often seem to be motivated by the challenge and headline catching glory that comes with creating a truly global virus or finding a theretofore unknown back door Another reason is that Linux users as a general rule work on their computers in a non privilege mode one in which the user does not have the right to install software without a password This is not the case at least not by default in Windows A virus or other form of malware attached to an email or piggybacked upon another file or application cannot therefore install itself in your Linux system without that password well theoretically at least Of course now that Windows uses its own privilege structure this point is a bit less of an issue There is also the matter of structural design Every system out there has security holes that can be exploited by digital and human foe alike Windows might well be called the Swiss cheese of operating systems in this regard Of course Linux has its holes too though far fewer of them than Windows does and Linux plugs them up through downloadable updates faster once they are found Finally there is the defensive edge that Ubuntu s pre configured security policy brings there are no open incoming ports in Ubuntu desktop systems This means that your Ubuntu Linux system is even less susceptible to unwanted intrusions Does My System Need Protection So with
438. s models 56K V 92 Performance Pro Modem internal slot and 56 PC Card Modem PC card slot for laptops are true hardware modems that are easily available and are said to work You can check out the USRobotics site www usr com for more information on these models though checking the Ubuntu forums for suggestions is always a good idea External Dial Up Modems Perhaps the safest of all solutions is to buy an external serial modem An external modem sits in a box outside your computer and it connects to the serial port in the back of the computer which is usually the only connector with little prongs in it see Figure 4 5 Because the modem doesn t use your operating system to operate it does not tie up system resources while it s busy which may result in a possible pickup in computer speed Figure 4 5 Serial port and connector Most external serial modems should work with your system or at least that is what most people will tell you If you are worried and are looking for a sure thing Zoom Telephonics www zoom com makes an external serial modem that is compatible with Linux and they say so right on their website The USRobotics 56K V 92 External Faxmodem is also said to work though I haven t tried out this model myself More Than Webbed Feet 57 58 If you find another model that you think will do the trick before you commit to it by slapping down the cash do a Yahoo or Google search with that modem s make and
439. s not the only kid on the block There are numerous other players out there many of which can be used in Linux with varying degrees of simpli city more information is available at http tuxmobil org portable_players html If you have one of Creative Lab s Zen or Nomad players the Linux application Gnomad makes things easy for you Gnomad is available via Synaptic and can be run once installed from Applications Sound amp Video gt Gnomad 2 280 Chapter 16 COUCH PENGUINS Video and DVD Playback in Ubuntu Now that we ve covered much of what Ubuntu can do in terms of audio let s turn our attention to what is arguably the second most important of its talents in our CNN MTV era world video Ubuntu is quite capable in terms of video playback allowing you to view video files you download from the Internet or from your digital movie camera video CDs VCDs unencrypted DVDs encrypted ones too if you installed the codec packages via Automatix in Chapter 15 and some Internet video streams It even allows you to download movies from your digital video camera and then edit them Playing Video Streams with RealPlayer In Chapter 15 we covered RealPlayer s role as an audio application that allows you to play Internet audio streams Audio streams are not the only thing that RealPlayer can handle however you can use it to play video streams as well If you would like to try out RealPlayer s capabilities for p
440. s to find a driver that is compatible or to see if anyone has experience with your particular card If you want to set up a wireless system in your home or office then you will also need to get a wireless access point WAP shown on the left of Fig ure 4 3 Fortunately Linux compatibility is not really much of an issue in this department because the access point doesn t physically interface with your computer Unfortunately for Linux users anyway there are a few WAPs that require you to use Internet Explorer to handle their setup chores Because a Linux version of Internet Explorer does not exist you will find yourself stuck unless you have a Mac or Windows machine somewhere else in the house to complete the job Worse yet is the fact that some machines do not support browser based settings at all Instead they require you to install special Windows software to do the job When selecting hardware for your wireless setup it is obviously best to stay clear of WAPs of this kind Activating Your Wireless Card Setting up a Linux compatible wireless PC card is actually relatively simple First connect your WAP to your Internet source and then turn on the WAP Once it is up and running plug your wireless NIC into the PCMCIA slot on your laptop unless of course your NIC is built in in which case you can forgo this step Any LEDs on the external card will most likely light up at this time If your WAP was on when you booted up your comp
441. s window is open When you re done making your changes click Apply to make things take effect immediately and then click OK to close the Preferences window and seal the deal As I ve already mentioned Exaile also downloads and displays the album covers for the tracks you are playing much in the same way Rhythmbox does Like Rhythmbox it can also download and display the lyrics for the track you are currently playing To see the lyrics just go to the View menu and select Information gt Lyrics you can if you prefer just right click the track you are playing and select Information in the pop up menu A set of Information tabs will appear with the lyrics being found logically enough in the Lyrics tab By clicking the Artist tab you can also display the results of a Wikipedia search for information on the artist currently playing Figure 15 10 including the URL for the Wikipedia page being displayed Of course this is not fool proof When I tried it for the British band Sing Sing for example I got a Wikipedia page on Sing Sing prison in New York Interesting enough I suppose Exailer playing Fat 5 i L Bee File View Tools Help c n OOO _ Eai 5 a aus a Fager Som En Ros Fair As A Rose 2 e Iess from Till Ljusan Dag Till The Light Of Day a by Ranarim ae a a Search
442. s you copy to the CD DVD Creator window are not actually copied Instead what you see in the Creator window are essentially aliases pointing to the original files in their original locations Thus if you move one of the files from its original location before burning the contents of the CD DVD Creator window to disk the file will automatically vanish from the window and it will not be burned to disk when you finally get around to that step This is not problematic but it is some thing worth being aware of Once you have copied all of the files you want to burn to disk click the Write to Disc button after which a window shown in Figure 6 13 will appear telling you among other things how many megabytes of files you have selected to write to disk In this window you can give your disk a title and adjust the speed at which your disk will be burned slower speed fewer chances for errors though you can just as well accept the defaults GINT a Information Write disc to DVDRW SOSW 852S Disc name Personal Data Mar 26 2007 Data size 7 1 MiB Write Options gt Write speed Maximum possible Help amp Cancel Write Figure 6 13 Setting options before burning a CD or DVD Once you are ready to burn the disk just click the Write button and the CD DVD Creator will do its work In some cases a warning window will appear telling you that some of your files may not be suitably nam
443. same process as that for pyWings however Briscola is already packaged within its own folder so you won t have to create a special folder for it Although I am sure you now know the drill ll tell you again Just open a Terminal window type the following command and press ENTER tar xzvf briscola gz A new folder Briscola 4 1 will now appear in your home folder with all of the Briscola files in it To make things easier to deal with in the future let s shorten the name of the folder to simply briscola We already know how to do this via the right click method but this time around let s to do it via the command line To do this you use perhaps surprisingly the mv command followed by the name of the file whose name you are going to change followed by the new name of the file Give it a go by typing the following command and pressing ENTER mv briscola 4 1 briscola 8C 3 Preparing the Briscola Script Most applications that come in tarball form include a README file which includes information on what you need to do in order to install and use the application If you double click the README file in the briscola folder in Nautilus you will see that the HOW TO START section tells you to adjust the first line of the briscola tk script to point it to your Tk shell and to adjust the second line of the script to point to the directory where the various Briscola files are located Simple Kitten Ways 147 148
444. se Figure 15 5 Activating Rhythmbox s lyrics function Finally if you are an iTunes user and attached to a bit of visual stimulation while playing your tunes Rhythmbox can now satisfy you with a visualizer of its own To activate it go to the Control menu and select Visualization you can turn it off in the exact same way The right half of the Rhythmbox window will then be filled with the wild swirling shapes and colors of psyche delia that you ve come to know and love Tux Rocks 253 254 Chapter 15 Flykt den enda vagen ut Nar ditt hem satts i brand Och spillroma utav ditt liv Waskas upp av Sveriges karga strand En ros med taggar av byr krati De h ller dig insp rrad en bur byggd av demokratins S nderfallande lera Lyrics provided by leoslyrics com EJ close Figure 15 6 Rhythmbox displays the lyrics to the track currently playing Exaile An amaroK like Audio Player for GNOME Now that Rhythmbox has for the most part matured into a usable and multi featured application you may not want to bother with any other players Still there are other interesting players out there One of the newest is Exaile Figure 15 7 Exaile is essentially a clone of the Linux application amaroK which I covered in the previous edition of this book While amaroK was and is a great player it is a KDE application so when it s running in Ubuntu s GNOME environment it can be a
445. se Ellipse PA A Eraser New Triangle Friar Open Save PentagonPentagon Print Quit RhombusFhombus Pick a shape Click to pick the center drag then let go when it is the size you want Move R around to rotate it and click to draw it Figure 14 20 Tux Paint Brush Wielding Penguins 243 TUX ROCKS Music a la Linux It s now time to move on to the audio side of things Yes Linux does indeed rock and in this chapter you will find out about those musical talents that your system possesses The size of this chapter alone should be some indication of how much there is to offer You will learn how to rip CDs create MP3 and Ogg Vorbis files files which you can recognize by their mp3 and ogg filename extensions add album cover art change file tags play music files and burn files onto audio CDs that you can play in any CD player You ll also learn how to play a variety of audio streams If you re interested in learning how to work with your iPod in Linux how to deal with podcasts and how to convert audio files from one format to another well you ll have to wait until Chapter 16 Audio File Formats Before we go any further it is probably best to discuss the various formats in which audio data can be stored on your computer For the longest time the de facto standards have been WAV created by Microsoft IBM and using the 246 wav extension AU from Sun Unix and using the au extension and
446. se these are the file types that are most often virus carriers The Standard scan targets more files ignoring extensions but still limiting the scan to those file types that are usually associated with viruses Finally the Thorough scan scans everything and searches for every type of virus Once you have made your selections click the Start scan button and avast will start doing exactly that showing its progress within the same window no less When the scan is complete a small window will pop up telling you hopefully that no viruses were found When was the last time you got a message like that on your Windows machine UBUNTU DESKTOP CDS FOR AMD64 USERS As I mentioned in Chapter 1 the version of the Ubuntu Desktop CD that comes with this book is designed to work with i386 pro cessors either in PCs or Intel based Macs It will also work with AMD64 processors albeit not in 64 bit mode In order to use Ubuntu with AMD64 processors in 64 bit mode you must get a different disk on your own There are several ways of doing this downloading an ISO disk image and then burning it to CD yourself ordering the CD from Ubuntu for free or ordering it from an online Linux CD provider for a nominal cost Downloading and Burning Ubuntu Desktop CD ISOs to CD To download an ISO of the Ubuntu Desktop CD go to the Ubuntu website at www ubuntu com find the link to the download page and then select and download the appropriate
447. see the difference release the mouse button and the dialogs will be joined as one as you can see in Figure 14 13 XPaint Palettes Bs E Default 23 Fl Ega 240 Hi Firecode 256 LE Gold 256 EM crayblue 256 E crays 32 a oas e Fonts a gt amp Aa Sans A a Sans Bold Aa Sans Bold Italic Aalsans Italic X amp gt Figure 14 13 Docked dialogs in the GIMP Learning More It is lots of fun to learn to use the GIMP by just playing around with it for a while Most of the fun stuff to get you started is located in the Filters and Script Fu menus of any image window Of course you should make a backup copy of any file you are planning to experiment with before altering it If you prefer working through manuals and tutorials to just finding things out by goofing around you can download and install the GIMP User Manual via Synaptic by searching for gimp and then marking gimp help en for installation Once it is installed you can access the manual from within the GIMP from the Help menu If you prefer you can just view the manual online at http docs gimp org en You can also find a series of skill level based tutorials at www gimp org tutorials If the GIMP comes across as a bit overwhelming for you or if it seems to be overkill for your simpler tasks you might want to try out an application known as XPa
448. select Rubrica just click the Office category in the left pane of the Add Remove Applications window scroll down the list of available applications in the top right pane and check the box next to the words Rubrica Addressbook A small window will appear posing the question Install community maintained software Click Install to proceed and then close that window Let s also select a handy audio application called SoundConverter not to be confused with soundKonverter that converts audio files from one format to another MP3 to Ogg Vorbis for example you ll learn more about SoundConverter in Chapter 16 To select it for installation click the Sound amp Video category in the left pane of the window scroll down in the top right pane and check the box next to the word SoundConverter Be careful not to uncheck the boxes next to any of the already checked applications listed in GNOME App Install Doing so will result in their being removed once you go on to Project 5B 2 on page 75 E File Edit Settings View Help i2 50 B Rubrica Cards x93 tzn First Name o wildbert Q Bonnetra GS Misty E Josephine Last Name Marthorpe Goosletow Sonnenberg Totterwood Friends rub Work rub Relatives rub Previous a Next Items in this address book 4 path home rg rubrica Se a Data Card First Name Wildbert Last Name Marthorpe Figur
449. siest way is to first find a machine running Windows 2000 or newer and a recent edition of iTunes But before you go any further make sure that you have everything on that iPod backed up because you are going to be refor matting it which means wiping it clean Once you are ready to roll make sure the Windows machine is connected to the Internet start up iTunes and then plug your iPod into one of the Windows machine s USB ports A window should appear telling you that you have a Mac formatted iPod that must be restored before you can use it in Windows Click OK To bring your iPod to a comfy state of Linux usability click the Restore button in the right pane of the iTunes window A warning window will appear telling you that everything on your iPod is about to be removed hence my warning about backing up everything first Click the Restore and Update button and then follow along with the brief wizard that follows Once the wizard is complete sit back and wait for your iPod to be restored and Windows ized This will take a couple of minutes so enjoy the brief respite Pluggin In the Penguin 269 270 Chapter 16 When the process is complete a new window will appear asking you to name your iPod and asking you whether you want iTunes to automatically synchronize your iPod with your photo and music collections Figure 16 2 What you name your iPod is up to you short names show up better on the GNOME desktop but I strongly re
450. sing back end instead The reason Automatix automatically performed the switch is that its designers know that Xine is a much more cooperative beastie when it comes to video If you haven t made the switch and find yourself having problems with Totem as is try installing the Xine version along with the other multimetia codec packages The instructions for doing this are given in Project 15A but to save your fingers some wear and tear I ll repeat the procedure for you here Just run Automatix Applications gt System Tools gt Automatix and once the Automatix window opens click Codecs and Plugins in the left pane of window and click AUD DVD Codecs and Multimedia Codecs in the right pane Finish up by clicking the Start button Once you re done you won t notice any changes in Totem up front You will have the exact same Totem interface in the exact same menu location but you ll most likely be a much happier camper because Totem should then work as it s supposed to You will experience among other things superior sound or at least better volume more dependable DVD playback and less quirky playback of Windows Media Video WMV files If it s still giving you trouble after that try one of the other playback applications mentioned at the end of this chapter Using Totem to Play DVDs VCDs and Other Multimedia Files As I already mentioned you can play a DVD in Totem by simply placing your DVD in the drive after which Tot
451. sktop one e File Edit Bookmarks Help o jagn Name y Value mahjongg computer_icon_name lt no value gt gt metacity computer_icon_visible gt nautilus O documents_icon_name lt no value gt E documents_icon_visible icon_view O home_icon_name lt no value gt D list_view B home_icon_visible preferences B network _icon_visible gt sidebar_panels D trash_icon_name lt no value gt nautilus cd burner netstatus_applet B volumes_visible notification daemon gt panel gt procman Key Documentation gt rhythmbox 7 Key name Japps nautilus desktop trash_icon_visible same gnome Key owner nautilus sound juicer Short description Trash icon visible on desktop gt G stickynotes_applet Long description If this is set to true an icon linking to the gt tomboy trash will be put on the desktop aaa RULE ee ENNAN Figure 7 15 The Configuration Editor 5 Check the boxes next to the items you would like to appear on the desktop You have four unchecked choices to choose from computer_ icon_visible like My Computer in Windows documents_icon_visible 117 Dressing Up the Bird 118 NOTE to create a link to your Documents folder if you have one home_icon_ visible for quick access to your home folder and trash_icon_visible for you know what 6 When you re done close the Configuration Editor Changes made in the way I just described will affect all user accounts If yo
452. sounds really cool too try out the demos once you install it Search Synaptic for mms install the program and run the command 1mms Audacity If you re interested in podcasting one application you will find repeatedly mentioned is Audacity Audacity Figure 15 20 is a multi platform audio recording and editing application that is frequently used not only in the Linux world but in the Mac and Windows worlds as well It allows you to cut and paste bits of sound raise pitch increase speed add echo and other effects and well all sorts of other neat stuff To get it run Automatix click Media Players and Editors in the left pane and then check the box next to Audacity in the right pane After that click the Start button Audacity will then be available from Applications Sound amp Video z EC EA a sicilia Project Settings Help fie l Sis BE g in the morning of flowing Into each othe great TrigheQectzrar Artdeco CTT TrisbeOrctatar Tristes Matur Uae Pits amp L j JR R i 4 py 8 e de 30 2418 128 o Poa 8 2 w o a e i e o E ER a 2l Disk space remains for recording 217 hours and 55 minutes Project rate 44100 Cursor 0 03 517823 min sec Snap To Off Figure 15 20 Audio recording and editing with Audacity Tux Rocks 265 PLUGGIN IN THE PENGUIN Ubuntu and Your iPo
453. ss aad Sheth onl ae Ads liactst deuce Sud ups TaN Aa E 280 Other MPS Players cet cece lennie Ae T NEE A E e TENS 280 17 COUCH PENGUINS Video and DVD Playback in Ubuntu 281 Playing Video Streams with RealPlayer cccsccessecesseeesceeseeenseenseeeeeeeseeenteenreeereee 281 DV DSi cece ciecmttancht athe dha thane E hak oie Ghen Rit deeds th E N EE E dhe 282 Can Play Foreign DVDs eceeseceeeceeeseeseeeneeeeeeseecneeneeseeeneeeneeeneeeaes 283 Toten Movie Players sh sete e ses cages TEE ands hacia ca dubia ha EA EE S 284 Switching Totes iiss cskeet koen senn ea Ia A ES AERE E AE EA 284 Using Totem to Play DVDs VCDs and Other Multimedia Files 000 285 Making Things Look a Bit Better in Totem cecceesesseceseeeeseeseeeeteeetreeneeees 285 Totem ias an Audio Player visi ennn a n so sas 286 A Couple of Other Cool Totem Features ccccsecceescesecenseeeseeereeenteenseeneeees 287 Using Your Digital Video Camera ccccceeesessteeeeeeseeesseeeneeteeesteesnesnieesteeneesereeed 287 Capturing and Editing Digital Video with Kino eseceeseeseeeteeenteeeteeeeeess 287 Other Video Apps iiee neet Tes AEE ees device OA E N Weck ome duce EEG 290 18 DEFENDING THE NEST Security 291 Does My System Need Protection cccccsscceeseessecetseeeeeeeeeeseeenteeereeeseeeneeeereeeneee 292 The First Line of Defense v scccias rae sirae SEEE E aena NES 292 Software Firewalls a a a a a o e T aTa 2
454. ssuming you ve caught the Linux bug the painless steps to installing the system on your hard disk Let s put this book to use and get Ubuntu up and running 22 Going in for a Dip Chapter 2 To get a taste of what Ubuntu is all about and to check out your hardware to see if it s all comfy cozy with Ubuntu there is probably no better way to go than to run Ubuntu directly from the live CD To do this just place the Ubuntu Desktop CD in your disk drive and restart your machine When the machine starts up again it should boot up from the CD and after a bit of white text scrolls up the screen you should see the first Ubuntu startup screen Figure 2 1 If the screen does not appear and your machine instead boots up into your usual operating system then it is very likely that your machine s BIOS needs to be changed so as to allow you to boot from CD ubuntu oot from first hard disk Fi Help F2 Language F3Keymap F4 VGA F5 Accessibility Figure 2 1 An Ubuntu live session startup screen You can access your machine s BIOS by restarting and then pressing whatever key the onscreen startup instructions assign to accessing the BIOS setup This is usually DELETE or F1 but not all machines are the same If the onscreen information passes by so fast that you miss it you can check your user s manual to see what the correct key is Once you get into the BIOS setup change the boot sequence so that your CD drive is firs
455. stalling it via Automatix click Media Players and Editors in the left pane and then click Listen Media Manager in the right pane Once you have installed Listen start it up from Applications Sound amp Video gt Listen Music Player Music View Control Help Kall D liol ag context Similar artists Top albums Gate eed iiia a Q AER X Death Cab for Cutie Fetching informations Caring Is Creepy eea ae The Shins E tyrics K SN Garden State 9 Wikipedia The Decemberists 00 29 of 03 20 Ore ol anen OS Last fm The Postal Service Now playing Total time 03 20 B Library famn EOE SO BST ae amp Podcast Sufjan Stevens Webradio a 1p Ecce seer E Filesystem E iron amp Wine B The Arcade Fire en Scoren IS IO Modest Mouse kna Par Belle and Sebastian a a mt E L o Powered by D Dynamic off B a ic About artist About album Os Audioserebbler Figure 15 14 Last fm similar artists suggestions in Listen Tux Rocks 261 262 Chapter 15 Songbird Another somewhat more recent entry in the Linux music player sweeps is Songbird Figure 15 15 which is very similar to and yet very different from everything out there It is essentially what the Songbird folks them selves describe as a desktop Web player a digital jukebox and Web browser mash up Hard to resist giving any sort of mash up a try isn t it If you find yourself losing
456. stem It doesn t work perfectly 100 percent of the time and it isn t as desirable an alternative as a properly compiled DEB from source package but if there s an application you really need it might just get the job done To give Alien a try we ll convert and install an application called TuxCards shown in Figure 9 5 that calls itself a hierarchical notebook ea es hI LESH File Edit Options Extras About Alase r BBA vial ex 6 le ald standara I sans serif Je JBIuUA tuxcards_greeting TuxCards News Welcome to TuxCards Version 1 2 Improvements in Detai Finally it is time to release version 1 2 of TuxCards The Notebook Keyboard Actions i for TuxFreaks Requirements To come in Version 1 3 2 What has happened in between Donations Besides the development of new features TuxCards did appear within several magazines Jinux User German Edition Sep 2003 Linux Magazine English Edition Canada Oct 2003 Linux Magazine World Freesoft Collection Japanese Edition Dec 2003 easy Linux German Edition Feb 2004 Linux Format issue no 54 UK magazine June 2004 The development of this release took much more time than was I planned believe stability and reliability are two of the most fad B7 Figure 9 5 TuxCards a hierachical notebook 9B 1 Installing Alien Before downloading converting and installing the TuxCards RPM
457. stem compatibility Using your router with Linux is no different than using it with Windows You can access the software and modify your settings via a simple web browser as you can see in Figure 18 1 Just type the IP address of the router usually provided in the owner s manual in the browser s location bar press ENTER and you ll be ready to go File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help A lt G O nttp 92 168 1 1 plie Getting Started D4 Latest BBC Headlines N A Division of Cisco Systems Inc Firmware Version v1 00 7 Wireless G Broadband Router Muju Setup Access Applications m Administration Status Restrictions amp Gaming Setup Wireless Security Basic Setup i DDNS MACAddressClone Advanced Routing aeae Coniston Internet Connection Type Automatic Configuration DHCP gt DHCP This setting is most commonly used by Cable operators Optional Settings required by some ISPs Roniher Name Muju Host Name Enter the host Host Name name provided by your ISP Domain Name MTU Auto vj Size Network Setup Local IP Address This is be address of the route Done Domain Name Enter the domain name provided by your ISP More Figure 18 1 Setting up a router Defending the Nest 293 294 Software Firewalls Chapter 18 If you don t have a router and don t plan on getting one or if you have one but you
458. system a sudden garden of adware Finally at least in my experience the majority of such programs are hardly worth the money asked The only shareware programs I ever found worth buying were Lemke Software s GraphicConverter and Plasq s Comic Life both for the Mac Is It All Just About Money While money is important to the average user it is certainly not the only reason for taking the Linux plunge there are a variety of other reasons as well As I mentioned before Linux is noted for its stability Try running your present system for a month without restarting and see what happens Linux has been known to run without a reboot for over a year without a hitch or decrease in performance With its multilingual capabilities Linux is also a perfect choice for language students or users in a multilingual environment In addition Linux is infinitely customizable You can get your system to look and act the way you want it to without being wizarded to death And then there are the applications that come with most Linux distributions In addition to their wide variety most are well up to industry snuff with some such as Evolution and the GIMP being sources of envy for those outside the Linux world Finally with the advent of Microsoft s new Windows Vista system and its more demanding hardware requirements especially if you want to take advantage of its most touted new features you may find your present machine on the fast track to obso
459. t Once your machine does boot from the live CD and you do see the Ubuntu live session startup screen shown in Figure 2 1 either press ENTER or just do nothing for about 30 seconds in order to continue This will start up your Ubuntu in English with a US keyboard layout Remember your hard disk will go untouched so rest easy you re not going to touch let alone hurt anything If you would like your system to appear in a different language press F2 select your language of choice using the cursor keys and then press ENTER You can change the default keyboard layout by pressing F3 and then follow ing the same steps Once you re done press ENTER to start up the system NOTE Special input mechanisms required for typing in certain languages i e Chinese Japanese and Korean are not supported in live CD sessions From then on out it is strictly autopilot time for you all you have to do is wait There will be some scrolling white text now and then and an occa sional period when things will go black for a few seconds but eventually things will go totally graphical when the GNOME desktop environment begins its initialization process and when that is done well you will be face to face with the Ubuntu desktop meaning you re ready to roll but Pll hold off on talking about that until Chapter 3 Taking the Plunge Installing Ubuntu If you have already installed Ubuntu on your machine are satisfied running it from the
460. t composer and my original compu buddy from the Atari XL600 days Steven Young hiker environ mentalist birder ultimate gadget geek and the inspiration for Linux Made Easy not to mention the person who first brought Ubuntu to my attention and Tracy Nakajima my Mac connection and de facto life advisor Thank you all very much And although I am no longer in Japan thanks are still due to the gang back there my former colleagues Setsu Uesaka Toshiko Takagi James Porcaro and Andrezej Kozlowski for their indirect and at times very direct help while I was writing this book and Enryo Nagata Masayasu Tsuchida and Seiichi Mizuta for their time help vision and continued kindness Special thanks are also due to those people who provided me with support or helped direct me in ways they probably do not even realize Dick Petrie Kimberly Jo Burk Peter and Cate Corvin Brittin Charlene Gawa Leopi Levy Sanderson Edmunds and Olynxa Levy Finally a special thanks to my sweet little black cat and dear feline friend Muju who despite vociferously protesting as I spent hertime writing this book continues to listen to whatever I have to say and keeps me sane when I m feeling down Meow Acknowledgments INTRODUCTION My computing life began long ago in the Commodore Atari days No doubt inspired by Alan Alda s television commercials at the time I purchased my first machine an Atari 600XL with a cassette drive for storage
461. t 5A Installing Applications via Synaptic seeseseesesesseseseeseeseseeseesesessesesseseseeseseeseee 68 5A 1 Adding APT Repositories via Synaptic ccccccccccceesseeeeeeeesteeeenseeesaes 69 Adding New Repositories to Symaptic ccccceeeseeeeeceeeseeceeeeseseeeeseeeeeeeeens 70 5A 2 Installing Monkey Bubble ccccccccceceeeseeeeeeeeeneeeeseeeeeaeeetseeeeeeeeens 71 Removing Applications via Synaptic ccccccceecseeeeecceesteceeseesetaeeecseeeeeeeens 72 Upgrading Applications via Synaptic ccccccccccceeeceesseceeeeeesteeeenteeeeteeeens 73 Project 5B Installing Applications via GNOME App Install scsssesssssssssssesesseseseseees 73 5B 1 Selecting Applications for Installation ccccccccecceeeseceeseesteeeeseeeeeeees 74 5B 2 Downloading and Installing Selected Applications cccsseseeeeeees 75 Performing System Upgrades via the System Update Panel Applet ccceeeeeeees 76 If an Update Ruins Your Day or System cccccceceececeeeceeseeeeessceceseeetseeecseeessseeeaes 77 6 A TIDY NEST File and Disk Handling in Ubuntu 79 Nautilus Your File Manager sinasiss arods innen a a aa e 80 TheSide Pane nonstate iee E E E EES EKSS 80 File Handling in Nautilus 0 cccceccseeeseseceeeeeecesecseeeeeesneeseeeseesieesteesteesieesieesteeeeas 82 Creating Naming and Renaming Folders ccceseseeecseeseeeeeeeteeetsesteeeens 82 Moving Files and Folders
462. t most likely means as the page points out that your camera is so old that there is little demand for support for it or that it is so new that there hasn t been enough time to develop support for it Of course gPhoto2 is constantly being updated so if your camera isn t on the list now it could be in the near future Updating gPhoto2 with Synaptic now and again should keep you as up to date as possible If your camera is not supported by gPhoto2 all is not lost First of all there are some cameras that utilize what is called the USB Mass Storage protocol These cameras function without the help of gPhoto2 as USB storage devices just like a thumb drive or USB external hard disk You can access the photos on such cameras just as you would data on any other USB storage device just connect it to your computer and a Nautilus window appears displaying its con tents You can then transfer files via conventional drag and drop procedures Even if your camera doesn t seem to communicate with your computer by either of these means you can still get your images to your hard disk by removing the memory card from your camera inserting it into a USB flash memory card reader and plugging that reader into one of your computer s USB ports Once you ve done that your system will mount the card reader as if it were an external drive which is pretty much what it is thus allowing you to use simple drag and drop procedures to get the images to your
463. t window and then do the same in the Software Updates window Depending on what you installed another small window may appear telling you that you will have to restart your system in order for changes to take effect If so it is best to be obedient and reboot If an Update Ruins Your Day or System Now I don t want to worry you too much but one thing about massive system updates is that afterward sometimes things just go all screwy leaving you with all sorts of regrets and a mouthful of expletives just waiting to be uttered and hopefully deleted This is a fact of life no matter what operating system you are using It can happen in Windows it can happen in Mac OS and it can happen in Linux Therefore it is always a good idea to wait a bit before installing a seemingly major update and to check the user forums first to see if there are any disaster stories out there If you go ahead only to find that your system won t start up again don t worry All is not lost In fact nothing is lost most likely Just start up your machine again If you have a dual boot system you will arrive at the GRUB boot menu just like always If you re not a dual booter you ll have to get to this menu by pressing ESC as soon as you re prompted to do so just a few moments after starting the machine In the GRUB menu you will see that you seem to have more than one Ubuntu system installed on your hard disk which is true to some extent Tak
464. tandard Characters ccccccecccsscesscesseceneeeneeeneeeeeeeneeeeeeeereesnreseresereees 202 Using the Compose Key Option ccccesceeeseeseeeeeseeeeeeessesereeseeeeeseeeseeates 203 Using the Keyboard Indicator cccceeccesseceseceeeeeeseesneceneeeereeereeenseenteseneees 204 Viewing Your System in Another Language ccsecsseseeseeesseeeneceneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeereees 205 Multilingual Login ns ienet eei ar a necieddea E aat e 206 Chinese Japanese and Korean Input secceecceeseeeeeeceeeneesneeeeseesneestseseeeeteesneeeses 206 Chine Sera gcasdeacts scenes insane tosehaace EEE EE EE 207 Japaneses iaratn Meas atoviasateh eles Boe ie E dean dates alesse onesie Mees 207 KONG CIN the went tae la ie n ra e a le iate a ea a 208 Project 12 Installing Asian Language Input Support for SCIM ssccsscssesseseseeceeeeeees 208 12 1 Downloading and Installing SCIM Input Method Modules 008 209 12 2 Typing in Asian Languages with SCIM c ccceseseeseeeseeeeseeereesteeeneeeaes 209 12 3 Installing Additional Input Methods ceecceeseceseceteeeseeeteeneeeteeenes 210 13 PENGUINS BACK AT WORK Getting Down to Business in Linux 211 PenO Mice Ong ETE EIEE A A Mee kN a ANS IA A MSS AS a 212 OpenOffice org Applications 0 ccscceeeseseseeecsesesesseeeneesteesnsesentesteeeneeesas 212 Microsoft Office and OpenOffice org File Compatibility 0 eceeeeeeeees 215 OpenOffice org Features arnie
465. te protected To change the file so that you have write permissions meaning that you can alter the file you would type the following and then press ENTER chmod 744 photos personal mybirthday jpg To change the permissions of all the files and subfolders and all the files within those subfolders in one fell swoop you can add the R recursive flag to the chmod command The command would thus be as follows chmod R 744 photos personal The number 744 by the way extends read write and execute run permissions to you the owner but gives read only rights to everyone else a pretty safe choice when in doubt If you want to figure out permission numbers for yourself it is pretty easy You are basically dealing with three number positions each of which has eight numerical possibilities 0 7 The left slot represents permissions for the owner the center slot represents per missions for the group and the third slot represents permissions for others The meanings of the numbers themselves are as follows Read write and execute permissions Read and write permissions Read and execute permissions Read only permissions Write and execute permissions Write only permissions Execute only permissions ormrRN OR ODN No permissions Figure 8 8 points out the meaning of each of these numbers and what each number slot represents In fact if you don t mind a bit of simple addi tion things are even easier to un
466. tes MB you are probably more used to but there is a way around this Many commands accept a flag or option to further fine tune how the command performs These flags are written directly after the main command and are preceded by a space and a hyphen In this case you can try using the h human readable flag to have your figures come out in the way you are most familiar with Try this out by typing df hon the command line and pressing ENTER The output should now appear in a more familiar format see Figure 8 6 File Edit View Terminal Tabs Help rg UbuntuAcer df h Filesystem Size Used Avail Use Mounted on dev sdal 72G 2 1G 67G 4 varrun 244M 112K 244M 1 var run varlock 244M 0 244M 0 var lock procbususb 244M 72K 244M 1 proc bus usb udev 244M 72K 244M 1 dev devshm 244M 0 244M 0 dev shm trm 244M 28M 217M 12 lib modules 2 6 20 13 generic vo latile rg UbuntuAcer s Figure 8 6 Output from the df command with the h flag SIs Another harmless but handy command is 1s list directory contents The ls command shows you what is in your current directory This is the non graphical equivalent of double clicking a folder in Nautilus to see what is inside Try it out by typing 1s and then pressing the ENTER key Simple Kitten Ways 131 132 Chapter 8 If you ve been following my commands so far your results should list all of the folders in your home directory You can also use the
467. the Windows world will most likely be in the form of Zip files which will pose no problem for you because you can extract them with File Roller Simply double click them just as you have with the other archived files you have used thus far and click the Extract button in the File Roller window when it appears The font file will appear on your desktop or wherever your Zip file happened to be as an icon showing an upper and lowercase sample of the first letter in that font Figure 11 1 jungleav ttf miscup__ ttf Underw ttf ZACKEN TTF ZEPPELIN TTF Figure 11 1 Font icons display the first letter in the font In addition to getting a glimpse of what the fonts look like through these icons you can also see all or at least almost all of the characters in a given font by double clicking the font icon A window as shown in Figure 11 2 will open showing you most of the characters in A to Z format and then in the traditional The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog format that you may well remember from your junior or senior high school typing classes SOA caenbove rie nee nequiar o Name A Cut Above The Rest Style Regular Type TrueType font Size 160 7 KB Version Experimental la Copyright ocm doodef ghifimnoparsteyvsx2yz ABCDEFCHIKLMNOPORSTUYWXYZ 0123456789 4 I7 y eias rean Tho quick brown fox jampe over tho lazy dog 0123458759 Tho quick brown fox jumps over ths lazy dog 0123456789
468. the contents of the disk as a disk image to your hard disk This may take a bit of time so don t worry When it is done you will be prompted to insert a blank disk into your drive Once you ve done that the Creator will begin copying the disk image to the blank disk If you want to know how to duplicate audio CDs hang on until you get to Chapter 15 Burning Multisession CDs If you are coming from the Windows environment you are no doubt familiar with multisession CDs These are CDs on which data is added one session at a time For example you burn a few files to disk today add a few more to the disk tomorrow and a few more files the day after that Each time you burn additional files to the same disk you are adding a session which explains the name multisession If that explanation seems a bit obtuse you can basically think of them working like floppy disks albeit with considerably more storage capacity While Nautilus can read and display the contents of such multi session disks it cannot yet write multisession disks To do that you will need a different disk burning application I recommend GnomeBaker You can download and install GnomeBaker via Synaptic search for gnomebaker Once installed you can run it from the Applications menu by selecting Sound amp Video gt CD DVD Writer GnomeBaker To burn the first session to CD click the Data CD button in the bottom half of the GnomeBaker window After that drag the files
469. the office you simply switch back to the first desktop so that you look busy when he walks by and asks Keeping yourself busy Boaz Phew By the way you can also switch between virtual desktops by simulta neously pressing and holding CTRL ALT and then pressing your left and right cursor keys to move to your targeted desktop Moving Running Applications Between Virtual Desktops So what happens if let s say you are running OpenOffice org Writer in one workspace and the GIMP in another but suddenly think that it would be handy to have them both running in the same workspace Do you quit the GIMP and start it up again in the other desktop Fortunately things are much simpler than that and there are actually two ways to get the job done The first of these ways is to right click on the title bar of the window you want to move and then select Move to Workspace Left or Move to Workspace Right I find it less confusing to select Move to Another Workspace and then select the workspace I want to move the window to by number Workspace 1 Workspace 2 and so on Another way to move a window from one workspace to another is via the Workspace Switcher on the bottom panel Within the four boxes of the Workspace Switcher each representing a different workspace tiny icons will appear for each of the windows you have open in a given workspace The icons as you can see in Figure 3 14 will even resemble the shape of the actual windows themse
470. the point of this permissions business is so in order to help you understand I will give you some examples of how it can be useful Let s say that you have some files that you don t want your spouse or kids to see some bad poetry or a Christmas shopping list for example By denying read permission to those files or to a folder containing those files no one would be able to sneak a peek unless they were savvy at changing permissions and had the permissions necessary to change permissions for those files or folders As another example imagine you have a file that you have worked many hours on and have finally completed To alleviate fears that you might acci dentally trash it in some way you could deny write permissions By doing this you wouldn t be able to do anything to that file without changing its permis sions In fact if you tried to move that file to the Trash or even to the desktop or another folder you would be greeted with a no can do message such as the one shown in Figure 6 9 Unable to move to trash Access denied 4 ok Figure 6 9 Nautilus tells you when permissions restrict your freedom of movement Changing File and Folder Permissions in Nautilus To change file or folder permissions in Nautilus just right click the file or folder in question and then select Properties from the popup menu Once the Properties window opens click the Permissions tab and you will see who the owner of the file
471. there and yet you will still be using one of the most manual and traditional ways to install an application that is compiling it from source You will also learn how to con vert Red Hat Package Manager RPM packages for use in your Debian based system environment running Java based applications and say it ain t so even running some Windows applications When you are done you will have more options at your disposal than you ll know what to do with and that s not a bad position to be in 154 Project 9A Installing DEB Packages Not Available via the Ubuntu Repositories Automatix Chapter 9 As you may recall the applications you install from the various Ubuntu repositories via Synaptic or Add Remove Programs are in the form of DEB packages and the repositories are filled with such packages Unfortunately although these repositories seem to contain just about every piece of software out there for different reasons not every package finds its way into these repositories even if it is available in DEB form At the present time the application Automatix is one of these Automatix is interestingly enough yet another front end for the powerful APT package management software that is at the structural heart of all Debian based systems Like Synaptic Automatix provides you with a graphical means to select download and install packages What is different however is that Automatix provides a fairly automatic way
472. those two emblems your folders should look a bit spunkier and we ll make those emblems look spunkier still further along in the chapter Nevertheless the background of the Nautilus window is still white You need not stand for that if you don t want to you can change it as well To do so just go to the menu bar of your home window click the Edit menu and select Backgrounds and Emblems The Backgrounds and Emblems window will then appear see Figure 7 7 Patterns Drag a pattern tile to an object to change it _ lt gt Y Ka Ea Reset Ocean Strips Camouflage Fleur De Lis Brushed Metal Ridged Paper Sky Ridge Terracotta e Help dp Add a New Pattern eg Close gia JB From this window you can drag any pattern into your home window or into any other Nautilus window for that matter and the pattern will then become the background for all your Nautilus windows So for experience s sake scroll down to find the pattern swatch called Manila Paper and then drag it to the white space in the main pane of your home window Once NOTE you ve done that the previously white window area will look like the wallpaper in a lawyer s office Very nice if you like that sort of thing You can change it to a different background in the same way of course or you can go back to the default white by dragging the Reset swatch into the window If you prefer to use an image of
473. tings window shown in Figure 4 1 will soon appear and when it does select Wired connection by clicking it once make sure the box to the left is checked Once you re done click the Properties button 4 In the Settings window that appears change the Configuration selection from Automatic configuration DHCP to Static IP address NOTE 5 e a gt Location Connections General ons Hosts a Wireless connection properties Roaming mode enabled c f mi G4 Wired connection Address dhcp a Modem connection This network interface is not configured Hep X Close Figure 4 1 The Network Settings window 5 The three text boxes shown in Figure 4 2 will become active thus allow ing you to enter the information provided to you by your Internet pro vider or network administrator Once you ve entered the settings click the OK button Enable roaming mode Connection settings Configuration Static IP address Subnet mask IP address Gateway address amp Cancel Figure 4 2 Manually inputting network IP settings 6 Your system will then try to connect to the Internet using the settings you have provided and will show its progress in the Network Manager applet which will look well blue and kind of spacey Once the con nection is made a message will appear direct
474. tions or use the tabs to select all of the tracks by a particular artist or in a particular genre Then click the File menu click Export Tracks from Database and choose one of the destinations from the submenu Selected Playlist Selected Tab Entry or Selected Tracks As with Rhythmbox AAC files exported from gtkpod will not have the filenames they started out with The remedy is the same as before Just change the filenames manually The correct track title and artist information will appear in any player window whether or not you change the filename Playing Tracks on Your iPod with gtkpod You can use gtkpod to play the tracks on your iPod though gtkpod must use a helper application to do so as it has no playback capabilities of its own The default helper app for this purpose is XMMS which isn t a bad choice especially if you want to have headache free AAC file support Of course if you haven t installed XMMS you will need to either install it or choose a different helper app such as Rhythmbox or amaroK To install XMMS run Synaptic and search for xmms and if you want AAC playback support xmms mp4 To change the audio helper application for gtkpod open the gtkpod Preferences window by going to the Edit menu and select ing Edit Preferences Once in the Preferences window click the Tools tab and then change the command in the uppermost box from xmms to rhythmbox or exaile or whatever app you prefer Once your choice is made
475. to even try using spreadsheets I will mention a few of the simpler things that can be done with Calc in the hope of enticing some of you into trying it Most people who don t use spreadsheets think of them as a sort of giant calculators used for computing uncomfortably large sets of numbers like payrolls which was the original purpose of such applications That s right of course but spreadsheets can be used for everyday tasks too such as pro jecting household budgets calculating grade point averages by teachers or students figuring out how long it will take you to save up for your trip to Hungary or even for something as weird as comparing the seat heights for the four or five motorcycles you are trying to choose among And when doing any of these minor mathematical tasks you can easily create graphs in order to make all the abstract numbers speak to you visually Penguins Back at Work 213 214 Chapter 13 If numbers are just not your thing you can still use Calc for creating lists of information such as birthday lists class rosters shopping lists address lists whatever You can even have Calc put the lists into alphabetical order or sort them by date of birth and so on Everyone eventually seems to find some use for Calc so don t ignore it entirely Impress Impress is OpenOffice org s answer to Microsoft s PowerPoint with which it is compatible It allows you to create graphically attractive slides for
476. to the Internet these bits of album information will not appear because album and track data are not embedded in the CD itself What happens instead is that the audio ripper or player on your machine sends the digital ID of the CD you re playing to an online database such as freeDB org or CD DataBase CDDB which is now officially known as Gracenote In turn the online database sends the album information for that CD back to the player or ripper You can go about things another way by going to Applications Sound amp Video gt Sound Juicer CD Extractor and then placing your CD in the drive In this case however you might have to go to the Sound Juicer Disc menu and select Re read Disc before your album and track information will appear Setting the Default Folder for Ripped Files in Sound Juicer By default Sound Juicer is set up to rip your CDs and encode audio tracks in Ogg Vorbis format and the default location in which Sound Juicer saves these files is your home folder Because Sound Juicer like all other rippers will create an artist folder for each CD you rip you will end up with a lot of folders in your home folder if you rip albums from a large number of artists It is best to create a Music folder within your home folder as you did for your graphika account and then make that folder your default location for ripped music To set the default from within Sound Juicer go to the Edit menu and select Preferences This will o
477. ts ability to burn images to CD To use this feature select the images you want to save to CD in Folder view just click the Folders button to get there and then select Write to CD in the File menu After that you will be asked in a separate window whether you want to save the whole shebang to disk or just those items you selected Make your choice and then click OK A Nautilus CD DVD Creator window will then appear showing the items you ve selected After that it is all the same process as described in Chapter 6 so it is pretty much smooth sailing Project 14B Creating Web Albums with gThumb The gThumb features I ve mentioned so far are pretty much the same as those found in Apple s iPhoto Now however we come to one feature that isn t gThumb s ability to create web albums of your photo collection These albums can be used on your computer itself distributed on CDs or uploaded to your website for the whole world to see and they look pretty nice Brush Wielding Penguins 229 230 Chapter 14 14B 1 Selecting Images To create a web album of your own select the images you would like to add to your album while holding down the CTRL key go to the Tools menu and select Create Web Album A new window Web Album shown in Figure 14 4 will appear he Web Album taj Saving Destination e BonnielnsSc lt Index file index html p Copy originals to destination O Resize if larger th
478. ty As you can see it s a vision thing Befitting the nationality and goals of the man who brought it into being the word ubuntu comes from the Zulu and Xhosa languages Ubuntu according to Wikipedia is a concept meaning something along the lines of humanity toward others or I am because we are If you re interested the 2005 film In My Country starring Juliette Binoche and Samuel L Jackson although not one of the greatest films ever produced is on many levels a 100 minute examination of the concept of ubuntu Why Ubuntu Then With so many distros out there you may wonder why you should opt for Ubuntu Well as they say numbers don t lie and Ubuntu s popularity is not without good cause These traits are especially crowd pleasing Easy to install It s fair to say that most Linux distributions these days are pretty easy to install and definitely easier and faster to install than Windows Ubuntu is right in line with these improvements and the fact that you can install it with only a few mouse clicks while running the live CD means it is pretty much ready to go whenever you are Easy to use Ubuntu is easy to use in that it is very Windows like in operation and yet it s more Linux like than other Windows user oriented distributions DEB based Ubuntu is based on the Debian distribution which means that it utilizes Debian s very convenient DEB package system for application handling and installation The two preco
479. u want to add If you want to add a number of albums by the same artist just navigate to and select the folder for that artist instead If you just want to add a single audio file you can also do that just select Music gt Import File and then navigate to the song in question If you are not the navigating type you can also add files and folders by other means The simplest way is to drag the folder or song you want to add to the Library into the right pane of the Rhythmbox window You can also add a song to the Library directly by right clicking the file and selecting Open with gt Open with Rhythmbox Music Player in the popup menu that appears Rhythmbox in conjunction with Sound Juicer also allows you to add songs to the Library directly from a CD albeit in a somewhat indirect way To do this select Music gt Import Audio CD and Sound Juicer will appear and display the contents of the CD you currently have in your drive After that you can rip and encode the songs as you normally would in Sound Juicer Once you re done the songs will automatically appear in the Rhythmbox Library Browsing the Rhythmbox Library The Rhythmbox Library is a collection of all of the music you add to it which can prove to be a bit unwieldy as your collection grows Fortunately Rhythmbox has a nice browser function like the one in iTunes that allows you to see lists of the artists and albums in the Library If you click a specific artist in the
480. u can learn more about using Ubuntu or Linux in general http ubuntuguide org wiki ubuntu feisty An unofficial Ubuntu startup guide https help ubuntu com Official documentation for the current release of Ubuntu http www tuxfiles org Lots of tutorials and information for Linux newbies http www linuxcommand org Learn to use commands in Linux http www linux org News book reviews downloads and all sorts of other stuff all about Linux Blogs A lot of great information can also be found in blogs In these you can discover the findings of fellow users as they try new things share tips and offer solutions to problems 306 Appendix B http ubuntu wordpress com Ubuntu news with some tips thrown in http www ubuntux org blog Mostly an Ubuntu oriented news blog http www ubuntugeek com Despite having the word geek in the name this is a pretty accessible set of mostly useful Ubuntu system and software tweaks Hardware Compatibility Issues If you want to find out whether or not your hardware is compatible with Linux or if you want to read up on other matters related to hardware support take a look at the following sites https wiki ubuntu com HardwareSupport Ubuntu specific hardware compatibility information http www linuxcompatible org compatibility html Numerous com patibility lists arranged by distribution http www linuxprinting org A great spot for reading up on printer compatibi
481. u choose for example to show the trash can on the desktop for one user account it will appear there for all others Project 7D Changing Your Login Screen NOTE Chapter 7 You may have noticed while working with the Art Manager that there is a menu selection Art gt Other Themes for something called Login Manager The Login Manager is your login screen also known as a greeter the screen where you type your username and user password when you first log in to your system The Login Manager is another thing that you can customize but be forewarned that any changes you make will be system wide not just for you whatever Login Manager theme you install and choose will be the Login Manager theme that everyone else with user accounts will see when they use the machine Of course if you are the only one using your machine this point is moot 7D 1 Downloading a Login Manager Theme In order to try customizing the Login Manager run the Art Manger and select Art gt Other Themes gt Login Manager Once you ve done this browse through the various themes in the list and choose one or two that you want I give you free rein on this one but I ll be choosing the theme called GDM ManzanaTux to complete the faux Mac theme in case you want to follow along exactly Unlike your other experiences with the Art Manager up to now Login Manager themes can only be downloaded leaving you to do the installation yourself That being the case
482. uld follow the same procedure for each of your other entries or with Hanging Indent selected click the paint can button in the Styles and Formatting window after which your mouse cursor when placed over the document will appear as a paint can Place that paint can cursor in any other paragraph in your bibliography and that entry too will be formatted in the new style The process is essentially the same when applying different styles to any other document elements Word Processing Done Lightly with AbiWord Chapter 13 If OpenOffice org s Writer is a bit more powerful than what you need for your everyday word processing chores and you would prefer something that pops up as soon as you click the launcher then you might want to consider giving another word processor AbiWord a try Figure 13 8 AbiWord has a very straightforward and easy to use interface which you should be able to figure out without much if any help It also has a couple of rather interesting features such as its auto resize function which magnifies the onscreen document size fonts images and everything or shrinks it as you increase or decrease the size of the program window And in case you re wondering AbiWord can save and read Microsoft Word DOC files and save documents as PDF files You can easily install AbiWord via Synaptic by performing a search for abiword and then well you know the drill by now Once you have AbiWord installed you can run
483. ument to text 185 resolution for 187 187 188 Schnapsen 169 170 SCIM Smart Common Input Method 209 210 input palette 210 languages handled by 209 screen capture with Totem 287 screensaver 121 122 Screensaver Preferences window 122 122 screenshots from XPaint 237 238 Scribus 223 224 224 scripts 160 security 291 300 ClamAV 296 297 router for 292 293 serial port and connector 57 Serpentine Audio CD Creator 257 258 258 Settings menu Synaptic gt Repositories 69 70 shareware 12 shell 128 Show Desktop icon on GNOME desk top panel 34 shutting down GNOME desktop environment 47 48 Shuttleworth Mark 14 Skype 156 156 157 slideshow Impress for 214 viewing photos as 229 Smart Common Input Method SCIM 209 210 input palette 210 languages handled by 209 software See applications Software Sources window 69 70 Songbird 262 262 iPod support 272 sound See also audio customizing for system 122 from modem 56 Sound Juicer 247 247 249 default folder setting for ripped files 248 SoundConverter 279 279 setting preferences 280 Sounds Eclectic 260 source compiling programs from 159 162 tarballs for 161 splash screen changing 120 122 default for Ubuntu 120 installing 120 121 selecting and activating 121 121 spreadsheet Calc as 213 213 214 stability of Linux 12 stamps in Tux Paint 243 243 Sticky Notes 221 221 222 streaming media with Rhythmbox 252 253 streaming
484. un Floola by opening the Floola linux folder and double clicking the Floola binary file Floola as shown in Figure 16 6 should then appear Pluggin In the Penguin 275 276 Chapter 16 Item Artist Album Genre Podcast Playlist Playback Tools Help gt Kr TS 023 of a2 Sager Artist 10 of 10 select Album Genre Playlist Bonnie Somerville Garden State Rock Frou Frou Summer Romance 87 Soundtrack Iron amp Wine The Thrill Of It All 3 Swedish Ranarim Till Ljusan Dag Till The Lig World Roxy Music The Shins Simon amp Garfunkel Thievery Corporation Zero 7 izl Title Album artist Len Rating Playc Quality Year Mia Size Caring Is Creepy Garden State The Shins 320 e 128 kbits 2004 2 13 3 0 A Inthe Waiting Garden State Zero 7 r e NRT 128 kbits 2004 3 13 4 1 Lebanese Blo Garden State Thievery Corp 4 46 128 kbits 2004 9 13 4 3 LetGo Garden State Frou Frou 4 12 128k 2004 1233 8 J Over You AAC The Thrill Of It Roxy Music Ki kien 128 kbits 1980 11 18 3 1 A Stolt Ingrid P Till Ljusan Dag Ranarim AOG gt se 128 kbits 2 16 3 7 fl Such Great He Garden State Iron amp Wine AV OA sis hs aes 128 kbits 2004 11 13 3 8 A The Only Living Garden State Simon amp Garfu 3 59 gt lt 128 kbits 2004 10 13 3 6 4 Winding Road Garden State Bonnie Somer 3 27 128 kbits 2004 13 13 3 1
485. uncher Icons With your two new program launchers now added to the panel you may come to feel that it is rather difficult to distinguish one from the other Fortunately you can change the icon for any launcher quite easily To learn how to do it let s address our immediate concerns with the two OpenOffice org launchers Here s what we need to do 1 Right click the first program launcher you added Writer and select Properties from the popup menu 2 In the Launcher Properties window click the OpenOffice org Word Processor icon which will bring up a Browse Icons window 3 In that window click the Browse button to bring up the Browse window 4 At the top of that window click the icons button In the right pane double click the hicolor folder click the 48x48 folder within the hicolor folder and then click the apps folder within the 48x48 folder 5 When you ve finished all that folder clicking click the Open button 6 You will now be back at the Browse Icons window which displays a different set of icons Scroll down in that window until you find openofficeorg22 writer png and then click it once Figure 3 8 or 48x48 apps openofficeorg22 writer png x Browse a g _ G a Ep openofficeo openofficeo openofficeo openofficeo rg22 rg22 rg22 rg22 calc png drawpng extension p impress pn S a e Gm BX openofficeo openofficeo openofficeo orca png rg22 rg22 rg22 math png printer
486. until the process is complete Then just click the Close button in the progress window and close the GDebi window Mission accomplished 9A 2 Running Automatix Once Automatix is installed you can run it by going to the Applications menu and selecting System Tools gt Automatix You will then be prompted for your password so type it and click OK A window will appear telling you that installing certain things without paying a fee is a legal no no depending on where you live Read the message remember what it says and then click Yes A couple of windows will appear and disappear as Automatix checks the available package lists and adds a few repositories of its own Once it s done the main Automatix2 window shown in Figure 9 2 will appear Automatix is ready for action Package automatix2 Install packanas Status Requires the installation of 2 packages Details Description Details Included Files operating systems Automatix is a graphical interface for automating the installation of the most commonly requested applications in Debian based linux Figure 9 1 Installing individual DEB packages via GDebi As you can see Automatix looks very similar to Add Remove Programs The main difference is that its package collection is more specific and as I mentioned before geared towards plugging the holes in your system In fact most of the packages available from Automati
487. upon earlier tutorial concepts helping you absorb and apply what you ve learned Ubuntu for Non Geeks covers all the topics likely to be of interest fo an average desktop user Inside you ll learn to e Download and install free applications games and utilities e Connect to the Internet and wireless networks LEARN LINUX AND LOVE IT e Configure your hardware including printers scanners and removable storage devices e Watch DVDs listen to music and even sync your iPod e Download photos and videos from your digital camera then edit and share them e Tackle more advanced tasks as soon as you re ready Whether you re new to computers looking for a pain free way to make the Linux switch or just want a low cost alternative to Windows Ubuntu is for you ABOUT THE AUTHOR Rickford Grant author of Linux for Non Geeks and Linux Made Easy both No Starch Press has been a computer operating system maniac for more than 20 years From the Atari 600XL to today s Linux machines he has been the guy behind the help desk for family friends and colleagues Rickford currently resides in Greensboro North Carolina where he spends his work ing hours as a teacher and his free time cycling writing and annoying his neighbors with his Nyckelharpa Swedish keyed fiddle COVERS UBUNTU 7 04 FEISTY FAWN ISBN 978 1 59327 152 7 781593 271527 34 95 s43 95c0N O 34 95 s43 95c0N O 43 95 CDN 53495
488. ur heart s con tent so this rather spartan state of affairs is sure to change once you get down to really using your system In fact you will be creating a number of folders in Chapter 7 which will make everything look a bit more lived in Soe i e File Edit View Go Bookmarks Help re IQ Up Reload Home Computer Search r Q 100 Q view as Icons A Places x r egg rg F Desktop 1 Desktop Exam L File System CD ROM 1 2 items Free space 66 0 GB Figure 6 1 The contents of your home folder as viewed in a Nautilus window The Side Pane Nautilus has a lot of interesting features that deserve mention and the most obvious of these is the side pane which appears at the left side of the window The side pane allows you to view a variety of information via selectable views You can make your choices by clicking the drop down menu at the top of the side pane Figure 6 2 r x Places Places Information Tree L History Notes Emblems Figure 6 2 Selecting views for the Nautilus side pane The default view in Ubuntu is Places which is a sort of quick navigation tool In Places you will find icons representing various data storage locations available to your system such as your home folder desktop full filesystem any network shares you are connected to more on that in a moment and any removal storage media or devices you have in or connected to your system
489. ure 15 11 Preparing to burn an audio CD with Serpentine Project 15B Listening to RealMedia Streams with RealPlayer Chapter 15 Now that you know how to play Ogg Vorbis and MP3 files and Internet broadcast streams it is time to help your system go a bit more mainstream by installing RealPlayer 10 Figure 15 12 RealMedia streams are widely avail able on the Internet and are provided by many mainstream broadcasters both local and international You can also use RealPlayer to play RealVideo streams when they re available B RealPlayer Bee File Play View Tools Favorites Help 0 00 0 00 Figure 15 12 RealPlayer 10 Linux users familiar with earlier versions of RealPlayer will be happy to know that RealPlayer 10 is much improved over previous Linux offerings One of the big advantages is that RealPlayer 10 now has a working Firefox compatible plugin which means that you can now listen to RealMedia streams that were previously unavailable because they could only be accessed through browser embedded players If you don t know what I m talking about take a look at the example from the Radio Sweden site in Figure 15 13 The Radio Sweden site www sr se like many others uses an embedded player for the broadcast streams it provides without installing the proper plugin the player cannot be used Figure 15 13 left But once the RealPlayer plugin is installed its controls automatically appear F
490. us both Synaptic and GNOME App Install searches for downloads and installs are located in a set of specific online repositories These repositories are basically online servers in which a great number of applications support files and more are stored for use with your particular system All of the files that originally come bundled with your system including the system kernel itself and updates when available are stored there Only the main application and update repositories are activated by default in Ubuntu but the real gold mine of applications is located in what are called the universe and multiverse repositories These repositories contain software that is prepared and maintained by the Ubuntu community but not officially supported by Ubuntu In order to really make your Synaptic experience and your GNOME App Install experience for that matter worthwhile and to follow along with future projects in this book you will therefore need to make sure that the universe and multiverse repositories are activated To do this go to the Synaptic Settings menu and select Repositories When the Software Sources window appears you will see all of the reposi tories that are currently activated Figure 5 2 Check to see if the top four boxes are checked If any of those boxes are not checked well check them You can ignore the last box next to the words Source code Once you ve done all that click the Close button A new window w
491. uter B awindows Network workgroup Q 100 view asicons Places gt x Bry EN Desktop RICKFORD GRANTS WATER NYMPH L File System CD ROM 1 2 items Figure 6 7 Network browsing in Nautilus By the way in case you are wondering what a share is PI clear that up for you Basically a network share is a location on a computer such as a folder where other users on a network can access and save files The Shared Docu ments folder on a Windows system is a good example Other users on a network can copy files from and usually write files to the Shared Documents folder whereas they cannot access any other part of the filesystem on that host machine If the share you are trying to open requires a username and password you will be asked for those in a new window Figure 6 8 Note that in this case the username and password you need to enter are those for the machine to which you are trying to connect not the ones you re using in Ubuntu unless the usernames and or passwords happen to be the same of course You can then copy files to and from that share as if it were a folder on your own hard disk a You must log in to access guest 192 168 1 106 rg Username rg Domain MSHOME Password l Forget password immediately O Remember password until you logout e cerea Figure 6 8 Entering network usernames and passwords for the machine to which you
492. uter and your wire less card was in place during bootup you probably don t need to do much else to access the Internet Just follow these steps 1 Click the Network Manager applet to reveal a drop down menu showing the wireless signals that are present in your vicinity and the strength of each signal Figure 4 4 2 From that menu select the signal for your WAP or any other wave you are entitled to latch onto by clicking it 3 Your system will then try to connect to the Internet and once a connec tion is made you will be notified of it in a message below the Network Manager applet The Network Manager applet icon will morph into a small signal strength indicator Pretty handy Some WAPs employ an added level of security in the form of Wired Equivalent Privacy WEP or more recently and more securely a WEP key If the WAP to which you are trying to connect requires such a key a window will appear prompting you to enter it If you don t happen to know the key then chances are you are not supposed to be making the connection in the first place Naughty naughty More Than Webbed Feet 53 54 Chapter 4 i Ki Sat Mar 17 9 03 PM Wireless Networks D default cand gt GIGABYTE Linksys amanaia D MujuRulesTheRoost H Connect to Other Wireless Network Create New Wireless Network Static configuration Figure 4 4 The Network Manager applet shows you available wireless networks and the
493. ux to hiragana The fact that line is underlined means that it has not yet been converted beyond that In the second line however the user has subsequently pressed the spacebar which caused the IME to convert the hiragana string into the appropriate Kanji hiragana and katakana ele ments The first word Linux has been converted to katakana text as it is a borrowed word while Japanese input has been converted to Kanji the rest stays in hiragana YRo lt FCCMEACIE IVE s ETET VF vIATAHABANETEET Figure 12 6 IME conversions while typing in Japanese Polyglot Penguins 207 208 Korean The job of the Korean IME is again quite different from that of the Chinese and Japanese IMEs as the language itself is written in a very different way Korean is written either entirely in alphabetic letters called Hangul or ina combination of Hangul and ideographic characters borrowed from Chinese called Hanja While the Hanja characters are essentially the same as their Chinese and Japanese counterparts Hanzi and Kanji the Korean phonetic alphabet Hangul has it own unique appearance as you can see in the Korean word for Korea Hangug k in Figure 12 7 oS a a HA N G U G Figure 12 7 Korea Hangug written horizontally in Hangul This seems simple however the representation is not quite correct as Korean is very unique in the way that its alphabetic characters are put to the page Unlike the usual side by side positioning of hira
494. version for your machine Remember that the ISO file you will be downloading is a heavyweight weighing in at just over 700MB 302 Appendix A so the download will take a bit of time Don t count on getting it all down loaded and done before dinner or if you happen to be using a dial up Internet connection before dinner tomorrow Yikes Burning the ISO to CD in Windows Once the Desktop CD ISO has been downloaded you need to burn it to CD before you can use it Although Windows has built in CD writing capabilities it does not have the ability to burn ISOs To burn an ISO to CD in Windows therefore you must use a third party commercial application such as Nero If you don t have a commercial disk burning utility installed on your system try the free and handy ISO Recorder To get ISO Recorder visit to http isorecorder alexfeinman com vl htm Once the download is complete double click the ISORecorderSetup msi file on your hard disk to install it After the installation is complete burn your ISO to CD by double clicking the Ubuntu ISO file on your disk and selecting Copy image to CD in the popup menu A CD Recording Wizard window like that in Figure A 1 should appear CD Recording Wizard Image file C Documents and Settings rg Desktop ubuntu 6 06 desktop an Recorder E Slimtype PRS DVDRW SOS W 8525 Writable Blank Recorder Properties Figure A 1 Burning an ISO to CD in Windows using ISO Record
495. ves which are then compressed to reduce their spatial footprint making them easier to send via email or to fit onto spatially challenged removable storage media With that intro you may have already guessed that in this chapter I will be dealing with file handling in Ubuntu particularly in relation to the Nautilus File Manager which is at the heart of GNOME s file handling capabilities 80 Nautilus Your File Manager Chapter 6 As I mentioned the program that creates the file viewing and organizing interface in your system is called Nautilus and it comes as part of the GNOME desktop environment You may not have thought of an operating system s file manager as a program before but in fact that is what it is The Windows file manager is called Windows Explorer To have a look at Nautilus just go to the Places menu and select Home Folder When Nautilus opens up to your home folder you should find nothing the first time out other than a folder titled Desktop shown in Figure 6 1 which if double clicked will show everything you have stored there a lot in my case most likely nothing in yours There is also another folder called Examples which is the same as the one that appears when running Ubuntu off the live CD It contains sample files that give you an idea of what Ubuntu has in store for you along with that Nelson Mandela video I mentioned in Chapter 3 You can create additional folders and of course files to yo
496. vious step but this time around click the Icons tab in the Theme Details window and then select Snow Apple Finishing Touches Well things are certainly sort of Mac ish now but there is even more we can do to emphasize the effect First open a Nautilus window click the Computer button and then drag the Filesystem icon to your desktop This will create an alias of your hard disk there Next go to the bottom panel and remove everything except Trash After that open the Preferences window for your bottom panel by right clicking the area to the far right of Trash and selecting Properties in the popup menu In the General tab of that window uncheck Expand and then increase the size of the panel to around 54 pixels When you re done click Close and then start adding launchers for the applica tions you use most Finally go to the top menu and remove the three icons next to the System menu After that add a Window Selector applet so that you have some way to navigate through your open windows You might also want to change the background in your home folder since the warm tones presently there no longer match your new cooler configuration The transformation is now complete and if you followed along cor rectly your desktop should look something like mine back in Figure 7 14 You can stick with your new OS X ish theme or switch to something else For consistency s sake I will switch back to Human now By the way if you do dec
497. vironment is a very comfy place for the average desktop user to be Hardware Compatibility Well enough of this background babble it s time to get things rolling If you haven t installed Linux on your machine yet and are wondering whether you can it is relatively safe to say that Ubuntu will run on most machines out there today Of course this statement comes with a major caveat You just never know until you get up and running There are so many minor parts to your machine that it is difficult to say whether each part will cooperate with your installation Ignoring minor parts for the time being there are video cards sound chips LAN cards monitors and so on and they all need to be considered Diving In If you are going to buy a new machine on which to run Ubuntu then it is reasonable enough to do a bit of worrying and check things out first but if you are going to install it on the machine you have I recommend just diving in After all you don t really have to install anything the first time out You have a live CD right here in this book after all so you can just pop that CD in your drive boot up your machine and biff bam zowie you ll be up and running or not in a minute or two If everything seems to be going as it should well your worries are over and you can go ahead and install the system when you re ready and willing That is one of the Ubuntu advantages not only do all the essentials fit on a single
498. w Video Audio Tools Auto Go Custom Help open F save D E Calculator a9 Video ys nts A X agh Copy lt Audio Copy lt O Shift 0 Format avi 35 80 EL Selection D oO lt gt AGE TB K M K M pa f ca a 000000 Frame 411 71148 Time 00 00 13 713 00 00 38 338 Frame P 02 B 001148 Figure 17 9 Cross platform video editor Avidemux 290 Chapter 17 DEFENDING THE NEST Security Many a Windows user has entered the Linux fold after a host of bad experiences with malware in the Windows world viruses spyware and all sorts of other malicious bits of software code too numerous to imagine Windows is also plagued by a seemingly endless array of security vulnerabilities leaving the system easy prey to invaders with less than noble intentions Every trip out into cyberspace thus becomes something like a run through the infectious diseases ward of a hospital For a Windows user it can sometimes seem that more time is spent ridding the system of viral pests and defending it from invaders than is actually spent getting things done Fortunately Linux does not suffer greatly from such problems leading to the much touted claim that Linux is practically virus free and quite secure There are numerous lines of reasoning proffered to explain Linux s malware and exploit resistant nature One reason is simply popularity or lack thereof As Linux is not as widespread a system as Windows is it i
499. w finlandia edu flashpage htm gt G Getting Started Latest BBC Headlines A LEARNING COMMUNITY DEDICATED TO ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE SPIRITUAL GROWTH Fil ILAI IDIA AND SERVICE ae FRSIT CEOS FNL ANDIA Welcome To Finlandia University Dedicated to S 601 Quincy Street 5 Hancock MI 49930 Academic Excellence UNIVERSITY 877 202 5491 toll free ne id FOUNDED IN 1896 906 487 7274 local Spiritual Growth 906 487 7383 Student Services Fax and Service This site contains sound and animation A Flash Player 4 or later is PT atte nae x recommended E Done 0 ol Figure 4 13 A Flash page after installation of the Flash Player plugin Email with Evolution Evolution is the default email program in Ubuntu and it could probably best be described as a better groomed spunkier clone of Microsoft Outlook see Figure 4 14 It allows you to send and receive mail make appointments and keep a list of tasks It can also filter junk mail which is a necessity these days and even synchronize with your PalmPilot if you still have one of those Also if such things are important to you itis a much more handsome program to look at than Outlook pCa slun Le File Edit View Folder Message Search Help a v eo zg amp oO New Send Receive Reply Reply to All Forward Print Delete Junk Cancel Inbox 1 total
500. wever when you intend to use Penguins Back at Work 217 218 Chapter 13 certain graphics frequently Once in the Gallery your graphics are always only a click or two away and can be conveniently viewed in the Gallery browser window File Edit View Insert Format Table Tools Window Help x cy T B J ie y ene BDA vis X GB w i Aig Defauit Times 12 gt ___New Theme EE f Backgrounds ice light usr lib openoffice share gallery www back ice light jpg Backgrounds Bullets Homepage My Theme Rulers Sounds Ubuntu 5 x 7 1 E 2 R EEA REE AEE EEA A 3 gt Page 1 1 Default 100 INSRT STD HYP Figure 13 5 The Gallery The collection of artwork that comes with OpenOffice org is mostly geared toward building web pages but there is other clipart available and Automatix provides an easy way to get and install it Just run Automatix click Office in the left pane check the box next to OpenOffice Clipart in the right pane and then click the Start button Once the rather lengthy download and installation process is complete there s a lot of clipart in the collection you will find it all nicely organized and waiting for you in the Gallery including my favorite stickmen collection Figure 13 6 Food E
501. what is going on network wise on your computer what active connec tions you have how much information has been coming and going and if there have been any events in which for example the firewall has blocked an intruder If you click the Events tab you can then see the details of those events such as what connection attempts were blocked where they came from and when they happened Firewall Edit Events Policy Help X a m Preferences Lock Firewall Stop Firewall p Status Events Policy Firewall Status Events gt Ital Serious Inbound 0 o Active Outbound 0 0 Network etho Ethernet 0 0MB 0 0MB_ 0 0 KB s ethl Internet 12 1 MB 0 9MB_ 0 0 KB s sit0 Pv6 Tunnel 0 0MB 0 0MB 0 0 KB s V Active connections Source Destination Port Service Program 192 168 1 105 192 168 1 103 139 Samba SMB gnome vfs daemon 192 168 1 105 65 203 229 44 80 HTTP firefox bin Figure 18 4 Firestarter in action Defending the Nest 295 296 Taking Control of Firestarter You can control how Firestarter deals with various network events by creating your own policies The default policy set in Firestarter allows you to basically do whatever you normally do via the Internet while it blocks new connections to your computer from the Internet or any other computer on your network To make things a bit more draconian you can click the Policy tab select Outbound traffic policy in the drop down menu ne
502. whenever you dial up your Internet provider I suppose you could think of them as noisy telephones in need of a good burp The good news is that setting up your dial up connection is a simple process that much resembles what I ve covered thus far for other connection types Now here comes the bad news in the world of Linux very few internal modems are supported The main reason behind this compatibility problem is that most built in modems are software dependent and the software they depend on is part of or designed for Windows Such modems are thus called Winmodems Of course the Linux community has been working on ways to deal with these Winmodem beasts so that they will work with Linux systems Though support for the wide variety of Winmodem models out there is still rather spotty things are better than before so you might just luck out My advice is to hold off on the wondering and worrying and just give your modem a try to see if it works If it does then you re all set If it doesn t well then you ve got some options open to you but at least you haven t done any damage to your system With all that intro babble out of the way let s get down to the steps for setting up your dial up connection First get the setting information you need from your Internet provider Most providers gear their operations to Windows and often Mac users and very few offer Linux support other than NeanderTech and a few others Still there is
503. wish to browse on the networked machine you ve connected to it might be a good idea to use the bookmark function in Nautilus to bookmark that open share window You can then easily access that share in the future by choosing the share s name in the Nautilus Bookmarks menu Pretty cool if I do say so myself Using Nautilus as an FTP Client Nautilus not only allows you to browse and mount shares on local networks but it can also act as an FTP client say for instance when you want to change the files for your website on a remote server To do this go to the Connect to Server window File Connect to Server and then select FTP with login for Service Type Then type the information provided by your website host and click the Connect button An FTP Network Share icon will then appear on the desktop and in the side pane Double click that icon type your pass word for that account not the one for your Ubuntu system unless it happens to be the same when prompted to do so and then you will be able to view and add to the files you have there File and Folder Permissions Within Nautilus As you make your way in the world of Ubuntu you will find that occasionally you ll come across files or folders which are in some way locked either in terms of your being able to read them being able to alter them or both These readability and alterability states of being are referred to as permissions Now you may be legitimately wondering what
504. wn tar gz Simple Kitten Ways 139 140 Well now that you know how to decompress and extract a gzipped tarball you probably want to know how to create one This is again little different than creating the tar archive itself you would just add the z tag to tell the program to use gzip to compress the folder For example to create a compressed version of your Documentia folder which we ll call tightdocs tar gz for example you would type the following and press ENTER tar czvf tightdocs tar gz Documentia It s worth mentioning at this point that you may also come across some files compressed with the bzip program Such files are recognizable by some variation on the bz file extension Dealing with these files should pose no problem as the commands are almost identical to those for gzip Just substitute j for z in the command string Compressing and Extracting Compressed Single Files If you want to compress or decompress a single file there is no real need to use the tar program at all since its purpose is to create archives con sisting of several files You can instead use the gzip and gunzip commands directly For example to compress a file called matilda png you would type gzip matilda png and press ENTER The matilda png file would then become matildajpg gz To decompress the file you would type gunzip matilda jpg gz and press ENTER after which the matilda jpg file would be back to normal So can you com
505. ws users if that is of concern to you You may be thinking that if you do as I suggest and dump your Windows system when you install Linux you might have to reinstall Windows if you don t like Linux or if you can t get it installed properly That would be a con siderable waste of time and energy to be sure However believe it or not there are advantages to my suggestion even if your no go scenario turns out to be the case You may have noticed that your Windows system as you ve used it over time has gotten sort of gunked up it is no longer the quick little kitten it used to be Menus don t pop open as quickly as they used to things take Wading and Diving 23 24 longer to start up than they did before and you find yourself asking What the Sam Habberdack is that all the time as mysterious things happen with increasing frequency This is just the nature of the beast and a very good way of getting things back to normal is to reinstall the whole thing So even if you do decide to come back to Windows later you ll be doing yourself a favor because it should run better than before It s a little more work up front but in the long run you ll be a happier camper If on the other hand you opt for a dual boot setup from which you can run both Windows and Linux you will have the best of both worlds Starting up in either system is easy When you start up your machine you will be greeted by the GRand Unified Bootload
506. ww linuxplanet com Magazines Books Appendix B If you are more of a tactile type who enjoys the feel of paper pressed between your fingers then you might like to turn to some of the Linux magazines avail able at most major newsstands All have a good deal of online content so even if you re not interested in the pleasures of holding a magazine in your hand their sites are worth checking out http www tuxmagazine com http www linux magazine com European http www linuxmagazine com US http www linuxjournal com There are two unrelated magazines sharing almost the same name One of these is from the United States one from Europe The newbie who wants some pizzazz in his or her reading materials plus some useful tips and some things to play around with should go for the European version The US version is targeted toward business users and power geeks not newbies Once you ve finished working through this book you should be able to do just about whatever you want in Ubuntu Still your interest may have been piqued enough that you would like to find out a bit more about Linux Here are some books that might help in that quest How Linux Works by Brian Ward No Starch Press 2004 The Debian System by Martin Krafft No Starch Press 2005 The Linux Cookbook 2nd Ed by Michael Stutz No Starch Press 2004 Running Linux by Matthias Dalheimer and Matt Welsh O Reilly Media 2005 Linux Multimedia
507. x are also available via Synaptic and Add Remove Programs Automatix just groups the most commonly desired ones together thus making things a bit more convenient File View Help nd a Start Show KDE apps Show Install Burning and Ripping m Brasero 8 Chat Clients D gt Codecs and Plugins amp Commercial Softwar Pe Drivers Email Clients Eyecandy File Sharing fl Media Players and E A Miscellaneous hei office Programming Tools CD burning tool for the Gnome desktop m GnomeBaker The best GTK2 CD DVD burning software Ripper and Tuner xDVDshrink Linux counterpart of DVDshrink Streamripper rips Internet radio streams and Streamtuner Internet rai LS 0 installed 4 available Figure 9 2 Plugging up system holes using Automatix Automatix and Not So Automatix 155 156 Chapter 9 9A 3 Installing Software with Automatix Skype Now that you know what Automatix does lets DEEE Eile View Tools Help give it a spin by installing a package that is LEFI notin the usual Ubuntu respositories butis in Contacts vial Histor the new repositories added by Automatix T Skype Skype shown in Figure 9 3 is Voice S crrantal over IP VoIP software that allows you to ape ress eal speak to other Skype users over the Internet tanke with the clarity of a regular telephone lin
508. xt to the word Editing and then select Restrictive by default whitelist traffic If you just want to deny anyone working on your computer access to a specific website for instance simply click the Deny connections to host field to select it and then click the Add Rule button In the Add New Outbound Rule window enter the URL for the targeted site click Add and then click the Apply Policy button in the main Firestarter window Confirming That Firestarter Runs Automatically After you run Firestarter the first time it will set itself to automatically start up whenever you start up your system Don t be concerned when you don t see the graphical interface you saw when you first started it up Firestarter will be running in the background silently protecting your computer If you are the doubting type you can check to see whether or not Firestarter actually is running in the background by opening a Terminal window typing sudo etc init d firestarter status and then pressing ENTER If Firestarter is running you will see the message Firestarter is running in the Terminal window Worries over If Firestarter isn t running the response will read Firestarter is stopped Finding Out More If the world of firewalls is new to you you can check out the Firestarter home page to learn a bit more To check out the online manual just to go to the Firestarter Help menu and select Online Users Manual which will bring up the page
509. y familiar with the ranking and point values of the cards in Briscola is somewhat different as you can see in the following chart a ee eee Ranking of Cards Point Value Ace 11 3 10 King 4 Queen 3 Jack 2 7 6 5 4 2 0 Simple Kitten Ways 149 150 While this ranking arrangement might seem odd it is actually fairly common in card games from the southern and Catholic regions of Central Europe With that bit of information in mind it should all be pretty easy enough to fathom taking a religious view that God Ace and the Holy Trinity 3 rank higher than the quasi mortal royals K Q J and their decidedly mortal subjects 7 6 5 4 2 The rankings are thus quite sensible albeit slightly ironic given that some religions frown upon playing cards calling them the devil s tool Game Play in Briscola Once Briscola starts up it will deal three cards to each player It will then take the seventh card and place it face up under the downward facing pile of undealt cards known as the stock or talon That seventh card is called the Briscola from which the game gets its name and it determines the trump suit for that particular game This means that any card of the same suit as the Briscola will beat any card of any other suit even one of a higher ranking Of course when you play a trump card against another trump card the normal rankings of the cards come back into play It is important to note at this point that unli
510. y useless amusements as well In this part of the project we will be adding two such amusements Geyes and a little fish called Wanda At first glance Wanda does little more than bat her tail around and spurt out a bubble or two However if you click on her a window pops up in which Wanda will spew out quotes and offbeat one liners To get a glimpse of Wanda in action limited though that action may be the steps are essentially the same as those in Project 3A 1 on page 35 but I ll run through them one more time 1 Right click any open space on the top panel 2 From the popup menu select Add to Panel after which the Add to Panel window will appear 3 In that window click Fish once to highlight it click the Add button and then click Close Wanda will now appear on your panel so go ahead and give her a click to see what she has to say Now you can add Geyes which is a pair of eyes that follows your mouse cursor around as it moves about your desktop Follow the same procedure but click Geyes instead of Fish in step 3 3A 3 Adding a Program Launcher to the Panel Now let s move on to something a bit more practical adding program launchers to the panel While it is very easy to run an application by navigating through the Application menu there are no doubt some applications that you will be using frequently enough to want easy access to them OpenOffice org Writer is probably one of those Method 1 There are a numb
511. you have to first install Alien Fortunately Alien is available via Synaptic so all you have to do is perform a search for alien and then follow the standard installation procedures If you prefer you can download and install it by using the apt get command you learned about in the previous chapter If you go this route first type sudo apt get update and press ENTER After the repository database update is complete go ahead and install Alien by typing sudo apt get install alien and pressing ENTER 9B 2 Getting the TuxCards RPM Once Alien is installed you need to download the TuxCards RPM You can get this from www tuxcards de requirements html On that page right click tuxcards 1 2 1mdk i586 rpm and then select Save Link As in the popup menu There are other versions on the page that might work but for the sake of this project stick with the one I just mentioned Once the download is complete make sure to place the RPM in your home folder if it isn t already there 9B 3 Converting the TuxCards RPM Now that the TuxCards RPM is in your home folder you can use Alien to con vert it to an Ubuntu friendly DEB package by typing the following command and pressing ENTER sudo alien scripts tuxcards rpm After you type your password nothing much will seem to happen Once Alien is done doing its thing however you will get the message tuxcards_1 2 2_i386 deb generated or something like that in the Terminal window If y
512. your desired locale is click the Find Code button to select that location by name 2 orecastfox Options ea Profile default Create Rename Remove General Forecast Location Severe Weather TEF EENET code UNN Find Code Radar late tes eee Current Conditions R Unit of Measure Today s Forecast Extended Forecast American Standard Metric Profiles Links Display Placement Icons Toolbar status bar v Always last Specific position 4 OK Cancel Weather data provided by AccuWeather com Figure 4 11 The Forecastfox Options window In the Forecastfox Options window you can also choose whether you want the temperatures shown in Fahrenheit or Celsius and where you want the information to appear in your browser window The Status bar at the bottom of the browser window seems to be the least intrusive location so that is what I ve chosen Of course you are free to place it where you like When you re done click the Apply button and then the OK button and you ll be on your way to intense meteorological entertainment Project 4B Installing the Flash Plugin Chapter 4 While installing any of Firefox s available extensions can be cool there are certain near essentials that can be added in the form of plugins although perhaps I am splitting hairs a bit in terms of the difference between the two The most frequently used browser plugin for any system
513. your own for the Nautilus window background you can also do so quite easily Just locate the image in a new Nautilus window click it with both the left and right mouse buttons or just the middle mouse button if you have a three button mouse and then drag the image to any open space within the target window When you release the buttons select Set as Background in the popup menu that then appears In addition to the buttons for pattern and color swatches there is a third button in the Backgrounds and Emblems window called Emblems Clicking the Emblems button reveals all of the emblems you saw in Project 7B 2 on page 107 thus providing you with another way to add emblems to your folders This method is far handier when adding emblems to several folders or files in the same go To see how this works click the Emblems button Then drag the Camera emblem onto your Photos folder Package onto your Downloads folder and Special for lack of a better choice onto your PDFs folder The selected emblems will then immediately appear on those folders 7B 4 Dolling Up the Side Pane and Emblems Yet Again Now let s change the look of the Nautilus side pane Keeping the Backgrounds and Emblems window open if you already closed it open it again click the Places menu button in the Nautilus side pane and select Information You can add a different background pattern to the side pane now as well but for practice let s add a color instead To do
514. ystem theme from Human to Crux for example those effects take place in RealPlayer 10 too You are no longer stuck with the look that the Real folks provide Yes things just keep getting better Now that you know what is store for you with RealPlayer 10 it s time to get down to installing it Before we begin however I should mention that there are actually three ways to install RealPlayer In this project I am going to focus on the easiest It is also the standard and without question the most legal way of doing it Installing RealPlayer Installing RealPlayer is easily accomplished via Automatix Just click Media Players and Editors in the left pane of the Automatix window and then check the box next to RealPlayer in the right pane After that just click the Start button and you ll be rolling Tux Rocks 259 260 Chapter 15 Setting Up RealPlayer and Testing Your Installation Now that Real Player 10 is installed on your machine it is time to go through the final setup steps and then test it all out You can start by going to the Applications menu and selecting Sound amp Video gt RealPlayer 10 A simple setup wizard will appear which you will have no trouble with on your own as all you really have to do is click the button in the bottom right corner of the window four times Once you have completed the wizard the RealPlayer window will appear To test the installation close the RealPlayer window and open Firefox The
515. ytes 255 heads 63 sectors track 9729 cylinders Units cylinders of 16065 512 8225280 bytes Device Boot Start End Blocks Id System dev hdal 1 383 3076416 12 Compaq diagnostics dev hda2 384 3571 25607610 c W95 FAT32 LBA dev hda3 5046 9729 37624230 f W95 Ext d LBA dev hda4 3572 5045 11839905 83 Linux dev hdaS 5046 8935 31246393 b W95 FAT32 dev hda6 8936 9692 6080571 83 Linux dev hda7 9693 9729 297171 82 Linux swap Solaris Partition table entries are not in disk order rg RG Valo on Ubuntu Figure 11 3 Finding your Windows partition in the fdisk table Take a look at this seemingly incomprehensible list and then find the location and format of the Windows partition on your hard disk by scanning the column on the right for the first entry with the words FAT32 or NTFS In most cases this will be the first partition dev hda1 but in the list for my hard disk shown in Figure 11 3 the first partition is taken up by some diagnostic utility that the manufacturer s Windows install disk had on it If you re using a computer from a brand name manufacturer you might find yourself in a similar situation Once you ve found the first FAT32 or NTFS partition jot down the file system type and then do the same for its location at the far left of the list In my case that would be dev hda2 and FAT32 11D 2 Mounting Your Windows Partition Armed with the information you just gathered you can now

ubuntu for non-geeks ubuntu for non-geeks

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents